Agenda packet — Santa Cruz City Council, August 26, 2025 (part 2 of 3)

Results
Asbestos

Material
No. Material Description Material Location Asbestos Content 1 WB/JC under eggshell texturing Men’s restroom, women’s restroom <1%
2 Eggshell texturing over WB/JC Men’s restroom, women’s restroom ND
3 Tan Formica mastic Men’s restroom, women’s
restroom ND
4 Off-white RSF with mottled texture and base
coving
Men’s restroom, women’s
restroom ND
5 Green-blue carpet Office ND
6 Concrete slab Exterior ND
7 Grey composition shingle roof Exterior Roof
Lead
Sample
No. Color Substrate Component Lead Content
L1 Off-white WB/JC Wall 0.029
L2 Off-white Wood Door frame 0.178
L3 Off-white Wood Stall 0.069
L4 Off-white Wood Wall BRL
L5 Green Wood Exterior post 0.099
Conclusions/Recommendations
Asbestos
• Prior to renovation activities that will impact the materials identified in this report as containing or assumed asbestos containing at any level the materials must be removed and disposed of by a registered asbestos abatement contractor using proper engineering controls and worker protection. • If any other suspect ACM not identified in this report is found during any renovation or demolition, work should cease and additional sampling and analysis should be performed to determine if the materials contain asbestos.
• Contractors and others responsible for any renovation or demolition activities on the property should be notified as to the presence of the asbestos so that compliance with regulatory requirements may be met in any planning and bidding phases. • Abatement contractors must notify the nearest Cal/OSHA district office at least 24 hours prior to any asbestos related work.
• Notification to the appropriate Planning and Building Department advising that this survey has been conducted.

Lead
• Prior to impacting any painted components determined to be lead containing, all flaking, peeling paint should be removed and disposed of from a licensed abatement contractor using CDPH certified workers using protection and proper engineering controls. All other paint in good condition (not peeling from the substrate) may remain in place during renovation or demolition. • Lead related activities shall not include the use of wire brushing, flame torching, dry scraping, sanding, stripping, abrasive methods, or the use of heat guns unless proper engineering controls and worker protection are in place.

11.102
City of Santa Cruz
Asbestos and Lead Sampling
222 Market Street Avenue, Santa Cruz
Project No. 21489.0 Task 1

Page 3 ends

• At the time of removal of any LCP, samples of the lead containing/contaminated waste should be collected and analyzed by the TTLC, STLC, and TCLP in order to determine whether wastes are classified as non-hazardous solid or hazardous waste in California or as defined under the RCRA before transportation and disposal to either a Class I, II, or III landfill. • Contractors bidding for renovation work should be compliant with the requirements of the Cal/OSHA Lead in Construction Standard (Title 8 CCR 1532.1).

Limitations
A reasonable effort is made by M3 personnel to locate and sample suspect materials. However, for any facility the existence of unique or concealed hazardous material debris is a possibility. M3 does not warrant, guarantee or profess to have the ability to locate or identify all hazardous material in a facility. M3’s hazardous material testing, results are applicable for the time that testing was conducted and for the condition of surfaces at the time they were tested. During demolition/renovation operations, materials may be uncovered which were not identified during our assessment. Personnel in charge of demolition/renovations should be alerted to note materials uncovered during these operations, which differ substantially from those included in this assessment. M3 does not guarantee or warrant that the areas surveyed are safe, nor does M3’s involvement in this property relieve the Owner of any continuing responsibility of providing a safe environment. M3 is not, and has no responsibility as a generator, operator, treater, storer, transporter or disposer of hazardous materials or waste found or identified as a result of M3's work.

Thank you for the opportunity to perform these services for you. Please call M3 at 831.649.4623 with any questions.

Sincerely,
M3 Environmental LLC
Alex Superko Chris Gatward
Environmental Technician Principal
California CSST No. 13-5062 California CAC No. 92-0216
California CDPH No. 25105
Attachments:

Appendix A – Asbestos Laboratory Results and Chain of Custody Appendix B – Lead Laboratory Results and Chain of Custody

11.103
City of Santa Cruz
Asbestos and Lead Sampling
222 Market Street Avenue, Santa Cruz
Project No. 21489.0 Task 1

APPENDIX A

ASBESTOS LABORATORY RESULTS
AND

CHAIN OF CUSTODY

11.104
Asbestos
Detected
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Lab ID Sample
Location
Bulk Asbestos Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Laboratory Report
0262031
NVLAP#101926-0
Client ID
Client:

Address: 9821 BLUE LARKSPUR LN, STE 100
MONTEREY CA 93940
M3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONS.

Date Received: 10/06/2021
Date Analyzed: 10/12/2021
Job# / P.O. #: 21489.0 T1
EMC LABS, INC.

Collected: 10/05/2021
Project Name: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ-222 MARKET ST. EPA Method:

Address: SANTA CRUZ-LTD ACM/Pb Submitted By: ALEX SUPERKO Collected By:
9830 S. 51st Street, Suite B109, Phoenix, AZ 85044
Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726 Date Reported: 10/12/2021
EPA 600/R-93/116
Asbestos Type
(%)
Wallboard/ Joint Compound Yes Cellulose Fiber
Composite, White/ Brown/ Off
White
Note: COMPOSITE ANALYSIS
0262031-001 MENS Chrysotile
1A
<1% 9%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler 90%
Wallboard/ Joint Compound Yes Cellulose Fiber
Composite, White/ Brown/ Off
White
Note: COMPOSITE ANALYSIS
0262031-002 WOMENS Chrysotile
1B
<1% 9%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler 90%
Texture/ Paint, White No Cellulose Fiber
Note: Sample is mainly Paint -
no Texture present
0262031-003 WOMENS None Detected
2A
3%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 97%
LAYER 1 No Cellulose Fiber
Wallboard, White/ Brown
0262031-004 MENS None Detected
2B
10%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica 90%
LAYER 2 No Cellulose Fiber
Eggshell Texture/ Paint, White
Note: Layer is mainly Paint - little
Texture present
None Detected 5%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 95%
Texture/ Paint, White No Cellulose Fiber
Note: Sample is mainly Paint -
little Texture present
0262031-005 MENS None Detected
2C
5%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 95%
0262031-006 MENS Formica Mastic, Tan No None Detected
3A Carbonates
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler 100%

Page 1 of 3 ends

11.105
Asbestos
Detected
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Lab ID Sample
Location
Bulk Asbestos Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Laboratory Report
0262031
NVLAP#101926-0
Client ID
Client:

Address: 9821 BLUE LARKSPUR LN, STE 100
MONTEREY CA 93940
M3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONS.

Date Received: 10/06/2021
Date Analyzed: 10/12/2021
Job# / P.O. #: 21489.0 T1
EMC LABS, INC.

Collected: 10/05/2021
Project Name: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ-222 MARKET ST. EPA Method:

Address: SANTA CRUZ-LTD ACM/Pb Submitted By: ALEX SUPERKO Collected By:
9830 S. 51st Street, Suite B109, Phoenix, AZ 85044
Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726 Date Reported: 10/12/2021
EPA 600/R-93/116
Asbestos Type
(%)
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Fibrous Glass
LAYER 1 No
RSF, Off White
0262031-007 MENS None Detected
4A
12%
5%
3%
Carbonates
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 80%
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Fibrous Glass
LAYER 2 No
Mastic, Yellow
None Detected 3%
1%
<1%
Carbonates
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 95%
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Fibrous Glass
LAYER 1 No
RSF, Off White
0262031-008 WOMENS None Detected
4B
12%
5%
3%
Carbonates
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 80%
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Fibrous Glass
LAYER 2 No
Mastic, Yellow
None Detected 3%
1%
<1%
Carbonates
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 95%
LAYER 1 No Synthetic Fiber
Carpet, Green/ Blue
0262031-009 OFFICE None Detected
5A
95%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler 5%
LAYER 2 No Synthetic Fiber
Mastic, White
None Detected 3%
Carbonates
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 97%

Page 2 of 3 ends

11.106
Asbestos
Detected
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Lab ID Sample
Location
Bulk Asbestos Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Laboratory Report
0262031
NVLAP#101926-0
Client ID
Client:

Address: 9821 BLUE LARKSPUR LN, STE 100
MONTEREY CA 93940
M3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONS.

Date Received: 10/06/2021
Date Analyzed: 10/12/2021
Job# / P.O. #: 21489.0 T1
EMC LABS, INC.

Collected: 10/05/2021
Project Name: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ-222 MARKET ST. EPA Method:

Address: SANTA CRUZ-LTD ACM/Pb Submitted By: ALEX SUPERKO Collected By:
9830 S. 51st Street, Suite B109, Phoenix, AZ 85044
Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726 Date Reported: 10/12/2021
EPA 600/R-93/116
Asbestos Type
(%)
0262031-010 EXTERIOR Concrete Slab, Gray No None Detected 6A Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Binder/Filler 100%
0262031-011 EXTERIOR Comp. Shingles, Gray/ Black No None Detected Fibrous Glass 7A
20%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler 80%
Signatory - Lab Manager - Ken Scheske
Distinctly stratified, easily separable layers of samples are analyzed as subsamples of the whole and are reported separately for each discernible layer. All analyses are derived from calibrated visual estimate and measured in area percent unless otherwise noted. The report applies to the standards or procedures identified and to the sample(s) tested. The test results are not necessarily indicated or representative of the qualities of the lot from which the sample was taken or of apparently identical or similar products, nor do they represent an ongoing quality assurance program unless so noted. These reports are for the exclusive use of the addressed client and that they will not be reproduced wholly or in part for advertising or other purposes over our signature or in connection with our name without special written permission. The report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval by our laboratory. The samples not destroyed in testing are retained a maximum of thirty days. The laboratory measurement of uncertainty for the test method is approximately less than 1 by area percent.

Accredited by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for selected test method for asbestos. The accreditation or any reports generated by this laboratory in no way constitutes or implies product certification, approval, or endorsement by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the Federal Government. Polarized Light Microscopy may not be consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non-friable organically bound materials.

Analyst - Kurt Kettler

Page 3 of 3 ends

11.107

11.108

11.109

11.110
City of Santa Cruz
Asbestos and Lead Sampling
222 Market Street Avenue, Santa Cruz
Project No. 21489.0 Task 1

APPENDIX B

LEAD LABORATORY RESULTS
AND

CHAIN OF CUSTODY

11.111

EMC LABS, INC.
9830 South 51st Street, Suite B-109 / PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85044 / 480-940-5294 or 800-362-3373 / FAX 480-893-1726 [email protected]

ANALYST: QA COORDINATOR:

Jason Thompson Kurt Kettler
Ver. 11/30/08 Rev. 7/15/19

Page 1 of 1 ends

LEAD (Pb) IN PAINT CHIP SAMPLES
EMC SOP METHOD #L01/1 EPA SW-846 METHOD 7420
EMC LAB #: L80025 DATE RECEIVED: 10/06/21
CLIENT: M3 Environmental Consultants REPORT DATE: 10/11/21 DATE OF ANALYSIS: 10/11/21
CLIENT ADDRESS: 9821 Blue Larkspur Ln, Ste 100
Monterey, CA 93940
P.O. NO.:

PROJECT NAME: City of Santa Cruz -222 Market Street, Santa Cruz -Ltd.

ACM/Pb
PROJECT NO.: 21489.0 - T1
EMC #
L80025-
SAMPLE
DATE /21
CLIENT
SAMPLE #

DESCRIPTION REPORTING
LIMIT
(%Pb by weight)
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
1 10/05 L1 Off-White / WB/JC / Wall / Interior 0.015 0.029 2 10/05 L2 Off-White / Wood / Door Frame / Interior 0.017 0.178 3 10/05 L3 Off-White / Wood / Stall / Interior 0.019 0.069 4 10/05 L4 Off-White / Wood / Wall / Interior 0.029 BRL 5 10/05 L5 Green / Wood / Post / Exterior 0.032 0.099
^ = Dilution Factor Changed * = Excessive Substrate May Bias Sample Results BRL = Below Reportable Limits # = Very Small Amount Of Sample Submitted, May Affect Result This report applies to the standards or procedures identified and to the samples tested only. The test results are not necessarily indicative or representative of the qualities of the lot from which the sample was taken or of apparently identical or similar products, nor do they represent an ongoing quality assurance program unless so noted. Unless otherwise noted, all quality control analyses for the samples noted above were within acceptable limits.

Where it is noted that a sample with excessive substrate was submitted for laboratory analysis, such analysis may be biased. The lead content of such sample may, in actuality, be greater than reported. EMC makes no warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy of the analysis of samples noted to have been submitted with excessive substrate. Resampling is recommended in such situations to verify original laboratory results. EMC Labs, Inc. (ID 101586) is accredited by the AIHA Laboratory Accreditation Programs, LLC (AIHA-LAP, LLC) in the Environmental Lead accreditation program(s) for Paint, Settled Dust by Wipe, Soil and Airborne Dust Fields of Testing as documented by the Scope of Accreditation Certificate and associated Scope. AIHA-LAP, LLC accreditation complies with the ISO/IEC Standard 17025:2005. requirements.

These reports are for the exclusive use of the addressed client and are rendered upon the condition that they will not be reproduced wholly or in part for advertising or other purposes over our signature or in connection with our name without special written permission. Samples not destroyed in testing are retained a maximum of sixty (60) days.

11.112

11.113

11.114
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Paving 03 13 13
SECTION 03 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING
PART - 1 GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General & Special Conditions and all Specification sections, may apply to work of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General & Special Conditions and all Specification sections, may apply to work of this section.

B. Work shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification, Section 73:

Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks.

C. Section Includes:

1. Concrete for curbs and sidewalks, entryways porches and landings, etc., as shown on drawings.

D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: As applicable, related work specified elsewhere may include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. 01 33 00- SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

2. 02 05 02 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

3. 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit under the provisions of Section 01 33 00, Submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data on joint filler, color, admixtures, mix designs, and curing compounds.

C. Mix design; batch tickets; test reports.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301, 318, ASTM C94.

B. Perform Work in accordance with Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications C. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout 03 13 13 - 1 of 5

11.115
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Paving 03 13 13

1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Form Materials: Conform to ACI 301.

B. Isolation Joint Filler: ASTM D1752 Pre-formed Sponge Rubber or Cork Expansion type. Color shall match concrete color.

1.06 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: As specified in Caltrans Standard Specification, Section 73:

Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks.

1.07 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Concrete Mix: As specified in structural drawings
B. Admixtures:Air-entraining, water reducer as needed.

C. Curing Compounds: ASTM C309 compliant.

1.08 ACCESSORIES
A. Preformed expansion joint filler must comply with Caltrans Standard Specification Section 73.

B. Color for sidewalk and driveways (not curb and gutter): Dispersing black, 1 lb per cubic yard mixed at batch plant.

1.09 CONCRETE MIX
A. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301 Method

1.(3000-5000psi depending on application)
B. PrSOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS
C. General: Submit under the provisions of Document 01 33 00, Submittals.

D. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of Work.

E. Tests on cement, aggregates, and mixes will be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements.

F. Test samples in accordance with ACI 301.
03 13 13 - 2 of 5

11.116
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Paving 03 13 13
PART - 2 EXECUTION

2.01 EXAMINATION
A. General: Submit under the provisions of Document 01 33 00, General Conditions, Submittals.

B. Verify compacted subgrade and base are in accordance with the Geotechnical Investigation, in the appendix and are ready to support paving and imposed loads.

C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.

2.02 SUBBASE
A. Aggregate Sub-base: Install as specified in Section 32 11 23 .

2.03 PREPARATION
A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete.

B. Coat surfaces of structures and frames with allowed bituminous agent to prevent bond with concrete pavement.

C. Notify Engineer minimum two work days prior to commencement of concreting operations. Confirm condition, compaction of subgrade before scheduling pour.

2.04 FORMWORK
Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient. Match dimensions and surface finish noted. All concrete to meet ADA standards of 2% max cross slope and 5% max running slope.

A. To match dimensions and surface finish noted.

B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete.

C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement.

2.05 REINFORCEMENT
A. Place reinforcement as indicated.

B. Interrupt reinforcement at joints.

C. Place reinforcement to achieve pavement alignment as detailed. 03 13 13 - 3 of 5

11.117
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Paving 03 13 13

2.06 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304, vibration required for consolidation.

B. Place curbs & gutters in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Section

73. 2.07 JOINTS
A. Control and expansion joints per drawings. Align sidewalk joints.

B. Place isolation joint with full depth joint filler between paving components and building, utility manholes, walls, foundations, drains, stairways, or other appurtenances.

C. Provide keyed or saw cut contraction joints at 6 foot intervals, or as indicated on plans to a depth equal to 1/3 of the slab depth. Arrange joints to create square panels where possible and in accordance with plans, where applicable, and ACI 302.1R-10.

2.08 FINISHING
A. Non-slip finish at exterior flatwork.

B. Sidewalk Paving:

1. Slopes less than 6 percent: Slip Resistant, medium broom finish.

2. Radius to 1/4 inch radius.

3. Trowel joint edges.

4. Wood float.

C. Broom finish for walks and drives. Trowel finish for interior slabs unless otherwise specified.

D. Direction of Texturing: Transverse to direction of travel.

E. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing.

2.09 JOINT SEALING
A. Separate pavement from vertical surfaces with thick joint filler per manufacturer’s recommendation.

B. Place joint filler in pavement pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.

C. Extend joint filler from bottom of pavement to within 1/8 inch of finished surface. 03 13 13 - 4 of 5

11.118
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Paving 03 13 13

3.10 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 ft.

B. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/8 inch.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Submit under the provisions of Document 00700, General Conditions, Submittals.

B. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump tests in accordance with ACI 301.

3.12 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.

B. Do not permit pedestrian or vehicular traffic over pavement until 80 percent design strength of concrete has been achieved, or 7 days.

C. Cure per Caltrans Standard Specification Section 73.

END OF SECTION 03 13 13
03 13 13 - 5 of 5

11.119
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Reinforcing 03 20 00
SECTION 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Related Documents:

1. Drawings and general provisions of the Subcontract apply to this Section.

2. Furnish and place reinforcing steel for footings, slabs, and structural elements as shown on structural drawings.

B. Section Includes: Concrete reinforcement and accessories.

C. Related Sections:

1. 01 33 00- SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

2. 03 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING
D. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply.

1. Unless otherwise noted, the referenced standard edition is the current one at the time of commencement of the Work.

2. Refer to Division 01 Section "General Requirements" for the list of applicable regulatory requirements.

E. ACI – American Concrete Institute:

3. ACI 117 Tolerances for Concrete Construction

4. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete

5. ACI 315 Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ASTM International:

ASTM A185 / A185M Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete

6. ASTM A615 / A615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

7. ASTM A706 / A706M Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

8. ASTM A970 / A970M Standard Specification for Headed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
F. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice.
03 20 00 - 1 of 4

11.120
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Reinforcing 03 20 00
G. ICBO - Evaluation Reports.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit under the provisions of Document 01 33 00, Submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data on joint filler, color, admixtures, mix designs, and curing compounds.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of ACI 318 CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice", except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified.

B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Proprietary products, including bar couplers, shall have an active ICBO Evaluation Report.

C. Material Quality Assurance: Mill test reports including chemical analysis, tensile properties and bend test shall be examined for all reinforcing. Conform to one of the following:

D. Maintain positive identification of reinforcing by heat number. Provide certified mill test reports to Testing Laboratory.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Bar Reinforcement: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed billet bars.

1. ASTM A706, where noted on Drawings.

2. Recycled content shall be a minimum of 75 percent recycled post consumer steel.

B. Headed Bar Reinforcement: ASTM A970.

C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185.

D. Smooth Dowels, ASTM A615, Grade 40 or 60, smooth; sawcut or grind one end to remove offsets; shop paint with iron oxide zinc chromate primer.

E. Deformed bars, Grade 60, uncoated unless noted otherwise. 03 20 00 - 2 of 4

11.121
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Reinforcing 03 20 00
F. Mechanical Bar Couplers: Provide mechanical couplers with a current ICC evaluation report. Coupler shall develop 160% percent of specified minimum yield strength of spliced reinforcement. Subject to compliance with requirements provide one of the following, or approved equal:

1. Barteck, Dextra Inc.

2. Lenton Taper Threaded Connection, Erico Inc.

3. Bar Lock, Dayton Superior Inc.

2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16-gage black annealed wire.

B. Chairs, ties, and supports of non-corrosive materials.

2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315 where specific details are not shown.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLACEMENT
A. Surface Condition of Reinforcement: Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of loose scale, dirt, grease and other substances which would impair bond with concrete.

B. Place reinforcement in accordance with the Drawings and the CRSI Manual.

1. Steel bars shall be of size and length indicated, accurately bent or formed to shapes detailed or scheduled by experienced shops by methods that will not injure the materials. Reinforcing bars shall be shop fabricated to lengths and bends shown on the drawings. Fabrication tolerance shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 315.

2. Reinforcing bars shall be as long as possible with a minimum number of joints.

3. Steel reinforcement shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material or the embedding concrete. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings shall not be used. Heating of reinforcement for bending will not be permitted.

4. Reinforcement shall be tagged with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing.
03 20 00 - 3 of 4

11.122
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Concrete Reinforcing 03 20 00
C. Place reinforcing bars accurately as to spacing and clearance and securely tied at intersections and supports with wire and in such a manner as will preclude displacement during pouring of concrete.

D. Inspection: Notify engineer prior to concrete placement for rebar inspection.

E. Place and secure reinforcement to maintain the proper distance and clearance between parallel bars and from the forms. Provide vertical steel with metal spreaders to maintain steel properly centered in the forms. Horizontal reinforcement shall be supported at proper height on concrete pads, chairs or transverse steel bars.

F. After placing, maintain bars in a clean condition until completely embedded in concrete.

G. Bars shall not be spaced closer than 1-1/2 diameters of the largest of two adjacent bars, 1-1/2 times the maximum aggregate size, nor one inch, except at bar laps. Where reinforcement in members is placed in two layers, the clear distance between layers shall be not less than one inch (25 mm) or more than 1-1/2 inches (13 mm) unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The bars in the upper layer shall be placed directly above those in the bottom layer unless otherwise detailed.

H. Coverage of bars shall be as shown and scheduled. Conform to ACI 301 where not indicated.

I. Where obstruction prevents the intended placement of reinforcement, provide additional reinforcement as directed by the Owner around the obstruction.

J. Splice bars as indicated by lapping and securely wiring together. Splices at locations other than those indicated are subject to the approval of the Owner. Splices of reinforcement shall not be made at the point of maximum stress. Splices shall provide sufficient lap to transfer the stress between bars by bond and shear. Bars shall be spread the minimum distance specified. Stagger splices of adjacent bars where possible.

K. Reinforcing bars shall not have welded joints.

L. Mechanical Bar Couplers: Install in accordance with applicable ICC evaluation report.

Maintain clearance and coverage at coupler. Stagger couplers wherever practical.

END OF SECTION 03 20 00
03 20 00 - 4 of 4

11.123
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Rough Carpentry 06 10 00
06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for the completion of the carpentry work shown on the drawings, included but not limited to:

B. Removal and replacement of damaged framing and sheathing including all blocking, furring, nailers, miscellaneous wood, connectors and hardware.

C. Framing, blocking, furring, and other structural wood supports.

D. Glulam beams or prefabricated wood framing members per structural plans.

1.2 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit under the provisions of Document 01 33 00, Submittals.

B. Shop-Fabricated Structural Wood- Submit to the Owner Material certifications; shop drawings if engineered components are used. For each product to be incorporated into the work.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Tolerances: Level, plumb, square to within 1/8 inch in 10 feet.

C. Structural observation by Owner Inspector at the following milestones:

1. Observation of existing structural framing after removal of wall and floor sheathing.

2. Upon encountering any dry-rot or structurally compromised framing members.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
06 10 00 - 1 of 4

11.124
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Rough Carpentry 06 10 00

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Dimension Lumber: surfaced 4 sides, 19% maximum moisture content, manufactured and graded per WWPA grading rules and all pieces grade stamped:

B. Pressure treated blocking: AWPB Preservative Treated DF No 2 or Foundation Grade Redwood
C. Blocking and furring: up to 4x DF No 2, 6x DF No 1
D. Studs: Douglas Fir-Larch DF No 2 or better
E. Exposed roof rafters and beams: DF No. 1DF Select Structural – Dry (15% Moisture content), unless noted otherwise on drawings.

F. Post and Double Top Plates: DF No 1
G. T&G Decking – DF Select Structural – Dry (15% Moisture content) H. Miscellaneous Lumber; blocking, furring, nailers, sleepers, bucks, grounds and cant strips: DF No 3 or Stud, surface 4 sides, 19% maximum moisture content. Pressure preservative treat items in contact with flashing, waterproofing, etc.

I. Plywood: APA rated, Exterior Exposure, manufactured per US Product Standard PS 1-83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood. All plies shall be group 1 or 2 species, minimum five plies. Each sheet shall stamped with the PS and/or APA grade mark:

J. Floor Sheathing: 3/4” Structural I, species group 2 or better, identification index 32/16 or better.

K. Galvanized nails, screws, and anchors as appropriate and specified on the plans.

Hardware to be Simpson Hardware or approved alternative. All specified fasteners must be installed. All such fasteners shall be of the largest size and quantity specified in the manufacturers published schedules, unless noted otherwise. All connectors and fasteners exposed to moisture shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication.

L. Laminated Members- APA/EWS certified, Grade per structural notes.

M. Connectors: Prefabricated steel plates or engineered wood-to-wood connectors.

PART 3EXECUTION

3.1 HANDLING AND STORAGE
Store flat and protect from inclement weather and moisture. Follow manufacturer 06 10 00 - 2 of 4

11.125
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Rough Carpentry 06 10 00
recommendations.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Construction methods and project safety: the contract documents represent the finished structure and do not indicate methods, procedures or sequence of construction. Take necessary precautions to maintain and ensure the integrity of the structure during construction. Contractor shall design, construct and maintain all safety devices, including shoring and bracing, and solely responsible for conforming to all local, state and federal safety and health standards, laws and regulations.

B. Wood framing: Comply with recommendations of UBC Chapter 23, UBC Table 23-II-B-1 - Nailing Schedule, and NDS National Design Specifications for Wood Construction.

C. Plywood: Comply with recommendations of APA Design and Construction Guide - Residential and Commercial. Space panel ends and edges with 1/8” minimum gap. Where wet or humid conditions prevail, double this spacing.

D. Provide nailers, blocking and grounds where required. Set work plumb, level and accurately cut. Fire and draft blocks shall be as specified per UBC Section 708.

E. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with other work.

F. Comply with codes, manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling, fastening and working with treated materials.

3.2 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING LUMBER AND PLYWOOD A. All lumber and plywood exposed during selective demolition shall be observed by the Owner Inspector prior to removal or application of obscuring finishes.

B. Damaged or deteriorated wood framing or sheathing shall be replaced in kind, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Repair of existing framing will be at the discretion of the Owner’s Representative and Engineer.

C. Lumber and plywood shall be carefully removed in such a way as to not damage the adjacent framing to remain. Any beams, studs, plates, posts, plywood or other framing damaged during removal shall be replaced in like kind at the contractor’s expense.

D. Contractor is required to provide additional nailing or removal and replacement of damaged plywood in areas of overdriven nails as directed by Owner’s Representative and engineer.
06 10 00 - 3 of 4

11.126
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Rough Carpentry 06 10 00
F. Existing plywood nailing to be field verified and brought into conformance with nailing requirements of the plans.

G. Plywood shall be removed and replaced in sheets no smaller than 2’ X 4’.

H. Contractor is required to add additional studs and/or blocking at panel edges. All panel edges to have edge nailing (EN) at 4” center to center and field nailing at 12” center to center.

END OF SECTION
06 10 00 - 4 of 4

11.127
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Flush Wood Doors 08 14 16
SECTION 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer.

B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WI's "Manual of Millwork."

1. Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in a 42-by-84-inch (1067-by-2134-mm) section.
08 14 16 - 1 of 3

11.128
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Flush Wood Doors 08 14 16
b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch (0.25 mm in a 76.2-mm) span.

2. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.

2. Ampco, Inc.

3. Buell Door Company Inc.

4. Chappell Door Co.

5. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.

6. Eggers Industries.

7. Graham; an Assa Abloy Group company.

8. Haley Brothers, Inc.

9. Ideal Architectural Doors & Plywood.

10. Ipik Door Company.

11. Lambton Doors.

12. Marlite.

13. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.

14. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.; a Masonite company.

15. Oshkosh Architectural Door Company.

16. Poncraft Door Company.

17. Vancouver Door Company.

18. VT Industries Inc.

2.2 VENEERED-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Interior Solid-Core Doors:

1. Grade: Custom (Grade A faces).

2. Species:. For bid, assume Paint Grade Birch.

3. Core: Either glued or nonglued wood stave or structural composite lumber.

4. Construction: Five or seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, and then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press.

2.3 FABRICATION
A. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates.

1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining.
08 14 16 - 2 of 3

11.129
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-25-0375 Flush Wood Doors 08 14 16

2.4 SHOP PRIMING
A. Doors for opaque Finish: Shop prime doors with stain (if required), other required pretreatments, and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section “Interior Painting." Seal all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises with first coat of finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.

1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.

2. Reject doors with defects.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated.

C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining.

1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs. Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated.

Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated.

2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges.

3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.

B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements.

Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing.

END OF SECTION 08 14 16
08 14 16 - 3 of 3

11.130
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 GYPSUM BOARD 09 25 00
SECTION 09 25 00

GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Gypsum board with taped and sanded joint treatment.

B. Related work specified elsewhere.

1. 09900 Painting

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit 2'x2' sample panels of proposed gypsum board finish for the Owner Representative’s review.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A 97.1 "Specifications for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard" and the "Drywall Construction Handbook" of the California Drywall Contractor's Association.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM
A. Manufacturers:

1. Systems as manufactured by U.S. Gypsum, Gold Bond, Kaiser or equal.

B Gypsum Board Types: 5/8" thick, (1/2" thick only where indicated on drawings), maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges; unless noted otherwise as follows:

1. Standard Type: ASTM C36.

2. Fire Rated Type: ASTM C36 fire resistive, UL rated.

3. Moisture Resistant Type: ASTM C630.

2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustical Insulation: ASTM C665, preformed mineral wool, friction fit type, un-faced, 3 1/2 inch thick.

B. Corner Beads: Metal, galvanized intended to receive tape over flanges. U.S. Gypsum's No. 1001, Milcor or equal.

C. Metal Casings: Metal, galvanized L -type, or as indicated in Drawings, requiring no mitering in 09 25 00 - 1 of 3

11.131
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 GYPSUM BOARD 09 25 00
application. Locate where shown and at all exposed edges.

D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475, reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water.

E. Fasteners: 1 1/4" Type W bugle-head screws.

F. Adhesive: ASTM C557.

G. Textured Finish Materials: Latex based texturing material manufactured by U.S. Gypsum, Gold Bond, Kaiser or equal. Finish to match existing finish as approved by Owner Representative.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES
A. Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions.

B. Install acoustical sealant and outlet box pads within acoustically rated partitions in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.02 INSTALLATION - GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install gypsum board in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Fasten gypsum board to furring or framing with screws. Stagger joints using wallboards of maximum practical lengths. Screw each framing member not less than 3/8" from edges or ends of boards and spaced 5 to 7" o.c. on ceilings and 6 to 8” o.c. on walls, using second nail in close proximity (2") to the first, a total of 8 nails per 4' width of board. Nail from central portion of boards towards ends. Set head slightly without breaking paper facing of wallboard.

C. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials.

D. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.

3.03 JOINT TREATMENT
A. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. Install 12" long strips diagonally across corners at all openings in walls or ceilings.

B. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/16.

C. When each coat of texture compound is thoroughly dry, sand wherever necessary to eliminate irregularities. Apply final skim coat over entire surface of exposed wall and lightly sand to a smooth uniform surface.

D. Sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied plastic fabrications.

3.04 WORKMANSHIP
09 25 00 - 2 of 3

11.132
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 GYPSUM BOARD 09 25 00
A. Workmanship shall be consistent with the highest standards of the trade, as recognized by the Drywall Contractor's Association.

B. Do not install previously moistened wallboard.

END OF SECTION
09 25 00 - 3 of 3

11.133
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING, BASE, AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Resilient tile flooring for commercial traffic.

2. Resilient wall base, sanitary base, and accessories.

3. Substrate preparation.

B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY for plywood substrate and surface tolerances.

C. References (Industry Standards):

1. American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC):
a. AATCC 134 Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets

2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
a. ANSI ESD S97.2 Floor Materials and Footwear – Voltage Measurement on a Person

3. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. ASTM C518 Standard Test Method for Steady State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus
b. ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers – Tension
c. ASTM D2047 Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Floor Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine d. ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness 09 65 00

11.134
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
e. ASTM D3389 Standard Test Method for Coated Fabrics Abrasion Resistance (Rotary Platform, Double Head Abrader)
f. ASTM D6499 Standard Test Method for the Immunological Measurement of Antigenic Protein in Natural Rubber and its Products
g. ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
h. ASTM E648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source
i. ASTM E662 Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials
j. ASTM E1745 Standard Specification for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs
k. ASTM E2179 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of the Effectiveness of Floor Coverings in Reducing Impact Sound Transmission Through Concrete Floors
l. ASTM E2180 Standard Test Method for Determining the Activity of Incorporated Antimicrobial Agent(s) in Polymeric or Hydrophobic Materials m. ASTM F150 Standard Test Method for Electrical Resistance of Conductive and Static Dissipative Resilient Flooring
n. ASTM F155 Method of Test for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals for Electronic Devices
o. ASTM F386 Standard Test Method for Thickness of Resilient Flooring Materials Having Flat Surfaces
p. ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring
q. ASTM F925 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Chemicals of Resilient Flooring
r. ASTM F970 Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit s. ASTM F1344 Standard Specification for Rubber Floor Tile t. ASTM F1482 Standard Practice for Installation and Preparation of Panel Type Underlayments to Receive Resilient Flooring
u. ASTM F1514 Standard Test Method for Measuring Heat Stability of Resilient Flooring by Color
09 65 00

11.135
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
v. ASTM F1515 Standard Test Method for Measuring Light Stability of Resilient Flooring by Color Change
w. ASTM F1859 Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Floor Covering Without Backing
x. ASTM F1860 Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Floor Covering With Backing y. ASTM F1861 Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base z. ASTM F2055 Standard Test Method for Size and Squareness of Resilient Floor Tile by Dial Gage Method
aa. ASTM F2169 Standard Specification for Resilient Stair Treads bb. ASTM F2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes
cc. ASTM F2199 Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensional Stability of Resilient Floor Tile after Exposure to Heat
dd. ASTM F3010 Standard Practice for Two-Component Resin Based Membrane-Forming Moisture Mitigation Systems for Use Under Resilient Floor Coverings ee. ASTM G21 Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi

4. European Norm (FTM):
a. FTM 101 C 4046 Static Decay

5. International Organization for Standardization (ISO):
a. ISO 140 Measurement of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements

6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. NFPA 253 Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Energy Source
b. NFPA 258 Test Method for Specific Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation guide and maintenance guide for each material and accessory proposed for use and per requirements of 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

B. Samples: Submit three representative samples of each product specified for verification.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
09 65 00

11.136
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide resilient flooring manufactured by a firm with a minimum of 10 years’ experience with resilient flooring of type equivalent to those specified.

1. Manufacturer’s quality management system must have ISO 9001:2000 approval.

2. Provide resilient flooring products, including wall base, accessories and subfloor preparation products from one manufacturer to ensure color matching and compatibility.

3. Manufacturer shall be capable of providing technical training and technical field service representation.

B. Installer Qualifications: Acceptable to manufacturer of resilient flooring or INSTALL (International Standards & Training Alliance) resilient certified for the requirements of the project.

C. Sustainable Design Requirements:

1. ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems certification.

2. Construction waste take back program for the purpose of reducing jobsite waste by taking back uninstalled waste flooring. Details of the nora® program are available at www.nora.com/us.

3. Flooring surfaces that are easily cleaned and do not require coatings and stripping, or use chemicals that may be hazardous to human health.

4. Supply all required products that are CA 01350 compliant.

5. Flooring that is free of materials known to be teratogenic, mutagenic or carcinogenic.

6. Flooring that contains no polyvinyl chloride or plasticizers.

7. Flooring that contains no halogens.

8. Flooring that contains no asbestos.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations.

B. Deliver materials sufficiently in advance of installation to condition materials to the required temperature for 48-hours prior to installation.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The installation area must be fully enclosed, weather tight, and climate controlled between 63°F and 75°F and 40% to 60% ambient relative humidity (RH) for at least 48 hours prior, during and 72 hours after installation (do not use gas fueled blowers). Dew point must be avoided. The substrate must be at least 5°F above dew point to be considered acceptable.
09 65 00

11.137
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer’s standard limited warranty for wear, defect, bond and conductivity.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: (Basis-of-Design) Shaw Industries Group, Inc., a Berkshire Hathaway Company ; telephone 800 257 7429 | +1 706 532 7984

2.3 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING FOR COMMERCIAL TRAFFIC
A. Collection: Traction Aqua- Tractionsafety | 4493V, Color: Dash, 00114 B. Finish ExoGuard® U.S.

C. Metric
D. Overall Thickness 0.079 in (2 mm)
E. Installation Type: Dry Back
F. Installation: Direct Glue
G. RecommendedAdhesive: S150 Resilient Tile, 4200 1G Resilient Sheet,4200 Resilient Sheet 4 Gallon, Weld Rod 320',2200 4G Resilient Sheet or 4151Multi-UsePremium 4 Gallon
H. Actual Roll Size: 6.56 ft w x 65.62 ft l (2.00 m w x 20.00 m ) I. Area per Roll : 47.84 sy/roll (40 sq m/roll)
J. Weight per Roll (238.09 lbs) 108 kg
PART 3 - GENERAL

3.1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Supply a safe, climate controlled building and subfloor as detailed in the nora Installation Guide (available at www.nora.com/us)
B. A subfloor that meets the requirements of ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring is required, or as detailed in the nora Installation Guide or nora® nTx Installation Guide as appropriate.

C. A secure storage area that is fully enclosed, weather tight, and climate controlled between 63°F and 75°F and 40% to 60% ambient relative humidity (RH) for at least 09 65 00

11.138
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
48-hours prior and during the installation, so the flooring contractor can acclimate all materials.

D. An installation area that is fully enclosed, weather tight, and climate controlled between 63°F and 75° and 40% to 60% ambient relative humidity (RH) for at least 48-hours prior, during, and 72-hours after installation (do not use gas fueled blowers). If this is not possible, contact the nora® Technical Department.

E. Areas with direct prolonged exposure to sunlight should be protected with the use of Low E glass doors, windows or facades that reduce the UV transmissions to less than 1%.

F. Areas of the flooring subjected to direct sunlight, for example through doors or windows, must be covered using blind, curtains, cardboard or similar materials for 24-hours before, during, and for a period of 72-hours after the installation to allow nora “wet” adhesives to cure. Do not allow traffic when using wet set adhesives for a minimum of 12-hours and prohibit rolling loads for 72-hours. When using nora® nTx or nora® dryfix 750, the flooring can be trafficked immediately with no restrictions.

All flooring must be protected from damage during construction operations using Masonite, plywood or a similar product. Before laying the panels the flooring surface must be free of all debris. Lay panels so that they are edge to edge and tape the joints to prevent movement and debris entrapment. Inspect the flooring before covering and after removal for final acceptance.

G. Conduct post-installation cleaning after 72-hours for wet set adhesives. Conduct post-installation cleaning immediately for installations using nora dryfix 750 or nora nTx. Refer to the appropriate nora® Maintenance Guide for product specific details.

3.2 FLOORING CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Provide trained installers that have at least one of the following:

1. Approved by Shaw Contract, Shaw Industrial Group, Inc. or INSTALL (International Standards & Training Alliance) certified for the requirements of the project.

2. An effective installation manager to manage the project, installers, and ensure that all of the required procedures are followed as detailed in the nora Installation Guide (available at www.nora.com/us).

B. Follow all requirements in the appropriate nora Installation Guide or nora nTx Installation Guide.

END OF SECTION
09 65 00

11.139
Traction Aqua
Coordinating Products
Packaging
Collection Tractionsafety
Style Number 4493V
Welding Rod Style Number 184CA
Construction Commercial Slip-Resistant Sheet
Finish ExoGuard®
U.S. Metric
Overall Thickness 0.079 in 2 mm
Installation Type Dry Back
Installation Direct Glue
Recommended Adhesive S150 Resilient Tile, 4200 1G Resilient Sheet, 4200 Resilient Sheet 4 Gallon, Weld Rod 320', 2200 4G Resilient Sheet or 4151Multi-Use Premium 4 Gallon Actual Roll Size 6.56 ft w x 65.62 ft l 2.00 m w x 20.00 m l Area per Roll 47.84 sy/roll 40 sq m/roll
Weight per Roll 238.09 lbs 108 kg
Recommended Installation Method
Reverse
Sheet: Traction Sole
Performance + Testing
Test Reports may be included or listed by the manufacturing/inventory style number as opposed to the noted selling style number.

Static Load (ASTM F970) Passes (Modified), *2000 lbs
Resistance to Heat (ASTM F1514) Passes
Resistance to Light (ASTM F1515) Passes
Resistance to Chemicals (ASTM F925) Passes
Smoke Density (ASTM E662, Flaming Mode) Passes
Radiant Panel (ASTM E648) Passes, Class I
Coefficient of Friction (ASTM D2047, Slip
Resistance)
≥0.5, meets the recommended static coefficient of friction for ADA walking surfaces
Enhanced Slip Resistance / AS 4586 Appendix D R11
Enhanced Slip Resistance / DIN 51130/EN
16165 Annex B
R11
Enhanced Slip Resistance / AS 4586 Appendix A P4
Enhanced Slip Resistance / RRL Pendulum Test 45+
Enhanced Slip Resistance / EN 13845 ESf
Enhanced Slip Resistance / Surface Roughness 20
*This test is intended to compare relative properties of different styles and constructions. Results are based on a laboratory test and used for comparative purposes - real life load limit may vary.

11.140
Traction Aqua
Warranties
Material Health & Environmental Certifications
Health & Wellbeing
Climate Impact
WELL V2 Contribution Credit
Leed v4 Contribution Credits
Commercial Limited Underbed Bond Warranty S150/4151/Lokworx+ Resilient 10 Year Commercial Limited
Material Ingredient Transparency Health Product Declaration (HPD) | 1000 ppm Disclosure Indoor Air Quality FloorScore® | Certified
Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) 3rd Party Certified in Accordance to ISO 14044 And 14071 Total Recycled Content 0% (Pre-Consumer 0% | Post-Consumer 0%) Global Product Assessment Country of Origin | Imported
X01 Fundamental Material Precautions
Part 1: (C): Restrict Asbestos Precondition
Absence of Asbestos
X08 Hazardous Material Reduction
Part 1: Limit Hazardous Materials Optimization
Absence of Heavy Metals
X10 Volatile Compound Reduction
Part 1 (A): Manage Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Optimization Absence of Halogenated Flame Retardants
X10 Volatile Compound Reduction
Part 2: Manage Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs) Optimization Ortho-Phthalates
X11 Long Term Emissions Control
Part 2: Flooring Optimization
FloorScore Certificate
EQ Credit: Low Emitting Materials
Option 1: Product Category Calculations
FloorScore Certified
Installation Guidelines
Maintenance Guidelines
Please visit www.shawcontract.com for the most current warranty information.

Specifications are subject to nominal manufacturing variance. Material supply and/or manufacturing processes may necessitate changes without notice.

This product is an exclusive design and may not be duplicated in any manner. Use of this design in the creation of another product design is also strictly prohibited. *****Allowable spend is domestic (US) spend in categories in which we have diverse suppliers from which to choose. Compared to non-allowable spend which includes categories in which we do not have domestic, small or diverse suppliers available to meet our needs.

Visit shawcontract.com/testing for more information.

11.141
Traction Aqua
Available Colorways
Share 00104
Weldrod 25202
Dash 00114
Weldrod 25772
Nurture 00130
Weldrod 25212
Assist 00496
Weldrod 24490
Prosper 00518
Weldrod 25764
Goodness 00761
Weldrod 25762
Corporate Headquarters +1 800 257 7429 | +1 706 532 7984 | Atlanta +1 404 853 7429 | Bengaluru +91 80 6773 0202 | Beijing +86 10 6568 588 | Chicago +1 312 467 1331 | Dubai +971 4 584 6956 | Hong Kong +852 2623 0371 | London +44 207 961 4120 | Los Angeles +1 800 233 1614 | Melbourne +61 3 9939 8543 | Mexico City +55 5010 7600 | Mumbai +91 22 6284 5050 | Nantong +86 400 800 7429 | New York +1 212 953 7429 | Paris +33 (0) 1 81 22 44 39 | San Francisco +1 415 955 1920 | Shanghai +86 21 3338 4000 | Singapore +65 6733 1811 | Sydney +61 800 556 302 © 2025 Shaw Industries Group, Inc., a Berkshire Hathaway Company April 3, 2025
3 of 3
For reference purposes only if printed or downloaded.

11.142
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
SECTION 09 77 00 – DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Prefinished polyester glass reinforced plastic sheets and adhered to unfinished gypsum.

1. Aluminum trim.

B. Products Not Furnished or Installed under This Section:

1. Gypsum substrate board.

2. Floor Base, integral resilient floor and trim

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
B. 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
C. 09 25 00 Gypsum Board.

D. 09 91 23 Interior Painting.

E. 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring, Base, and Trim

1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials: Standard Specifications (ASTM)

1. ASTM D 256 - Izod Impact Strengths (ft #/in)

2. ASTM D 570 - Water Absorption (%)

3. ASTM D 638 - Tensile Strengths (psi) & Tensile Modulus (psi)

4. ASTM D 790 - Flexural Strengths (psi) & Flexural Modulus (psi)

5. ASTM D 2583- Barcol Hardness

6. ASTM D 5319 - Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels.

7. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
09 77 00 - 1 of 6

11.143
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit sufficient manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications, including:

1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.

2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

3. Installation methods.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit elevations of each wall showing location of paneling and trim members with respect to all discontinuities in the wall elevation.

C. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer’s standard color pattern selection samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.

D. Samples for Verification: Submit appropriate section of panel for each finish selected indicating the color, texture, and pattern required.

1. Submit complete with specified applied finish.

2. For selected patterns show complete pattern repeat.

3. Exposed Molding and Trim: Provide samples of each type, finish, and color.

E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for adhesives, sealants and other pertinent materials prior to their delivery to the site (available as downloads for most Marlite’s products at http://www.marlite.com/tech-details.aspx or by contacting Marlite at [email protected]).

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to building code requirements for interior finish for smoke and flame spread requirements as tested in accordance with:

1. ASTM E 84 (Method of test for surface burning characteristics of building Materials)
a. Wall Required Rating – Class [A] [C].

B. Sanitary Standards: System components and finishes to comply with:

1. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) / Food Safety & Inspection Services (FSIS) requirements for food preparation facilities, incidental contact.

2. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 2013 Food Code 6-101.11.

3. Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) requirements.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials factory packaged on strong pallets.

B. Store panels and trim lying flat, under cover and protected from the elements.

Allow panels to acclimate to room temperature (range of 60 to 75°F) for 48 hours prior to installation.
09 77 00 - 2 of 6

11.144
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Building are to be fully enclosed prior to installation with sufficient heat (70°) and ventilation consistent with good working conditions for finish work
B. During installation and for not less than 48 hours before, maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used and recommendation of adhesive manufacturer.

1. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of adhesive as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. Furnish one-year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
A. Marlite; 1 Marlite Drive, Dover, OH 44622. 800-377-1221 FAX (330) 343-4668 Email:
[email protected] www.marlite.com.

B. Product:

1. Artizan™ FRP with BlueSky™ Advanced Finishing

2. Envue™ with BlueSky™ Advanced Finishing

3. Symmetrix™ with BlueSky™ Advanced Finishing

2.2 PANELS
A. Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting polyester resin panel sheets complying with ASTM D 5319.

1. Finishing: BlueSky™ Advanced Finishing System: High resolution digital imaging with controlled, low-temperature inline curing, water-based UV-cure coatings, free of VOC UV-cure inks.

2. Dimensions:
a. Thickness – 0.090 “ (2.29mm) nominal
b. Width - 4'-0” (1.22m) nominal
c. Length – [10’-0” (3.0m)][8’-0” (2.4m) ][As indicated on the drawings] nominal

3. Tolerance:
a. Length and Width: +/-1/8 “ (3.175mm)
b. Square - Not to exceed 1/8 “ for 8 foot (2.4m) panels or 5/32 “ (3.96mm) for 10 foot (2.4m) panels
09 77 00 - 3 of 6

11.145
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
B. Properties for Symmetrix FRP. Resistant to rot, corrosion, staining, peeling and splintering.

1. Flexural Strength – 0.9 x 104 psi per ASTM D 790.

2. Flexural Modulus – 6.0 x 106 psi per ASTM D 790.

3. Tensile Strength – 11.5 x 103 psi per ASTM D 638.

4. Tensile Modulus – 0.45 x 106 psi per ASTM D 638.

5. Water Absorption - 0.15% per ASTM D 570.

6. Barcol Hardness (scratch resistance) - 28 per ASTM D 2583.

7. Izod Impact Strength – 6.0 ft. lbs./in ASTM D 256.

8. Mold & Mildew – pass per ASTM D 3273.

C. Back Surface: Smooth. Imperfections which do not affect functional properties are not cause for rejection.

D. Front Finish:
a. Color: White with White Grooves
b. Smooth surface texture
c. Satin Finish
d. Rectangle Horizontal - 6” x 3” Tile Configuration
e. Fire Rating: Class C (III) Fire Rating.
f. Size: as indicated on drawings. Standard sizes are;
1) Marlite Artizan FRP, Envue FRP & Symmetrix FRP
a) 48” x 96” [1.2m x 2.4m] x .090” (3mm) nom.
b) 48” x 108” [1.2m x 2.7m] x .090” (3mm) nom.
c) 48” x 120” [1.2m x 3m] x .090” (3mm) nom.

2.3 MOLDINGS
A. Aluminum Anodized Trim: Heavy weight extruded aluminum 6063-T5 alloy prefinished at the factory.

1. Profiles :
a. F 550 Inside Corner, 8’ length
b. F 561 Outside Corner, 8’ length
c. F 565 Division, 8’ length
d. F566 Ribbed Designer Division, 8’ length
e. F567 Radius Designer Division, 8’ length
f. F568 Square Channel Designer Division, 8’ length
g. F 570 Edge, 8’ length
h. Color: [Brite Satin Anodized][Black Satin Anodized]
B. Aluminum Harmonizing Trim: Heavy weight extruded aluminum 6063-T5 alloy prefinished by Marlite to harmonize.
a. A 551 Inside Corner, 8’ length
09 77 00 - 4 of 6

11.146
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
b. A 560 Outside Corner, 8’ length
c. A 565 Division, 8’ length
d. A 570 Edge, 8’ length

2. Color: [Factory Oven-Baked Finish to harmonize spec’d panel] C. Outside Corner Guard:

1. F 560SS Stainless Corner Guard, [8’ length][10’ length]

2. Finish: #4 brushed satin

3. M 961 PVC Outside Corner Guard
a. Color: [White, [8’ length][10’ length]][Natural Almond, [8’ length][10’ length]][Ivory, 10’ length][Silver, 10’ length][Light Grey, 10’ length]

2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesive: Either of the following construction adhesives complying with ASTM C 557.

1. Marlite C-551 FRP Adhesive - Water- resistant, non-flammable adhesive.

2. Marlite C-915 Construction Adhesive - Flexible, water-resistant, solvent based adhesive, formulated for fast, easy application.

3. Titebond Advanced Polymer Panel Adhesive – VOC compliant, non-flammable, environmentally safe adhesive.

B. Sealant:

1. Marlite Brand MS-250 Clear Silicone Sealant.

2. Marlite Brand MS-251 White Silicone Sealant.

3. Marlite Brand - Color Match Sealant.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine backup surfaces to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces are smooth, uniform, clean and free from foreign matter, nails countersunk, joints and cracks filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface.

1. Verify that stud spacing does not exceed 24” (61cm) on-center.

B. Repair defects prior to installation.

1. Level wall surfaces to panel manufacturer’s requirements. Remove protrusions and fill indentations.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence.

B. Cut sheets to meet supports allowing 1/8” (3 mm) clearance for every 8 foot (2.4m) of panel.

1. Cut and drill with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or cut with shears. 09 77 00 - 5 of 6

11.147
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
C. Apply panels to board substrate, above base, vertically oriented with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels.

1. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints.
a. Adhesive trowel and application method to conform to adhesive manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. Apply panel moldings to all panel edges using silicone sealant providing for required clearances.

1. All moldings must provide for a minimum 1/8 “ (3mm) of panel expansion at joints and edges, to insure proper installation.

2. Apply sealant to all moldings, channels and joints between the system and different materials to assure watertight installation.

3.3 CLEANING
A. Remove excess sealant from panels and moldings. Wipe panel down using a damp cloth and mild soap solution or cleaner.

B. Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations Do not use abrasive cleaners.

END OF SECTION 09 77 00
09 77 00 - 6 of 6

11.148
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
SECTION 09 91 23

INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Related work specified elsewhere.

1. 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

2. 01 77 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls

3. 02 41 13 Selective Demolition

4. 09 29 00 Gypsum Board

5. 09 65 13 Resilient Tile Flooring

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 09 91 23 - 1 of 8

11.149
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
G. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat.

1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square.

2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.

3. Label each coat of each Sample.

4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following:

1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Paint: 1 gal. of each material and color applied.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 50 sq. ft. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
09 91 23 - 2 of 8

11.150
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C).

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C).

B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Benjamin Moore & Co.

2. Dunn-Edwards Corporation.

3. ICI Paints.

4. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List."
B. Material Compatibility:

1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

C. Maximum VOC Content:
09 91 23 - 3 of 8

11.151
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.

2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L.

3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L.

4. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L.

5. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L.

D. Colors:

1. See Architectural drawings for the selected color.

2.3 WATER-BASED PAINTS
A. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 3):[ MPI #145.] B. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, Semi-Gloss (Gloss Level 5):[ MPI #147.] PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

1. Concrete: 12 percent.

2. Wood: 15 percent.

3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.

4. Plaster: 12 percent.

C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.

D. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.

E. Spray-Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry.

F. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

G. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 09 91 23 - 4 of 8

11.152
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. but not less than the following:

1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning.", or SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." F. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

G. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.

H. Wood Substrates:

1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.

2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.

3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.

4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual."
09 91 23 - 5 of 8

11.153
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.

2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.

3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.

4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections.

Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

1. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces:
a. Equipment, including panelboards.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Plastic conduit.
g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material.
h. Other items as directed by Architect.

2. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces (flat black).

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.

1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.

2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.
09 91 23 - 6 of 8

11.154
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces:

1. Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, (Gloss Level 3), MPI #52.

B. Steel Substrates:

1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inhibitive, water based MPI #107. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 3), MPI #145.

C. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:

1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based, MPI #134. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 3), MPI #145.

D. Wood Substrates: Including wood trim.

1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, MPI #39]. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 3), MPI #145.
09 91 23 - 7 of 8

11.155
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
E. Gypsum Board:

1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI #149. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 2), MPI #144.

END OF SECTION
09 91 23 - 8 of 8

11.156
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
SECTION 10 21 00

TOILET PARTITIONS

GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Toilet Compartments.

B. Urinal Screens.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
B. 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring
C. 10 28 00 - Toilet, Bath Accessories.

1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A 65 3/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process B. ASTM A 24 0/A 240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications
C. Stainless Steel Industry of North America (SSINA): Stainless Steel Finishes.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.

2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

3. Installation methods.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit plan, section, elevation and perspective drawings showing layout, door swings, fixture clearance, hardware, and methods of anchoring.

D. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square representing actual product, color, and patterns.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: All primary products specified in this section will be supplied by a single manufacturer with a minimum of eighty-five years experience.
10 21 00 - 1 of 4

11.157
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
B. Installer Qualifications: All products listed in this section are to be installed by a single installer with a minimum of one year demonstrated experience in installing products of the same type and scope as specified.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver partitions, hardware, and headrail in manufacturer's original protective shipping containers or packaging with labels intact and legible.

B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. At project closeout, provide to Owner or Owners Representative an executed copy of the manufacturer's standard limited warranty against manufacturing defect, outlining its terms, conditions, and exclusions from coverage.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:(Basis of Design) American Sanitary Partition Corp., which is located at: 300 Enterprise St. P. O. Box 99; Ocoee, FL 34761; Tel:
407-656-0611; Fax: 407-656-8189; Email: request info ([email protected]); Web:
http://www.am-sanitary-partition.com
B. Substitutions: Must be approved by Owner’s Representative after submittal of both specified and proposed products submittal data and are reviewed in accordance with provisions of Section 01 33 00

2.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET PARTITIONS
A. Partition Construction:

1. Toilet Partition Type: PL-FS - Plastic Laminate, Floor Stile.

2. Toilet Partition Type: PL-FF - Plastic Laminate, Full Flush.

3. Panels and Doors: High pressure decorative laminate plastic with all edges bound.
a. Core: No Added Urea Formaldehyde Industrial grade, 50-pound density resin impregnated particle board core.
b. Panel Thickness: No less than 1 inch (25mm) thick.
c. Door Thickness: No less than 1 inch (25mm) thick.

4. Stiles; Standard Steel Core; Galvanized Steel; Bonderized with a 10 21 00 - 2 of 4

11.158
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375

0.00015 inch zinc coating.
a. Stile Thickness: No less than 1 1/4 inches (32mm) thick.

5. All stiles and doors are pre-drilled for door hardware and fittings.

B. Shell Materials:

1. Panels: High Pressure Decorative Laminate.
a. Veneer Thickness: 0.050 inches.

2. Doors: High Pressure Decorative Laminate.
a. Veneer Thickness: 0.050 inches.

3. Stiles; Standard Steel Core; Galvanized Steel; Bonderized with a

0.00015 inch zinc coating.
a. Stile Thickness: 20 Gauge
b. Veneer Thickness: 0.050 inches..

4. Headrail: 6063-T5 Aluminum; etched and anodized.

C. Fittings:

1. Wall Brackets:
a. Zamac: Non-ferrous cast alloy, chrome plated and adjustable to keep panels and stiles clear from walls.

2. Stile Cover Bases: Stainless Steel, #304 with a #4 finish; 3 inches (76mm) high.

D. Hardware:

1. Hinges:
a. "Trouble-Proof" Hinge Set: Top pivot is recessed into door 2 1/2 inches (64mm) below top edge. Heavy steel pins and Zytel nylon cams permit adjustment of door.
1) Zamac: Non-ferrous cast alloy, chrome plated.

2. Combination Bumper Coat Hook: Cast metal; chrome plated.

3. Keepers: Cast metal; chrome plated. Through bolted with theft proof "Torx"screws.

2.3 PLASTIC LAMINATE URINAL SCREENS
A. Urinal Screen Type: #1 - Wall Hung

1. Panel Shell: High Pressure Decorative Laminate.

2. Panel Thickness: 1 inch (25mm).

3. Panel Width: 18 inches (457mm).

4. Wall Supported:
a. Zamac: Non-ferrous cast alloy, chrome plated, and attached with three (3) wall brackets.

B. Urinal Screen Type: #2 - Floor Supported.

1. Panel Shell: High Pressure Decorative Laminate.

2. Panel Thickness: 1 inch (25mm).
a. Floor Support: 1 1/4 inch (32mm) square aluminum post anchored to the floor with a floor shoe and fastened in two locations spaced 3 inches (76mm) apart.
10 21 00 - 3 of 4

11.159
Senior Center Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Owner’s Representative of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

3.5 CLEANING - Plastic Laminate Partitions:

1. Do not use acid solutions or products containing Metyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK)

2. Wipe laminate with a clean damp cloth or sponge using a mild soap, detergent, or general purpose cleaner.

3. Rinse with clean water, using a clean, non-abrasive cotton cloth.

4. Do not flood the laminate, especially near the seams, since water can penetrate and cause the substrate to swell.

5. Dry the surface with a soft, clean, non-abrasive cotton cloth.

END OF SECTION
10 21 00 - 4 of 4

11.160
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Washroom Accessories 10 28 00
SECTION 10 28 00

WASHROOM ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Washroom accessories as scheduled in this Section and as indicated on the Drawings.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry, coordination with blocking.

B. Section 09 29 00 - Gypsum Board, coordination with blocking.

C. Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting.

D. Section 10 21 13 - Toilet Compartments, coordination with accessories.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data sheets for each product specified, including the following:

1. Installation instructions and recommendations.

2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

3. Cleaning and maintenance instructions.

4. Replacement parts information.

B. Schedule: Submit a toilet accessory schedule, indicating the type and quantity to be installed in each washroom. Use room numbers as indicated on the Drawings.

C. Country of Origin: Manufacturer must supply, with first submittal, Country of Origin information for each type of washroom accessory for this project.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Provide products manufactured by a company with a minimum of 10 years successful experience manufacturing similar products.

B. Single Source Requirements: To the greatest extent possible provide products from a single manufacturer.

C. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements applicable in the jurisdiction of the project, including but not limited to ADA and ICC/ANSI A117.1 requirements as applicable.
10 28 00- 1 of 3

11.161
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Washroom Accessories 10 28 00
D. Hazardous Materials: Comply with EU Directive “Restrictions of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) requirements.”

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle materials and products in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage.

1.6 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer’s Warranty for Washroom Accessories: Manufacturer’s standard 1 year warranty for materials and workmanship.

B. Manufacturer’s Warranty for Electric Hand Dryers: Manufacturer’s standard 10 year warranty on parts, except 3 year warranty on motor brushes from date of purchase. Does not include Bobrick Compac Model B-710.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Basis of Design Products: Based on the quality and performance requirements of the project, specifications are based solely on the products of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. www.bobrick.com, Bradley or equal. Location of manufacturing shall be the United States.

B. Substitutions: Must be approved by Owner’s Representative after submittal of both specified and proposed products submittal data and are reviewed in accordance with provisions of Section 01 33 00
C. Documentation shall include a list of five similar projects of equivalent size where products have been installed for a minimum of two years, and manufacturer's certification that products are fabricated in the United States.

2.2 TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE
A. Multiple-Use Washroom, Standard Duty:

1. TA-1: B-165 Series Channel-Frame Mirror. 18” x 36”

2. TA-2: B-3091 & 3092 Classic Series Surface-Mounted Multi-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser.

3. TA-3: B3579 Classic Series Surface-Mounted Multi-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser.

4. TA-4: B-3944 ClassicSeries Recessed-Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser with Waste Receptacle and Paper Towel Dispenser

5. TA-5: B-4221 Surface Mounted Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser

6. TA-6: Koala Kare- Horizontal Stainless Steel, Recessed Mounted Baby Changing Station KB310-SSRE
10 28 00- 2 of 3

11.162
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Washroom Accessories 10 28 00
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in strict compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations, including the following:

1. Verify blocking has been installed properly.

2. Verify location does not interfere with door swings or use of fixtures.

3. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for backing and proper support.

4. Use fasteners and anchors suitable for substrate and project conditions

5. Install units rigid, straight, plumb, and level, in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and approved shop drawings.

6. Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting to room finish.

7. Test for proper operation.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed surfaces of compartments, hardware, and fittings using methods acceptable to the manufacturer.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION
10 28 00- 3 of 3

11.163
Toto Floor Mounted Toilet | Eco
UltraMax® One-Piece Toilet, 1.28
GPF, ADA Compliant, Elongated
Bowl
SKU: MS854114EL#01
Toto Wall Mounted Urinal |
UT105UG
Bobrick Two Wall 1 1/2" O.D. |
B-6897
Bobrick Classic Series Surface Mount Dispenser | B-3579 **Alternate fixture if Recessed
Option cannot be installed
Bobrick Classic Recessed Mount
Dispenser | B-3091 & B3092
**Confirm if this can be installed in
existing walls**
1 2 3
4 4
Alternate
Bobrick Reccessed Paper
Towel/Waste Receptacle | B-3944
**higher capacity trash
receptacle**
5 222 Market St - Senior Center
Plumbing Fixtures & Accessories
Toto Commercial Wall-Hung
Lavatory with Soap Dispenser Hole
LT307A#01 with Standard
EcoPower Faucet - 0.35 GPM
TEL103-D20E#CP and Auto Sensor
Soap Dispenser TES201AA#CP
6 Koala Kare Horizontal Stainless
Steel Recessed-Mounted Baby
Changing Station KB310-SSRE
7 11.164
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00
SECTION 22 10 00

PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Scope:

1. Provide all materials, labor and equipment for complete and operational plumbing systems including all piping, fittings, hangers, sealing, fixtures.

2. The intent of this project is to perform all plumbing associated with the renovation of existing restrooms as defined in the construction documents.

1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit as a minimum the following:

1. Plumbing fixtures and hardware

2. Flush valves

3. Pipe, fittings and associated materials used in joints

4. Valves and other piping appurtenances,

5. Access panels
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Domestic Hot and Cold Water:

1. Copper Type L, ASTM B88, w/ wrought copper fittings, lead free sweat joints 95/5 tin/antimony solder.
22 10 00 1 of 10

11.165
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00

2. Pipes 2 inches and larger shall be brazed using 15% silver content solder.

B. Sanitary Waste and Vents:

1. Existing waste and vent piping is copper DWV. Allowable types for new piping are indicated below.

2. Allowable Types:
a. Cast Iron No-Hub: Hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM A-888 and CISPI Standard 301. Standard no-hub couplings manufactured in accordance with CISPI Standard 310 with neoprene gaskets manufactured in accordance with ASTM C-564. Provide standard no-hub transition fitting when connecting from cast iron to copper piping. b. Copper type DWV: Pipe: Copper Type M conforming to ASTM B88 Fittings: Wrot Copper DWV solder joint fittings conforming to ANSI B16.29, 95/5 tin/antimony solder.

3. Slope all waste piping at ¼” per foot or greater

4. Slope all vent piping back to waste line

5. Cleanouts:
a. Provide cleanouts where shown and where required by code or for good access for cleaning.
b. Cleanouts shall be furnished with brass countersunk plugs for sanitary waste lines and matching plugs or removable caps or plugs for other piping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the particular pipe material. c. Tee handle wrench shall be furnished to suit plugs.
d. Stainless steel cover shall be provided in walls
e. Clean outs shall be installed at a minimum of 100 feet on 4" and larger and 50 feet on 3" and smaller. In addition, a cleanout will be installed at all lateral changes of direction.
22 10 00 2 of 10

11.166
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00
f. All restrooms shall have cleanouts at last fixture on a system that would include restrooms with an individual fixture of a bank of fixtures. g. Manufacturers:
(a) Floor Cleanout: J.R. Smith 4024S series with nickel bronze round top, no-hub connection to waste pipe

2.2 PIPE SUPPORTS:

A. All component model numbers noted are Cooper B-line. Substitutions are allowed in accordance with provisions in specifications for acceptance of substitutions.

B. All piping shall be seismically braced in where required by and in accordance with SMACNA Seismic Restraint Guidelines, latest edition. Braces shall be in the lateral and axial directions. Slack cable braces shall be used for hangers required to move as part of thermal expansion provisions and shall not interfere with that movement.

C. All insulated piping shall be supported with the use of calcium silicate insulated pipe supports to prevent collapse of insulation except that pipes ¾” and smaller may use adjustable clevis hanger with galvanized sheet metal shield (B-3151 or equal).

D. All supports shall be manufactured of steel components. Use of plumbers tape, metal strap, plastic hangers or other types is not allowed.

E. All copper pipe shall be isolated from steel hangers and supports using factory Vibra-Cushion strip or plastic coated hangers. Field wrapping of pipe with tape is not acceptable.

F. Adjustable Steel Swivel Ring: Figure B-3170 or equal.

G. Adjustable Steel Swivel J-hanger: Figure B-3690 or equal.

H. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: Figure B-3100, B-3104 or equal.

I. Pipe Clamps: Figure B-200 Tubing/Pipe Clamp, Figure B-2000 Series clip-in pipe clamps
J. Strut: B-11, B-22, and B-52, 12 gauge. Size as required for piping load and span. 22 10 00 3 of 10

11.167
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00

2.3 PIPE INSULATION
A. Insulate all recirculated domestic hot water and hot water return piping.

B. Insulation: Owens Corning preformed fiberglass pipe insulation w/ all-service jacket conforming to ASTM C547, thermal conductivity 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sqft-°F at 75°F.

Thickness as follows:

1. Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return: 1” thickness

2. Note that pre-insulated calcium pipe supports are required. See section 2.2.C of this specification.

C. Provide white PVC one-piece pre-formed fitting covers at all fittings (tees, elbows, etc.)

2.4 VALVES
A. Domestic hot and cold water: Full port bronze ball valves, chrome plated bronze ball, Nibco or equal.

B. Lavatory Angle Stops:

1. Provide new angle stops and metal braided supply hose for all lavatory fixtures.

Submit for review.

2. McDonald Series 2082T, angle stop with ¼ turn ball valve, ½” fpt or approved equal.

2.5 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. General:

1. The basis of design fixtures and flush valves as specified on the drawings have been selected based on Owner performance requirements, compatibility with existing rough-in locations. The Owner reserves the right to reject any fixture substitution based on proposed final installed dimensions of rim, flush valve height and fixture 22 10 00 4 of 10

11.168
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00
width.

2. Any and all additional costs of all trades associated with the substitution of fixtures or equipment shall be borne by the Contractor in entirety.

B. All fixtures shall be white, with acid-resistant finish unless otherwise specified.

C. See plumbing fixture schedule on drawings for basis of design fixture, faucet and flush valve specifications.

D. Flush valves shall be manual as specified and shall match the gallons per flush requirements of the basis of design.

E. Provide any and all pipe fittings, reducers, etc. as required for the installation of new and replacement fixtures. All exposed piping and fittings shall be chrome plated brass. Provide single piece chrome escutcheons at all pipe penetrations. Replace existing exposed piping and escutcheons where chipped, bent or otherwise damaged.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General:

1. Where galvanically dissimilar pipe materials interconnect, appropriate manufactured adapters or flanged connections with suitable gaskets shall be provided.

2. Piping shall be protected from damage and contamination during transport and construction. Exposed ends of piping shall be kept sealed prior to and during erection and at the end of each working day.

3. Copper tubing and piping shall be cut with dedicated wheel cutter. Cut ends shall be square to form proper seating in socket fittings. All cut ends shall be reamed and deburred. All piping needs to be flushed in compliance with current plumbing code.

4. Water System Piping: Piping shall be arranged, pitched, and valved for 22 10 00 5 of 10

11.169
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00
complete drainage and control of each system.

B. Vents and Drains:

1. Vents shall be pitched to drain, collected at risers where practical, offset toward the center of the building, and extended through the roof. All traps and sumps shall be vented.

2. Liquid Waste: Waste pipe centerline shall be located within 1 (1 ") inch of its corresponding fixture centerline where the waste pipe passes through the wall.

3. Plastic Piping: Not allowed

3.2 BRAZING AND SOLDERING
A. Brazing: Use fifteen (15) percent silver, 80 percent copper and five (5) percent phosphorus for the following:

1. Domestic water pipe: 2 inches and larger.

2. Copper pipe: three inches (3") and larger.

3. Underground, or under floor piping.

4. No solder fittings underground.

B. Soldering: Use 95-5, tin-antimony solder for other copper piping C. Preparation/Installation:

1. Clean surfaces to be joined, of oil, grease, rust and oxides. Clean socket or fitting and end of pipe thoroughly with emery cloth to remove dust and oxides. After cleaning and before assembly or heating, apply Handy or Aircosil Flux to joint surface and spread evenly.

2. Cut copper tubing with copper tub cutters, size with sizing tool, and thoroughly clean before application of flux and solder.

3. All joints that show evidence of overheating, cracking, poor penetration, or other defects of fit-up or workmanship shall be replaced as directed by the Project Manager at Contractor's expense.
22 10 00 6 of 10

11.170
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00

3.3 FIXTURE AND TRIM INSTALLATION
A. Fixture Mounting:

1. All wall mount water closets shall be firmly mounted to new or existing carriers as specified in the drawings. New seals shall be provided for all fixtures. Replace all fixture hardware (finish washers and cap nuts) with new. All hardware shall be chrome plated brass.

2. Replace all angle stops at replacement water closets with new. Coordinate shutdown with the Owner's Representative. Shut off valve locations may vary with some possibly requiring shut down of entire building and other fixtures that are not in the bathrooms shown as part of the replacement scope. Shut off and turning back on of water supply shall be by the Owner. Contractor shall be responsible for draining of system and flushing after refill. Flushing shall consist of the following:
a. Remove internal components of most remote flush valve. b. Open stop carefully and flush system through this fixture at high flowrate for a period of 10 minutes. Caution should be exercised not to exceed flow capacity of fixture trap and drain.
c. Flush other fixtures repeatedly to ensure entire system is flushed. d. Flush all fixtures or banks of fixtures at all locations within each facility that are impacted by the shutdown.
e. Proceed with sanitization of cold water and hot water systems and repeat flushing procedure when complete.

B. Sealing:

1. All fixtures shall be caulked around perimeter of fixture/wall or fixture/floor interface.
22 10 00 7 of 10

11.171
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General

1. Any deviation from the cleaning, installation testing, and certification requirements herein shall be approved in writing by the Owner Representative.

2. All materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection and examination by the Owner Representative at any place where fabrication or erection is carried on.

3. The Owner's's Representative reserves the right to reject all or any part of the system that does not conform to the requirements herein. Rejected materials or equipment shall be returned at the Contractor's expense for re-cleaning and certification.

4. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to remove random samples of the installed work sufficient to establish the quality of materials and workmanship. If such samples indicate materials and workmanship do not meet the contract specification, the Contractor shall be required to replace or re-clean the installed work at no expense to the Owner. The Owner shall reimburse the Contractor on a time and materials basis for such work if the system proves to be installed to specification.

B. All testing shall be done in the presence of the Owner’ Representative or the inspector.

C. Upon completion of this work, all systems shall be adjusted for use. Should any piece of apparatus or any material or work fail in any of these tests, it shall be immediately removed and replaced by new materials. The defective portion of the work 22 10 00 8 of 10

11.172
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00
shall be replaced by the Contractor in the presence of the Owner Representative or the inspector at no expense to the Owner.

D. Any leaks found shall be repaired in the following manner:

1. Brazed or soldered joint - Cut out and re-braze

2. Plastic joint - Remove/Re-weld

3. Screw joint - Taken apart and re-done (do not use compound) E. Pipe Testing:

1. All piping shall be tested as noted below unless more stringent testing is specified in other applicable sections.

2. Test pressures shall be maintained until all leaks have been identified.

3. Defective piping shall be repaired or replaced until tests are accomplished successfully.

4. Waste connections (water closet to carrier seal) shall be visually inspected during multiple flush cycles to insure they are leak free.

5. Due to the minor nature of plumbing work at second and third floors cold and hot water piping connections shall be tested at line pressure only for these floors. A full visual inspection shall be performed at each joint to confirm water tightness.

First floor plumbing shall be fully tested to test pressures and times as indicated below.

6. 22 10 00 9 of 10

11.173
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Plumbing 22 10 00

SYSTEM TEST PRESSURE TEST MEDIUM TEST TIME
Domestic Hot & Cold Water 150 PSIG water 1 hr
Sanitary Sewer 10 ft.water water 4 hrs
Vents 10 ft. water. water 4 hrs

END OF SECTION
22 10 00 10 of 10

11.174
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Minor Electrical Demolition 26 05 00
SECTION 26 05 50

MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION

PART I - GENERAL

1.01SECTION INCLUDES:

A. Electrical demolition.

PART II – PRODUCTS

2.01MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:

A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: as in individual sections.

PART III – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION:

A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on drawings.

B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.

C. Demolition is based on casual field observation. Report discrepancies to architect/engineer before disturbing existing installation.

D. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.

3.02 PREPARATION:

A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal.

B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits; work must be performed by a licensed and qualified person and in accordance with Contractor’s electrical safety program.

C. Existing electrical service: maintain existing system in service.

Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from owner at least 48 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration.

3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
- 26 05 00 - 1 of 3

11.175
Senior Center NS Project No. MRK 22-05
222 Market Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Permit#: B24-0375 Minor Electrical Demolition 26 05 00
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.

C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces.

D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed.

E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.

END OF SECTION
Additional Information and Considerations
For small commercial buildings in California, electrical specifications should adhere to the California Electrical Code, which is based on the National Electrical Code (NEC), including requirements for wiring, overcurrent protection, grounding, and installation, as well as California's Title 24 energy standards.

1. Codes and Standards:
● California Electrical Code (CEC): The CEC is based on the NEC, providing the foundation for electrical installations.
● Title 24: California's energy standards (Title 24) include requirements for lighting power density (LPD) and other energy-efficient measures. ● CALGreen: CALGreen provides voluntary energy efficiency provisions in addition to the Title 24 energy code.

2. Electrical Design and Drawings:
● Schematics: Drawings include schematic diagrams of all connected devises and switching. Provide wire runs, including main, sub-feed, and branch circuits as needed to connect new work with existing electrical wiring system. ● Materials: Indicate all materials used for wiring runs, including raceways, supports, panels, and service entrances.
● Bonding/Grounding: Show the bonding and grounding system. ● Load Schedule:Provide a load schedule with disconnect/overcurrent protection means, working voltages/amperages/wattage/horsepower, etc. ● Compliance:Indicate compliance with current Title 24 non-residential energy standards and the California Electrical Code regarding accessible electrical elements.
- 26 05 00 - 2 of 3

11.176
Senior Center Alterations Proj. No. SCA 22-05
222 Market Street., Santa Cruz, CA 95060 Section 26 05 50 Permit#: B24-25-0375 Minor Electrical Demolition

3. Specific Requirements:
● Work Space:Dedicated spaces for switchboards, panelboards, and distribution boards are required, protected from damage and foreign systems. ● Headroom:The minimum headroom of working spaces about service equipment, switchboards, panelboards, or motor control centers is 6 feet 3 inches (1.91 m). ● Clearances:Ensure proper clearances around electrical panels and equipment to allow for safe maintenance and access.
● Protective Devices: Use proper protective devices like fuses, circuit breakers, grounding, and GFCI's to eliminate shock and electrocution hazards. ● Security:Consider security systems, burglar alarms, and other security measures, especially in commercial buildings storing valuable items or confidential information.
● Utility Requirements:Contact your local utility (e.g., PG&E, SCE) early in the planning process to understand their specific requirements for service and meter installations.
● Inductive Loop Detectors:If inductive loop detectors are used, ensure they are installed and tested in accordance with relevant standards.

4. Important Considerations:
● Safety: Prioritize safety in all aspects of the electrical design and installation.

END OF SECTION
26 05 00 - 3 of 3

11.177
Brittany Inclan
From: [email protected]
Sent: Saturday, August 23, 2025 5:48 PM
To: City Council
Cc: 'brad angell'; Claire Gallogly
Subject: 08/26/2025 Council meeting Item #11: Market St Senior Center Accessibility Project Dear Councilmembers: Please add installaƟon of bicycle racks to the accessibility improvement project at the Senior Center.

There are none there now. Some seniors bike, some events are open to all, and motor vehicle parking in the neighborhood is limited. Thus, there is a definite need for some bike racks.

Thanks,
Rick Hyman

11.178
Brittany Inclan
From: brad angell <[email protected]>
Sent: Sunday, August 24, 2025 10:23 AM
To: [email protected]; City Council
Cc: Claire Gallogly
Subject: Re: 08/26/2025 Council meeting Item #11: Market St Senior Center Accessibility Project Howdy Rick:

Did you send this to Parks & Rec? The Market Street Senior Center is a Parks & Rec property. - I can forward it if you would like.

Sincerely,
Brad
On 8/23/2025 5:47 PM, bikerick@aƩ.net wrote:

Dear Councilmembers: Please add installaƟon of bicycle racks to the accessibility improvement project at the Senior Center.

There are none there now. Some seniors bike, some events are open to all, and motor vehicle parking in the neighborhood is limited. Thus, there is a definite need for some bike racks.

Thanks,
Rick Hyman

11.179
Brittany Inclan
From: Claire Gallogly
Sent: Sunday, August 24, 2025 9:52 PM
To: brad angell; [email protected]; City Council
Subject: Re: 08/26/2025 Council meeting Item #11: Market St Senior Center Accessibility Project Hi all,
I'm happy to connect with Parks and find places for quality bike parking at the Market St Senior Center.

Thanks for flagging!
Best,
Claire
Claire Gallogly
she/her
Principal Transportation Planner
City of Santa Cruz | Public Works
809 Center Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Direct: 831-420-5107
Email: [email protected]
cityofsantacruz.com
From: brad angell <[email protected]>
Sent: Sunday, August 24, 2025 10:23 AM
To: [email protected] <[email protected]>; City Council <[email protected]> Cc: Claire Gallogly <[email protected]>
Subject: Re: 08/26/2025 Council meeting Item #11: Market St Senior Center Accessibility Project

****CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe.****
Howdy Rick:

Did you send this to Parks & Rec? The Market Street Senior Center is a Parks & Rec property. - I can forward it if you would like.

Sincerely,
Brad
On 8/23/2025 5:47 PM, [email protected] wrote:

Dear Councilmembers: Please add installation of bicycle racks to the accessibility improvement project at the Senior Center.

11.180
There are none there now. Some seniors bike, some events are open to all, and motor vehicle parking in the neighborhood is limited. Thus, there is a definite need for some bike racks.

Thanks,
Rick Hyman

11.181
City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/06/2025
AGENDA OF: 08/26/2025
DEPARTMENT: Public Works
SUBJECT: Award Contract for Fire Station 1 Roof Restoration – Budget Adjustment (PW)
LOCATION: District 4
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to:
1) Award a contract for the purchase of Fire Station 1 Roof Restoration from Weatherproofing Technologies, Inc (Beachwood, OH) in the amount of $111,464.25. The Public Works Director is authorized to execute change orders within the approved project budget; and 2) Adopt a resolution amending the FY 2026 budget in the amount of $260,000 to move funds into project m402502.
3) Approve this agenda report’s CEQA determination, including adopting findings of categorical exemption pursuant to Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15061(b)(3) (Common Sense Exemption) of the CEQA Guidelines.

BACKGROUND: The flat roof section at Fire Station 1 requires restoration repairs and insulation upgrades, including replacement of the 85-year-old roof access hatch. For the last several years, staff at Public Works Facilities have patched the roof to deter leaks during wet weather events. Further inspection has revealed that dry rot needs to be removed and replaced in three locations on the roof. The roof materials have degraded past their designed life expectancy and continued deferment can have severe impacts on the interior of the building and lead to a range of issues affecting the interior structural integrity, interior finishes, and even the health of the City staff.

DISCUSSION: The new roofing system will include removal and replacement of sections damaged by dry rot, installation of a PolyISO insulation and TremPly KEE single ply roofing membrane. The new roofing system will have a 20-year warranty. Section 3.08.170 of the Municipal Ordinance allows the City to use cooperative purchasing agreements when it is in the best interest of the City to do so. The roof restoration quote is an Omnia Partners cooperative purchasing agreement CPN Contract #R230404-CA-320794. The City is one of over 234,000 active participants of Omnia Partners (formerly National IPA and U.S. Communities). The

12.1 collective buying power of these unified purchasing cooperatives delivers superior value and savings for public agencies nationwide.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION: The proposed Council action is not a “project” under CEQA because it will not “cause either or direct physical change in the environment, or a reasonable foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment.” (Pub. Res. Code § 21065.) And, even if this project were deemed a CEQA “project”, the following exemptions would apply:
 14 CCR § 15301: Class 1 categorical exemption for “repair, maintenance, . . . or minor alteration of existing public . . . structures, facilities . . involving negligible or no expansion of existing or former use.”
 14 CCR § 15061(b)(3): The “common sense exemption” applies because “it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment.

The project involves no expansion of existing or former uses. The project is a restoration or rehabilitation of deteriorated or damaged structures, facilities, or mechanical equipment in order to meet current standards of public health and safety.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): This project promotes the following Health in All Policies Conditions: Healthy Environments and Economic Security by repairing and replacing a degraded roof with durable and long-term performance materials that will provide better insulation, energy efficiency, and reduced maintenance for a facility that is utilized around the clock by City safety staff.

FISCAL IMPACT:

1. The recommendation in this report impacts the General Fund: No

2. This recommendation requires a budget adjustment: Yes

3. The recommendation creates an on-going expenditure commitment: No FISCAL IMPACT DESCRIPTION: The cost for restoring Fire Station 1’s roof is $111,464.25. Funds are available in FY 2026 Public Works budget. A budget adjustment is included to move funds from the general ledger account into the project, Facilities Maintenance Repair Projects,m402502, to allow for effective tracking of costs.

Prepared By:

Filipina Warren
Public Works Operations
Manager
Submitted By:

Nathan Nguyen, P.E.

Director of Public Works
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. PROPOSAL.PDF

2. BUDGET ADJUSTMENT.PDF

12.2 City of Santa Cruz
Fire Station 1
711 Center St.

Santa Cruz CA 95060
Cost Estimate # 5067394

12.3 Date: 7/16/2025
CITY OF SANTA CRUZ: FIRE STATION 1
Dear Dan Himan,
The following is our proposal for the City of Santa Cruz located at 711 Center St. Santa Cruz CA 95060.

PROPOSED SCOPE OF WORK
- Perform daily safety audit.
- Set up all safety equipment necessary for work being performed - Remove approximately 2-3 squares of shingles on the street side of the building to inspect dry rot on wood deck.
- Replace any dry rot found in inspected areas.
- Install Tremco SA underlayment on area being repaired. - Install new shingles to match existing.
- Strip all base flashings of cap sheet membrane.
- Loose lay 1.5” PolyISO insulation.
- Install 1/4” dens deck to entire roof surface, mechanically fastened. - Install 45 mil KEE membrane, mechanically fastened.
- Fully adhere 45 mil KEE membrane to all base flashings and walls. - Heat weld all laps and detail work.
- Install new clad edge metal over roof transition. Mechanically fastened. - Heat weld cover strip over new clad metal.
- Install skirt metal as needed under coping metal.
- Install new roof hatch, 39” x 36”.
- Clean and dispose of all job-related debris.
- 20 Year QA Warranty
PROPOSED FEES:

Total Project Cost: ……………………………………………………………………. $111,464.25

12.4 Very Truly Yours,
WEATHERPROOFING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Leo Jacobs
Leo Jacobs - Construction Manager
cc: Salah Salem - Tremco
Dave Groshans - WTI
The preceding scope of work assumes the following:
 Work shall be performed during normal working hours on weekdays.  Work will be performed at one time, under one contract.  Mitigation of hazardous materials, such as lead and asbestos has not been included in this cost estimate.  Project will be executed with prevailing wages
 DIR License #1000000766
 Project excludes permits for City of Santa Cruz

COST ESTIMATE AGREEMENT
This cost estimate is an offer by WTI to provide the Scope of Work set forth above to the Customer on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in WTI’s standard terms and conditions (a copy of which may be obtained at http://www.tremcoroofing.com/fileshare/terms/TandCWTI.pdf), which are hereby incorporated by reference (together, the “Terms and Conditions”). The Terms and Conditions will govern the Work to the exclusion of any other or different terms, including in any customer purchase order, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing pursuant to a Master Agreement or similar contract with Customer signed by an authorized representative of WTI. Any Performance and Payment Bonds issued for associated repair work are limited to performance of the repairs and one year warranty on such repairs. Bonds, if issued, do not apply to the TremCare extended service agreement. Please confirm your acceptance by return e-mail to the representative identified below. Upon receipt of acceptance, WTI will process your order and promptly begin the Scope of work.

12.5 12.6
WEATHERPROOFING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CPN CONTRACT # R230404-CA-320794
Effective Date: 11/01/2023

CONFIDENTIAL
Name CITY OF SANTA CRUZ
Description FIRE STATION 1-REPL
Quote # 5067394
Date 7/3/2025
Line Item # Description Unit of Measure Unit Price Quantity Project Amount 56 Labor Rate for Roofer (Project Setup/Teardown) Hour $ 173.26 16 $ 2,772.16 VA72 Installation of new Polyisocyanurate insulation
VA72a Mechanically attached BF $ 1.88 2,228 $ 4,187.70
19 CDX Gypsum, 1/4" x 4' x 8'
19a Mechanically attached SF $ 1.13 1,485 $ 1,678.05
VA211 Installer (Flashing Details/ Misc Metal/ Hatch) Hour $ 187.11 106 $ 19,833.66 SUBTOTAL $ 28,471.57
VA116 Multiplier - roof is less than 3K SF Multiplier 3.03 28,472 $ 86,268.86 8533180 501 TREMPLY KEE STRIP-IN 6" x 100' Roll $ 335.53 3 $ 1,006.59 8533645 503 TREMPLY KEE 45 MIL 74" x 100' Roll $ 1,075.08 2 $ 2,150.16 8533170T501 TREMPLY KEE T-JOINT COVERS 100/CS TAN CS $ 278.31 1 $ 278.31 8533110 501 TREMPLY KEE PIPE FLASHING 1"-6" 8/CS CS $ 532.34 1 $ 532.34 8533120 501 TREMPLY KEE UNIVERSAL CORNERS 20/CS CS $ 377.15 2 $ 754.30 8533160 503 TREMPLY KEE 60 MIL NON-REINFD 24"X50' Roll $ 1,119.30 1 $ 1,119.30 48a Additional and occasional services Roofing supplies Discount off Retail Price List % 13.3%

NON DISCOUNTED MATERIAL
031MIP300 502 TREMCO 3" METAL INSULATION PLATE 1000/CS CS $ 197.00 1 $ 197.00 Roof Hatch $ 2,200.00
Clad metal , skirt metal $ 1,275.00
Singles $ 400.00
Lumber, nails, misc. $ 500.00
VA123 Multiplier - Construction Distributor Material for Repair Work Multiplier 1.15 $ 4,375.00 $ 5,031.25 VA26 20 Year Replacement Warranty Under 10,000 Feet, Inspections in Year 2, 5, 10 and 15 (no maintenance) Each $ 1,600.00 1 $ 1,600.00 48d Multiplier/factor to be applied to the R.S. Means costs. % 93% $ 12,991.47 $ 12,082.07 FREIGHT PREPAID & ADD: N/A
SUBTOTAL $ 111,020.17
57b Performance and payment bond - bonding rate (percent of project) % 0.40% $ 444.08
TOTAL PROJECT COST $ 111,464.25
*The pricing contained in this proposal is based in part on site-specific conditions and unique circumstances presented on each individual project as per Contract #R230404.

This price is valid for 60 days. After that time, project conditions are subject to reassessment.

12.7 Unit Detail Report
Prepared By: Anna Wang WTI
5067394-CITY OF SANTA CRUZ-FIRE STATION 1-REPL
Year 2025 Quarter 2
Date: 07/23/2025
Cost Estimate Report
LineNumber Description Quantity Unit Total Incl. O&P Ext. Total Incl. O&P Division 01 General Requirements
015416500100 Forklift crew, all-terrain forklift, 45' lift, 35' reach, 9000 lb. capacity, 1.00 Week $9,737.15 $9,737.15 weekly use
Division 01 General Requirements Subtotal $9,737.15
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
075416100120 Ketone ethylene ester roofing, 50 mils, mechanically attached 14.85 Sq. $179.03 $2,658.60 075416100120 Labor availability, shortage, add, modifications to total project cost 1.00 Project $17.90 $265.86 summaries
075416100120 Cleaning up, clean up after job completion, allow, max 1.00 Job $1.79 $26.59 075416100120 Cost adjustment factors, protection of existing work, add to 1.00 Costs $11.47 $170.34 construction costs for particular job requirements, maximum 075416100120 Economic conditions, unfavorable, add, modifications to total project 1.00 Project $8.95 $132.93 cost summaries
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Subtotal $3,254.32 1 12.8
LineNumber Description Quantity Unit Total Incl. O&P Ext. Total Incl. O&P

0.00% $0.00
Subtotal
General Contractor's Markup on Subs
$12,991.47
Subtotal $12,991.47
General Conditions 0.00% $0.00
Subtotal $12,991.47
General Contractor's Overhead and Profit 0.00%
Grand Total $12,991.47
$0.00
2 12.9
City of Santa Cruz

BUDGET ADJUSTMENT REQUEST
$GPLQLVWUDWLYH$SSURYDO
)LVFDO<HDU

ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
255(9(18($&&28177,7/(
ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
25EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT TITLE
NET: $

REQUESTED BY DEPARTMENT HEAD

APPROVAL

BUDGET/ACCOUNTING
5(9,(:('

FINANCE DIRECTOR

APPROVAL

CITYMANAGER

APPROVAL
5HVR

352-(&7
352-(&7
$02817
$02817
&RXQFLO$SSURYDO

TOTAL EXPENDITURE

TOTALREVENUE
'DWH

1VSQPTF
3FWJTFE/PWFNCFS
Clear Form
2026
08/11/2025 NS-30, XX
Move funds from PW Facilities Maintenance - Maintenance and Building Remodeling, into project m402502: Facilities Maintenance Repair Projects for FY26 city wide maintenance projects, including the restoration and upgrade the failing flat roof at Fire Station #1. 0 101-40-66-4110-54315 Maintenance - Building Remodeling -260,000 101-40-66-4110-54315 m402502-100-2020-0 Facilities Maintenance Repair Projects 260,000 0 0
Jenna
Wilson
Digitally signed
by Jenna Wilson
Date: 2025.08.11
15:29:59 -07'00'
Nathan N.

Nguyen
Digitally signed by
Nathan N. Nguyen
Date: 2025.08.12
08:11:25 -07'00'
Digitally signed
by Emily Burton
Date: 2025.08.12
'08:23:13 -07'00
Elizabet
h Cabell
Digitally signed by
Elizabeth Cabell
Date: 2025.08.12
14:48:46 -07'00' 12.10
City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/07/2025
AGENDA OF: 08/26/2025
DEPARTMENT: Public Works
SUBJECT: 2025 Sewer System Management Plan – Certification (PW) LOCATION: Citywide
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to:
1) Adopt a resolution approving the certification of the 2025 Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) for the City of Santa Cruz; and
2) Approve of the CEQA determination in this agenda report, including adopting finding of categorical exemption pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15301 (existing facilities) and § 15302 (replacement or reconstruction of existing facilities).

BACKGROUND: The City of Santa Cruz (City) sanitary sewer collection system is regulated by the State Water Resources Control Board Order WQ 2022-0103-DWQ (Order). The full title of the Order is “Statewide Waste Discharge Requirements General Order for Sanitary Sewer Systems”. The General Order directs the City to develop and implement an updated Sanitary Sewer Management Plan (SSMP) to facilitate adequate local funding and management of the sanitary sewer system. At its June 10, 2025 meeting, Council approved five-year wastewater rates that are designed to adequately fund the operation, maintenance, and repair of the wastewater collection system.

DISCUSSION: The SSMP describes how the City will comply with the 11 required plan elements in the Order. The plan includes procedures for the management, operation and maintenance of the sanitary sewer system. The scale and complexity of the plan matches the size, scale and complexity of the sanitary sewer system and is a living document that is updated every 6 years. The Order requires the plan to be certified by City Council and made available to the public through the CIWQS Sanitary System Database.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION: The approval of the SSMP is not subject to review under CEQA guidelines as this is not a “project” that may cause a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. (Public Resources Code § 21065. See also 14 CCR § 15378(b)(5): “Project does not include: . . . [o]rganizational or administrative activities of governments that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes to the environment.”) In the event that this action is determined to be a

13.1 CEQA “project” the following exemptions apply: (1) 14 CCR § 15301 for existing facilities, (2) and 14 CCR § 15302 for replacement or reconstruction of existing facilities. The SSMP applies to existing facilities for their operation and maintenance with negligible or no expansion or use.

To the extent that the SSMP results in repair or replacement, those actions will involve existing systems and negligible or no expansion of capacity.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): This project aligns with the City's HIAP Sustainability and Public Health pillars and addresses the goal of Healthy Environments. Proper operation and maintenance of the sanitary sewer collection system protects public and environmental health by safely confining and conveying sewage to the Wastewater Treatment Facility in compliance with the federal Clean Water Act, the California Water Code, and all regulatory standards.

FISCAL IMPACT:

1. The recommendation in this report impacts the General Fund: No

2. This recommendation requires a budget adjustment: No

3. The recommendation creates an on-going expenditure commitment: No FISCAL IMPACT DESCRIPTION: Funds are available from the Wastewater Enterprise Fund (Fund 721) FY2026 operating budget for this plan. There is no impact to the General Fund.

Prepared By:

Anne Hogan
Wastewater System Manager
Submitted By:

Nathan Nguyen, P.E.

Director of Public Works
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. RESOLUTION.DOCX

2. SANITARY SEWER MANAGEMENT PLAN.PDF

13.2 RESOLUTION NO. NS-XX,XXX

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ APPROVNG THE CERTIFICATION OF THE 2025 SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PLAN WHEREAS the City of Santa Cruz Sanitary Sewer System was enrolled in regulatory coverage under the California State Water Resources Control Board Order 2006-0003-DWQ and coverage was continued to Order 2022-0103-DWQ; and
WHEREAS the Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) is a declaration of how the City will operate and maintain its sanitary sewer collection system, and is developed specifically for the City, and reflects the size and complexity of the sewer system; and WHEREAS the Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) was updated in 2014 to meet the requirements of the 2006 Statewide WDR; and
WHEREAS the Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) has been updated in 2025 to meet the requirements of the 2022 Statewide WDR; and
WHEREAS the California State Water Resources Control Board Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for Sanitary Systems, Water Quality Order No. 2022-0103- DWQ requires public agencies to re-certify the SSMP every 6 years and audit every 3 years.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Santa Cruz does hereby approve the certification of the Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) for the City of Santa Cruz in compliance to the California State Water Resources Control Board Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for Sanitary Sewer System, Water Quality Order NO. 2022-0103-DWQ (Sanitary Sewer System General Order).

PASSED AND ADOPTED this 26th day of August 2025 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: ______________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: _________________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator

13.3 City of Santa Cruz
Sewer System Management Plan
Prepared by
City of Santa Cruz Public Works Department
Updated July 2025

13.4 2
City of Santa Cruz
Sewer System Management Plan

1. Sewer System Management Plan Goal and Introduction ......................................................................... 3

1.1 Regulatory Context ............................................................................................................................. 3

1.2 Sewer System Management Plan Update Schedule ............................................................................ 3

1.3 Sewer System Asset Overview ........................................................................................................... 4

2. Organization .............................................................................................................................................. 4

2.1 Organizational Lines of Authority ...................................................................................................... 4

2.2 Sanitary Sewer Management Plan Implementation Responsibilities ................................................. 5

2.3 Organizational Staffing Responsibilities ............................................................................................ 6

2.4 Responsible Person Contact Information............................................................................................ 7

2.5 Chain of Command for Spills ............................................................................................................. 8

3. Legal Authority ........................................................................................................................................ 8

4. Operation and Maintenance Program ....................................................................................................... 8

4.1 Updated maps of Sanitary Sewer System ........................................................................................... 8

4.2 Preventive Operation and Maintenance .............................................................................................. 9

4.3 Training ............................................................................................................................................. 11

4.4 Equipment Inventory ........................................................................................................................ 12

5. Design and Performance Provisions ....................................................................................................... 12

5.1 Updated Design Criteria/Construction Standards/Specifications ..................................................... 12

5.2 Procedures and Standards ................................................................................................................. 13

6. Spill Emergency Response Plan ............................................................................................................. 13

7. Sewer Pipe Blockage Program ................................................................................................................ 15

8. System Evaluation, Capacity Assurance, Capital Improvement ............................................................ 16

8.1 System Evaluation and Condition Assessment ................................................................................. 17

8.2 Capacity Assessment and Design Criteria ........................................................................................ 18

8.3 Prioritization of Corrective Action ................................................................................................... 18

8.4 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) ...................................................................................................... 19

9. Monitoring, Measurement & Program Modifications ............................................................................ 19

10. Internal Audits ...................................................................................................................................... 20

10.1 Audit Purpose.................................................................................................................................. 20

10.2 Audit Schedule ................................................................................................................................ 21

10.3 Implementation Plan ....................................................................................................................... 21

11. Communication Program ...................................................................................................................... 22 Appendices .................................................................................................................................................. 23

1. Continuation of Regulatory Coverage ................................................................................................ 23

2. Service Area Boundary Map and Zone Cleaning Map ....................................................................... 23

3. Organizational Charts ......................................................................................................................... 23

4. Spill Emergency Response Plan ......................................................................................................... 23

5. Environmental Compliance Program Enforcement Response Plan .................................................... 23

6. 2024 SSS Annual Report and System Performance Graphs ............................................................... 23

7. SSMP Change Log / Annual Compliance Checklist .......................................................................... 23

13.5 3

1. Sewer System Management Plan Goal and Introduction
The goal of the City of Sata Cruz Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) is to provide a plan and schedule to properly manage, operate, and maintain all parts of the City of Santa Cruz sanitary system, reduce and prevent spills and contain and mitigate spills that do occur. The SSMP sets the standard for maintaining the system including upgrades as needed to prevent as much as possible sanitary sewer overflows and limit the impacts when those overflows occur.

1.1 Regulatory Context
This Sewer System Management Plan (SSMP) is in compliance with requirements of the State Water Resources Control Board Statewide Discharge Requirements General Order for Sanitary Sewer Systems Order WQ 2022-0103-DWQ, adopted on December 6, 2022, effective June 5, 2023. It is also in compliance with the Waste Discharge Requirements for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit No. CA 0048194, issued to the City of Santa Cruz via Waste Discharge Requirements Order No. R3-2023-0001 by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board Central Coast Region adopted on December 14-15, 2023, effective on March 1, 2024.

The General Order serves as statewide waste discharge requirements and supersedes the previous State Water Board 2006-0003-DWQ and amendments thereafter. The City of Santa Cruz’s (City’s) Waste Discharge Identification number (WDID) is 3SSO10252.

To continue regulatory coverage from the previous statewide General Order 2006-0003-DWQ, under this General Order, the Legally Responsible Official (LRO) of an existing Enrollee shall electronically certify the Continuation of Existing Regulatory Coverage form into the online California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS) Sanitary Sewer System Database. The City completed this requirement within the 60 days prior to the effective date of the General Order and received a Notice of Applicability:

Continuation of Regulatory Coverage without coverage gaps (Appendix 1).

1.2 Sewer System Management Plan Update Schedule
The City utilizes the State Water Boards online lookup tool to ensure compliance with all required due dates for updating its SSMP and completing its required SSMP Audits (see chart below).

Lookup tool results for Sewer System Management Plan & Subsequent Update Due Dates and Audit are shown in the following tables
Sewer System Management Plan & Subsequent Update Due Dates System Name WDID
Number
Original Plan
Required Due
Date
Required Plan
Update Due
Date
Required Plan
Update Due
Date
Required Plan
Update Due
Date*
Santa Cruz
City CS
3SSO10252 8/2/2009 8/2/2014 8/2/2019 8/2/2025
* Per Section 5.5 and Attachment E1, Section 3.11 of the General Order, Plan updates are due within six years after the required due date of the Enrollee's last plan Update.

13.6 4
Subsequent Required
Plan Update Due Dates
8/2/2031 8/2/2037 8/2/2043
Link to CIWQS Lookup Tool:
https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/sso/lookup/

1.3 Sewer System Asset Overview
The General Order regulates sanitary sewer systems designed to convey sewage. For the General Order, a sanitary sewer system includes, but is not limited to, pipes, valves, pump station, manholes, siphons, wet wells, diversion structures and/or other pertinent infrastructure, upstream of a wastewater treatment plant headworks.

The municipal City wastewater collection system has 154 miles of gravity sewer pipes, 6 miles of force main, 4 siphons and 25 pump stations. The City does not own or operate service laterals. The customer is responsible for the entire service lateral up to the connection joint to the city system. All Sewer System assets are catalogued in GIS and maintained through Cityworks computerized asset management system.

In accordance with section 5.14 (Electronic Sanitary Sewer System Service Area Boundary Map) of General Order 2022-0103-DWQ, the Legally Responsible Official shall submit, to the State Water Board, an up-to-date electronic spatial map of its sewer system service area boundary(ies), including the location of the wastewater treatment facility(ies) that treats the sewer system waste, if in the same sewer service boundary. The boundary map is due December 31, 2025.

The City of Santa Cruz sanitary sewer system serves a population of approximately 63,000 City residents within the approx. 15.8 square mile City limits of Santa Cruz. The service area boundary map is in Appendix 2.

2. Organization

2.1 Organizational Lines of Authority
The Charter of the City of Santa Cruz established a Council / Manager form of government, with the Mayor and six Councilmembers setting policy for the city and the city manager serving as chief administrator of those policies. The Charter sets the head of the Public Works Department to be responsible for all matters relating to the public works of the city. The Wastewater System is a public utility owned and operated by the City, supervised by the Public Works Director. Organizational lines of authority are charted in Appendix A.

Legally Responsible Officials (LRO) for the City of Santa Cruz Sanitary Sewer System meet the requirements set forth in Specification 5.1 of the WDR. • LRO 1 – Nathan Nguyen - Public Works Director
• LRO 2 – Anne Hogan - Wastewater Systems Manager
• LRO 3 – Katie Stewart – Senior Engineer

13.7 5

2.2 Sanitary Sewer Management Plan Implementation Responsibilities SSMP Element Responsible Position

1. SSMP Plan, Goal, and Introduction Director of Public Works

1.1 Regulatory Context Wastewater System Manager

1.2 SSMP Update Schedule Wastewater System Manager

1.3 Sewer System Asset Overview Public Works Engineering

2. Organization Director of Public Works

3. Legal Authority Director of Public Works

4. Operations and Maintenance Program

4.1 Updated Maps of Sanitary Sewer System Public Works Engineering

4.2 Preventative Operation & Maintenance Wastewater Collection Manager

4.3 Training Wastewater Collection Manager

4.4 Equipment Inventory Wastewater Collection Manager

5. Design/Performance

5.1 Updated Design Criteria & Construction Standards Public Works Engineering

5.2 Procedures and Standards Public Works Engineering

6. Spill Emergency Response Plan Wastewater Collection Manager

7. Sewer Pipe Blockage Program Wastewater Laboratory/Environmental Compliance Manager

8. System Eval, Capacity Assurance, Capital Imp.

8.1 System Evaluation and Condition Assessment Public Works Engineering

8.2 Capacity Assessment and Design Criteria Public Works Engineering

8.3 Prioritization of Corrective Action Public Works Engineering

8.4 Capital Improvement Plan Public Works Engineering

9. Monitoring, Measurement, & Program Modifications Public Works Engineering

10. Internal Audits Public Works Engineering

11. Communication Program Community Relations Specialist

13.8 6

2.3 Organizational Staffing Responsibilities
Director of Public Works
Under general direction of the City Manager, directs, coordinates and controls the planning, design, construction, inspection and maintenance of all municipal public works and capital improvement projects.  The position is responsible for the planning of work programs, environmental and regulatory compliance, management of employees, development and control of budgets, and development of programs, policies and procedures needed to achieve goals and objectives.

Assistant Director of Public Works/City Engineer
Under administrative direction, plans, organizes, supervises and reviews the work of the Engineering Division and Traffic Engineering Division (through the Transportation Manager) of the Public Works Department; directs the capital improvement program, the review of private development, and the construction services program; performs a variety of professional level engineering functions and serves as the City Engineer; coordinates activities with other divisions, departments, outside agencies and organizations; assists in establishing department goals, objectives, policies and procedures; and, performs related duties as assigned.

Wastewater System Manager
Under general direction, plans, organizes, directs and evaluates operations, programs and activities of the Wastewater Treatment Facility, wastewater collection/flood control, wastewater treatment facility laboratory and environmental compliance divisions and the ocean outfall facility in order to ensure efficient wastewater treatment and disposal in compliance with State and Federal regulations and standards; plans work programs, manages employees, develops and controls budgets, develops and implements policies and procedures and oversees short- and long-range planning for assigned divisions; and performs other related work as assigned.

Wastewater Collection Manager
Under direction, plans, organizes, oversees, coordinates, and reviews the work of staff performing installation, construction, maintenance, and repair activities within the Wastewater Collection Division of the Public Works Department; administers current and long-range planning activities; manages the effective use of the City's public works maintenance resources to improve organizational productivity and customer service; provides complex and responsible support to the Superintendent in areas of expertise; and performs related work as required.

Wastewater Laboratory/Environmental Compliance Manager
Under direction, plan and coordinate the activities of the wastewater treatment pollution control laboratory, including process control, and Environmental Compliance programs including the pretreatment and storm water programs, functions, and activities, to ensure compliance with City, State and Federal requirements: provides professional assistance to City management staff in areas of expertise; fosters cooperative working relationships with intergovernmental and regulatory agencies; perform other related duties as assigned.

Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector
Under direction, coordinates and implements of the Wastewater Pretreatment program and related activities associated with non-point source water, waste minimization and pollution prevention, and residential and commercial education and inspection programs; provides supervision and work direction

13.9 7
to Environmental Compliance Inspectors; performs expert inspections on industrial, commercial, and residential discharges to the City's sewage and storm drain system.

Senior Professional Engineer
Under general direction, supervises, participates in and conducts complicated engineering planning and design; oversees activities of design engineering, surveying, development review, transportation planning and engineering records management; manages projects and programs associated with streets and transportation, buildings, wastewater, water, refuse, recycling and storm water; participates in the enforcement of the City's standards and codes for development; and performs related work as assigned.

Community Relations Specialist
Under general direction, develops public information and communications programs, services, and activities of any City department, or combination of departments. The Community Relations Specialist works within the Citywide Communications team, reporting to the Communications Manager based in the City Manager's Office. This role provides essential support to various departments including but not limited to the City Manager's Office, Economic Development and Housing, Finance, Fire Department, Human Resources, Information Technology, Library, Parks and Recreation, Planning and Community Development, Police, Public Works, and Water. Under general direction, the Community Relations Specialist develops public information and communications programs, services, and activities.

Wastewater Collection Field Crew Leader
Under general direction, plans, schedules, assigns, and reviews the work of wastewater collection and stormwater maintenance staff; coordinates, monitors, and provides technical input for assigned wastewater collection and stormwater system projects; provides technical assistance to the Collection System Maintenance Manager; performs a variety of technical and skilled tasks relative to the installation, construction, maintenance, and repair of wastewater collection and stormwater systems; and performs related work as required.

Wastewater Facilities Mechanical Technician I/II
Under general supervision, performs a variety of mechanical maintenance work in the Public Works Wastewater Systems division on the City's wastewater treatment plant, wastewater collections system, and remote facilities.

Senior Wastewater Collection Maintenance Technologist
Under general supervision, provides lead direction to assigned wastewater collection and stormwater systems maintenance crew; performs a variety of semi-skilled to skilled work in the inspection, construction, maintenance, and repair of the City's wastewater collection and stormwater systems; and performs related work as assigned.

Wastewater Collection Maintenance Trainee/ Technologist I/Technologist II Under supervision, performs a variety of routine to skilled work in the inspection, construction, maintenance, and repair of the City’s wastewater collection and stormwater systems; and performs related work as assigned.

2.4 Responsible Person Contact Information
Position Title Name Phone Email
Director of Public Works Nathan Nguyen (831) 420-5188 [email protected] Assistant Director of Public Kevin Crossley (831) 420-5164 [email protected]

13.10 8
Works/City Engineer
Wastewater System Manager Anne Hogan (831) 420-5425 [email protected] Wastewater Collection Manager Rome Norman (831) 420-6036 [email protected] Wastewater
Laboratory/Environmental
Compliance Manager Akin Babatola (831) 420-6045 [email protected] Senior Environmental Compliance
Inspector Dave Martin (831) 420-6041 [email protected] Senior Professional Engineer Katie Stewart (831) 420-5442 [email protected] Community Relations Specialist Ashley Hussey (831) 420-5213 [email protected] Wastewater Collection Field Crew
Leader Matt Bauleke (831) 420-6035 [email protected] Wastewater Collection Field Crew
Leader Jim Locatelli (831) 420-6035 [email protected]

2.5 Chain of Command for Spills
A member of the wastewater collection division crew is on duty, or an on-call person is on duty 24 hours per day, seven days per week. When a call is received during working hours, Public Works dispatches the appropriate wastewater collection crew. When a call is received during non-working hours the general citywide on-call person is dispatched by the police dispatcher. The on-call person evaluates the available information to determine what level of response is necessary and if and when to contact wastewater collection personnel. The Wastewater Collection Manager supervises the citywide on-call program.

Normally, Collection Division maintenance personnel respond to sewage stoppage problems and the Pump Crew responds to problems in the pump stations. In the event of a spill, the Wastewater Collection Manager normally responds to evaluate the situation, coordinate the work effort and document the spill.

The Wastewater Collection Manager is responsible for completing the Spill Report, notifying the appropriate agencies, and forwarding Spill Reports to the Wastewater System Manager and Public Works Director. Legally Responsible Officials that certify and submit spill reports in CIWQS are the Wastewater System Manager, Senior Professional Engineer and Public Works Director.

3. Legal Authority
The City’s Sewer Use Ordinance gives the City broad authority in controlling how connections are made to the collection system and what may be discharged. The ordinance meets the requirements of the pretreatment program as required by CFR 403.5. The Ordinance is available for review at http://www.cityofsantacruz.com.

4. Operation and Maintenance Program
This section contains a description of the City’s operation and maintenance program, including mapping, preventive maintenance, inspection, training and equipment inventory

4.1 Updated maps of Sanitary Sewer System
The City has a GIS map cataloguing all sanitary sewer pipelines, manholes, pump stations and other features. The data attached to the maps include pipe size, pipe material, date of construction (if available),

13.11 9
capacity, flow line, and rim elevations. The system is updated every 6 months to one year with new pipelines and correction to data found during field inspections.

4.2 Preventive Operation and Maintenance
The City of Sata Cruz Wastewater Collection Division provides preventive operation and maintenance for all components of the sanitary sewer system including but not limited to gravity pipelines, pressure pipelines, pump stations, manholes, and appurtenances. All operation and maintenance activities are quantified in daily logs. Data from daily log entries are compiled in monthly reports that track specific work quantities for each work crew.

4.2.1 Mechanical Cleaning
The cleaning and inspection of the wastewater collection system is performed on a 14-month schedule.

The Division has equipment and experience to complete pipeline cleaning including but not limited to flushing, rodding, hydro-jetting and vacuum work. Two Hydro-flush crews are in operation daily, each one assigned to one of 15 flushing zones. Each crew is staffed with a Senior Maintenance Technician and a Maintenance Technician I /II. The crews start at the top of the zone following work orders produced by CMMS that identify each line segment, manholes and other features. Linear feet of pipeline cleaned, and visual inspection observations are kept in daily field logs entered into CMMS. Field crew leaders review each report and close the work orders. Information captured during cleaning and inspection is used to identify problems and recommend further maintenance tracked by work orders entered into CMMS.

Areas with observed roots are be added to the root foaming program or scheduled for CCTV inspection.

Areas observed to have high grease or debris are put on enhanced cleaning schedules, to be followed up with CCTV inspection and referrals to Engineering for repair. The goal is to solve the problems and remove the need for enhanced maintenance schedules.

In 2024 the division hydro-flushed 751,348 feet or 142.3 miles of sanitary sewer. In 2023 the division hydro-flushed 594,605 feet or 112.6 miles of sanitary sewer. In 2022 the division hydro-flushed 551,217 feet or 104.4 miles of sanitary sewer. A number of factors have contributed to our improved line cleaning numbers. Having the division fully staffed with experienced crew leaders contributed greatly to crew continuity and focus. The division acquired a new combination unit in 2020, a second new combination unit in 2023, and a trailer jet in 2024. These equipment acquisitions improved the reliability and ability to maintain two flushing crews in the field for sustained periods with less down time. Specific and continued training of staff on flushing techniques and nozzle selection was enhanced with consistent work direction and support from the field crew leaders.

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) tracked by cleaning crews include sewer footage cleaned, debris collected, lateral calls/ gallons spilled, main gallons spilled, recycled water / water gallons used, rear engine hours, vehicle down hours, and other field crew hours.

4.2.2 Collection System Repair
Collection system maintenance and repairs are completed by the Construction crew, staffed with a Senior Maintenance Technician and 1-2 Maintenance Technician I/II. Construction crews perform the skilled work of repairing sewer mains, laterals and manholes and other general construction activities. KPIs tracked by construction crews include labor hours and linear footage of repaired mains and laterals, number of manholes raised, equipment down hours, general construction hours and other field crew hours.

4.2.3 CCTV Inspection

13.12 10
CCTV inspection is performed by the Collection Division to identify potential defects, determine the effectiveness of the cleaning efforts and prevent sanitary sewer overflows. CCTV inspection work orders are produced in response to information gathered during maintenance cleaning and after reviewing routine cleaning logs that note indicators such as roots or debris in the line. CCTV inspection is assigned as follow up to every sanitary sewer spill. CCTV inspection is also assigned and completed as required after PLSDs if there is question that the PLSD might impact City system or to clarify the issue that led to the PLSD. CCTV is assigned per Engineering requests to check line condition for future CIP. CCTV is outfitted with pipe location equipment and used to verify pipe alignments. Inspection logs are housed in CMMS. The Division purchased a new CCTV Van with IBAK camera system in 2023 through a cooperative purchasing contract and was trained in equipment use by the system manufacturers.

Collection Division maintenance crews are certified in and apply NASSCO pipeline assessment certification programs for proper and consistent assessment condition coding of pipelines, laterals and manholes.

KPIs tracked by inspection crews include CCTV equipment hours, and sewer footage inspected.

4.2.4 Pump Station Maintenance
The Division has 2 Mechanical Technician II supervised by a Field Crew Leader that monitor and maintain all of the collection pump stations. All pump stations are inspected on a weekly basis and are on a proactive maintenance and wet well cleaning schedule. Most pumps stations are equipped with mixed flush valves to minimize fog solidification with the use of jet bugs bacterial emulsifiers.

Inspection logs and pump station maintenance activities are housed in CMMS The stationary natural gas pump station generators are inspected and test run on a weekly basis. Pump station controls previously provided alarm notification through phone lines have been integrated into the WWTF SCADA system.

The Collection System Manager gets alarms by text. Alarms can also be monitored by the 24/7 operations of the WWTF. KPIs tracked by the pump crew include number of pump stations inspected, number of pump stations repaired, number of generators inspected, number of generators repaired, Pump station management hours, vegetation management hours, shop hours, field hours, other field crew hours.

4.2.5 Utility Locate
Utility Locate functions are performed in response to Underground Service Alert (USA) tags. Field crews are trained to locate and mark sanitary sewer system features to protect the sewer system during underground construction. KPIs tracked by the utility crew include numbers of USA activities, hours of USA response, number of customer calls, shop hours, vactor / construction hours, other division hours, other field crew hours, rodent calls, rodent hours and ounces of abatement bait applied.

4.2.6 Cityworks CMMS
The City uses Cityworks Computerized Maintenance Management System (CMMS) as the record keeping system of all sewer system operation and maintenance activities. Cityworks is a GIS based spatial and data inventory of all sanitary sewer system assets that includes location, identification, materials, age, and other characteristics of sanitary sewer system assets. The CMMS is specifically designed for sewer system asset management to define, schedule and track preventive maintenance tasks (PMs)and work orders (WOs) that keep the sanitary sewer system assets working properly and extends the useful life of the system assets. Cityworks was implemented in 2023 to replace the previous CMMS system Maintenance Connection. All historical asset management data was transferred from Maintenance Connection into Cityworks. Cityworks assisted in the division reviewing and refining the flushing PM’s eliminating redundancy on main lines that no longer required enhanced maintenance. The redefining of the flushing zones assisted with the workflows. The improved GIS contributed to staff knowledge and ability to understand the collection system as a whole.

13.13 11
The maintenance orders document cleaning of pipelines, inspection of pipelines, maintenance of pump stations, construction activities, root foaming, spot foaming, and response to service calls. Field Crew Leaders assigned PMs and WOs to field crews based on schedule and priority. Field crews complete PMs and WOs with documentation in daily field logs and reports to Field Crew Leaders. Field Crew Leaders ensure the PM and WO documents are completed, signed off and closed in the CMMS database. Field log reports include notes on asset conditions. If noted field conditions indicate an anomaly in the system, Field Crew leaders will create work orders for further investigation by CCTV, or for enhanced PM schedules or for repair, or will refer the condition to Engineering for repair and replacement planning.

The continued commitment to CIP improvements contributes to eliminating areas of enhanced maintenance and improves the collection system.

The CMMS program, as the repository of maintenance information over many years, is used to identify long term trends and provide data driven decision making for the prioritization of maintenance and capital improvement programs.

4.3 Training
Training programs are developed to ensure Division personnel are versed in safety methods and practices of sanitary sewer system maintenance and operation. Division staff are required to obtain certifications through California Water Environment Association (CWEA). Classes held to prepare personnel for the certification exams for collection system maintenance and mechanical technologist.

Online Water Industry safety and training courses are assigned in Vector Solutions which also houses the database of all staff trainings.

Training methods include training on new equipment by suppliers and on the job training by the most experienced member of the division. Construction contracts require the contractor to supply training on any new equipment installed at a pump station. NAASCO training is renewed every two - three years.

Annual Spill Estimation training includes one day classroom and one day hands-on field training.

WASTEWATER COLLECTION DIVISION TRAININGS
Annual training classes for all members of the crew include:

Anti-Harassment Training for All Employees - California (SB1343) Anti-Harassment Training for Supervisors and Managers - California (SB1343/AB1825) Annual Spirometry & Fit Testing 1/2
Back Injury Prevention
Bloodborne Pathogens Safety
Confined Space Entry – Annual in person and online
Coronavirus 101 - What You Need to Know
Coronavirus 101 - What You Need to Know (Newest Version) Coronavirus 102 - Preparing your Household
Coronavirus 103 - Managing Stress and Anxiety
Coronavirus 104 - Transitioning to a Remote Workforce
Coronavirus 105 - Cleaning and Disinfecting your Workplace CPR, AED, First Aid training
Electrical Safety – NFPA 70 E

13.14 12
Mandatory Confined Space Rescue Training
Water Industry Back Injury Prevention
Water Industry Disaster Preparedness
Water Industry Driving Safety
Water Industry Eye Safety
Water Industry Fall Protection
Water Industry Fire Extinguisher Safety
Water Industry Fire Prevention Safety
Water Industry Forklift Safety
Water Industry Hand & Power Tool Safety
Water Industry Hazard Communication
Water Industry Hearing Conservation
Water Industry Ladder & Scaffolding Safety
Water Industry Lock-Out / Tag-Out
Water Industry Low Voltage Electrical Safety
Water Industry Machine Guarding
Water Industry Personal Protective Equipment
Water Industry Respiratory Protection
Water Industry Slips, Trips and Falls
Water Industry Trenching & Shoring
Water Industry Welding Safety
Working in Extreme Temperatures
Sanitary Sewer Management Plan
Spill Emergency Response Plan

4.4 Equipment Inventory
The Collection Division operates vehicles/ towable equipment units including:
3 Sewer Combination Units
1 Septage Hauler
10 Ford Tool Trucks: F150 (2) / F250 (1) / F350 (4) (2 with cranes) / F450 (1 with crane and portable welder) / F750 Dump Truck (1) / F550 Flatbed (1)
2 Vans CCTV / Confined Space Entry
1 Case Tractor / Backhoe
5 towable generators
3 towable pumps (1-6”, 2-4”)
1 towable trailer jet
1 towable compressor
Radio location pipe locator

5. Design and Performance Provisions

5.1 Updated Design Criteria/Construction Standards/Specifications WDR Requirements Attn: D-1.1 (pg. D-5) “Updated design criteria, and construction standards and specifications, for the construction, installation, repair, and rehabilitation of existing and proposed system infrastructure components, including but not limited to pipelines, pump stations, and other system appurtenances. If existing design criteria and construction standards are deficient to address the necessary component-specific hydraulic capacity as specified in section 8 (System Evaluation, Capacity Assurance

13.15 13
and Capital Improvements) of this Attachment, the procedures must include component-specific evaluation of the design criteria.”
Compliance: Sanitary Sewer System Standard Specifications and Standard Details are specified in the city’s Public Works Standards which are publicly available on the City’s website (https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-departments/public-works/engineering/public-worksstandards). When a new sewer is constructed or an existing sewer is replaced or rehabilitated, they are constructed, tested and inspected in accordance with published standards and project-specific specifications. Sewer replacement and rehabilitation projects are typically designed by the City’s Wastewater and Stormwater Engineering group in the Public Works Department. If expertise beyond that of City staff is warranted the City will contract with a qualified engineering consulting firm.

Effectiveness: The City utilizes the following Key Performance Indicators for measuring effectiveness of this Element:
• Monitoring the QA/QC process to ensure adherence to the adopted standards.

Implementation Plan / Schedule:
• 5.1.1- Ensure all project plans are approved in accordance with the City’s Standard Specifications and Details. This is completed by engineering staff for each project • 5.1.2 - Verify design standards and hydraulic model previously completed are adequate and consistent with current standards of practice. Will be completed by 2028 by engineering staff.

5.2 Procedures and Standards
WDR Requirements: Attn. D-1.1 (pg. D-5) “Procedures, and standards for the inspection and testing of newly constructed, newly installed, repaired, and rehabilitated system pipelines, pumps, and other equipment and appurtenances.”
Compliance: New sewers and pump stations are required to be designed, constructed, tested, and inspected in accordance with the City’s published standards. Construction inspectors assure that the standards are followed throughout construction and the design engineer inspects the final product for compliance with design documents. Any equipment installed is tested per the specifications. Project acceptance is not issued until all inspections are complete and the work has been found to be acceptable.

Effectiveness: The City uses the following Key Performance Indicators for measuring effectiveness of this Element:
• Were any design or installation deficiencies found during inspections? • Are deviations from standard procedures and/or specifications justified, approved by a licensed civil engineer and documented?
Implementation Plan / Schedule:
• Verify inspection procedures, design standards, and hydraulic model are adequate and consistent with current standards and practices every 10 years.

6. Spill Emergency Response Plan
The City Spill Emergency Response Plan is developed in order to comply with the requirements of the

13.16 14
General Order. The plan is intended to be updated and modified by the City once a year to more closely reflect operating conditions and changes that may occur in spill response procedures. The SERP defines procedures to comply with spill notification and response requirements. Collection division management ensures that collection division staff receive annual training of the SERP. This section summarizes the major aspects of the SERP as relevant to the specific General Order requirements.

6.1 Notification
The SERP defines procedures to notify in a timely manner primary responders, appropriate local officials, appropriate regulatory agencies and other potentially affected entities of sanitary sewer spills from the collection system. Notification procedures in the SERP are developed to comply with the notification, monitoring and reporting requirements of the General Order, State laws and regulations and applicable Regional Water Board Orders. The SERP is the repository for all contact information of agencies that are notified. Contact information is verified annually. • Sewage spills of 1,000 gallons or more must be reported to CRWQCB, Office of Emergency Services, U.S. Coast Guard, California Department of Fish and Game, County Environmental Health Services, Local Fire Department (if necessary), Local Police Department (if necessary).
• If industrial/toxic substances involved, any volume must be reported to CRWQCB, Office of Emergency Services, U.S. Coast Guard, California Department of Fish and Game, County Environmental Health Services, Local Fire Department (if necessary), Local Police Department (if necessary).

6.2 Spill Emergency Response Plan Implementation
Spill response procedures ensure a prompt professional response that minimize spill impacts and expedite spill containment and recovery. A member of the wastewater mains crew is on duty, or an on-call person is on duty 24 hours per day, seven days per week. When a call is received during working hours, Public Works dispatches the appropriate wastewater mains crew. When a call is received during non-working hours the general citywide on-call person is dispatched by the police dispatcher. The on-call person evaluates the available information to determine what level of response is necessary and if and when to contact wastewater mains personnel. The Wastewater Collection Manger supervises the citywide on-call program. Normally, line crew personnel respond to sewage stoppage problems and the pump crew responds to problems in the pump stations. KPIs tracked by the standby duty crew include number of calls and hours in response to calls from Collection Division, Streets Dept, Police Dept, Fire Dept, Parks Dept, Other Public Works Dept, Water Dept., Signs & Markings Dept.

6.3 Spill Reporting and Recordkeeping
Collection Division staff are equipped with preformatted sewage spill report forms and private lateral sewer discharge report forms to record all spill data. Field Crew Leaders are certified spill report submitters that place the spill reports in CIWQS. City LRO’s certify and submit final spill reports. The Wastewater Collection Division maintains a file system of written documentation on all wastewater spills.

6.4 Sewer Lateral Program
In order to protect the environment and local waterways from undetected sewer leaks or sanitary sewer spills, the City Council adopted changes to the Sanitary Sewer System Ordinance on June 26, 2018. The changes in the Sanitary Sewer System Ordinance are three-fold:

13.17 15
Part 1: Sewer Spills (Sewer Overflows): The owner of a property with a sewer spill is responsible for stopping the spill immediately and will be subject to fines and penalties if inspections and repairs are not made in a timely manner.

Part 2: Private Sewer System Inspection and Cleaning: Private sanitary sewer collection systems and pumps (at apartment buildings, homeowner associations and business) must pass inspection every 10 years and undergo regular cleaning.

Part 3: Time of Sale (Sale of Property) Prior to the sale of a property, the property owner must have the sewer lateral inspected by an authorized inspector, make any needed repairs, and submit an inspection form to verify compliance.

Sewer Lateral Information and Forms are available on the City website at https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-departments/public-works/wastewatersystem/wastewater-and-storm-water-collections/sewer-lateral-information-and-form The Sewer Emergency Response Plan is in Appendix 4.

7. Sewer Pipe Blockage Program

7.1 Legal Authority
Chapter 16.08 of the City Municipal Code prevents illicit discharges and unauthorized dumping into the sanitary sewer collection system from I&I, unauthorized stormwater, chemical dumping, unauthorized sedimentation, debris, roots, FOG, and trash.

7.2 Industrial Waste Discharge Program
The Industrial Waste Program’s primary goals are to:
• Prevent the introduction of pollutants that can pass through, be incompatible with the operation of the Wastewater Treatment Facility (WWTF), including interference with sludge use or disposal. • Protect the WWTF, the Collection System, and City staff • Improve opportunities to recycle or reclaim wastewater and biosolids Federal, state and local regulations are enforced through permitting monitoring and inspections of Significant Industrial Users (SIU). SIUs are defined in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR 403.3.(t) as:
• All industrial users subject to Categorical Pretreatment Standards, or • Any other user that has any one or more of the following characteristics:
o An average discharge flow of equal to or greater than 25,000 gallons per day of process wastewater to the WWTF
o Contributes a process waste stream which is 5% or more of the average dry weather hydraulic or organic capacity of the WWTF
o Has a reasonable potential to adversely affect WWTF operations, or o Violates any pretreatment standard or requirement (in accordance with 40 CFR 40.38 (f) (6)
Information about illicit discharges, wastewater discharge permits, and other pretreatment programs can be found on the City website at https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-departments/publicworks/environmental-compliance and https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/citydepartments/public-works/environmental-compliance/who-needs-a-permit.

7.3 Pretreatment devices
Oil, grease and solid wastes discharged into the sanitary sewer by commercial / industrial users can cause

13.18 16
a number of problems in the sewer system. Grease & oil has poor solubility and tends to separate from the aqueous phase. Although this characteristic is advantageous in facilitating the separation of oil & grease in pretreatment devices such as grease traps and interceptors, it complicates the transportation of wastes in the sewer and can complicate treatment and disposal at the wastewater treatment plant.

Oil and grease in wastewater from food service facilities can result in decreased carrying capacity of sewers due to congealed, cooled grease which coats the inside of the pipes. Once a pipe becomes constricted, the potential for a stoppage increases. Stoppages can and eventually will cause sanitary sewer overflows. In order to ensure efficient sewage treatment, protect the sewer system and protect public health, the City of Santa Cruz has established requirements for businesses where oil and grease may be discharged into a public sewer.

Municipal Code sections of particular interest to food service facilities include

16.08.140 Interceptors

16.08.180 Best Management Practices

16.08.190 Food Service Facilities
General requirements, additional information, and sizing criteria for grease traps / interceptors may be found on the city website at https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-departments/publicworks/grease-trap-interceptor-information.

7.4 Local Limits
Section 403 of the Clean Water Act requires the implementation of technically derived load and concentration limits (Local Limits) for pollutants treated at publicly owned treatment facilities (POTW) with capacities greater than 5 million gallons per day (5 MGD). The Local Limits are required to be regularly reviewed for continued effectiveness. The City has implemented Local Limits as mandated since 2002 and has continuously updated the limits with data derived from surveillance and improved analyses approximately each decade.

The City Pretreatment Program of the Environmental Compliance division completed sampling and analyses of samples from selected dischargers to review and update its Local Limits. On June 14th, 2023, staff held an outreach meeting with industrial dischargers and the general public to discuss and receive feedback on the updated draft limits. Based on recent sampling, existing industrial dischargers will not have compliance issues with the new limits.

The approval of the updated Local Limits on September 26, 2023, was complete with the modification of the Municipal Code at Section 16.08.110 - Prohibitions and Limitations on Wastewater Discharges - to specify the additions of limits to compounds that are of concern to the imminent production of potable reclaimed water for the Pure Water Soquel project.

7.5 Implementation
Implementation and effectiveness of the Industrial Waste Discharge Program and source control measures for all sources of fats, oils, and grease is reported in the City of Santa Cruz Wastewater Treatment Plant Pretreatment Program Annual Report in CIWQS.

8. System Evaluation, Capacity Assurance, Capital Improvement WDR Requirements: The Plan must include procedures and activities for:
• Routine evaluation and assessment of system conditions.

13.19 17
• Capacity assessment and design criteria.
• Prioritization of corrective actions; and
• A capital improvement plan.”

8.1 System Evaluation and Condition Assessment
WDR Requirement:

The Plan must include procedures to:
• Evaluate the sanitary sewer system assets utilizing the best practices and technologies available. • Identify and justify the amount (percentage) of its system for its condition to be assessed each year.
• Prioritize the condition assessment of system areas that:
• Hold a high level of environmental consequences if vulnerable to collapse, failure, blockage, capacity issues, or other system deficiencies.
• Are located in or within the vicinity of surface waters, steep terrain, high groundwater elevations, and environmentally sensitive areas.
• Are within the vicinity of a receiving water with a bacterial-related impairment on the most current Clean Water Act section 303(d) List.
• Assess the system conditions using visual observations, video surveillance and/or other comparable system inspection methods.
• Utilize observations/evidence of system conditions that may contribute to exiting of sewage from the system which can reasonably be expected to discharge into a water of the State. • Maintain documents and recordkeeping of system evaluation and condition assessment inspections and activities; and
• Identify system assets vulnerable to direct and indirect impacts of climate change, including but not limited to: (a) sea level rise, (b) flooding and/or erosion due to increased storm volumes, frequency, and/or intensity; (c) wildfires; and (4) increased power disruptions.” Compliance:
• The City’s cleaning and inspection procedures are described above in section 4.2. • The City is preparing for a full system CCTV assessment and NASSCO scoring. If any deficiencies are found the City will prioritize repairs to any areas of the collection system which hold a high level of environmental consequences if vulnerable to collapse, failure, blockage, capacity issues, or other system deficiencies, are located in or within the vicinity of surface waters, steep terrain, high groundwater elevations, and environmentally sensitive areas, or are within the vicinity of a receiving water with a bacterial-related impairment on the most current Clean Water Act section 303(d) List.
• The City uses a CMMS system to maintain electronic records of inspections, condition assessments, and activities
• The City has a climate action plan and a citywide local hazard mitigation plan which addresses the City’s goals to evaluate public infrastructure and identify which assets are vulnerable to direct and indirect impacts of climate change.

Implementation Plan / Schedule
• The City will complete a full collection system assessment by 2029

13.20 18

8.2 Capacity Assessment and Design Criteria
WDR Requirements: Attachment D-8.2 (pgs. D-8/D-9) “The Plan must include procedures to identify system components that are experiencing or contributing to spills caused by hydraulic deficiency and/or limited capacity, including procedures to identify the appropriate hydraulic capacity of key system elements for:
• Dry-weather peak flow conditions that cause or contributes to spill events; • The appropriate design storm(s) or wet weather events that causes or contributes to spill events. • The capacity of key system components; and
• Identify the major sources that contribute to the peak flows associated with sewer spills. The capacity assessment must consider:
• Data from existing system condition assessments, system inspections, system audits, spill history, and other available information;
• Capacity of flood-prone systems subject to increased infiltration and inflow, under normal local and regional storm conditions;
• Capacity of systems subject to increased infiltration and inflow due to larger and/or higher intensity storm events as a result of climate change;
• Increases of erosive forces in canyons and streams near underground and above-ground system components due to larger and/or higher-intensity storm events; • Capacity of major system elements to accommodate dry weather peak flow conditions, and updated design storm and wet weather events; and • Necessary redundancy in pumping and storage capacities.”
Compliance: The City assesses the capacity of the collection system with a hydraulic model. The City is currently updating the model as part of the City’s Wastewater Master Planning effort with consulting engineers Brown & Caldwell. Following the model update the City will revisit its list of priority projects and plan of action schedule.

Effectiveness: The City uses the following Key Performance Indicators for measuring effectiveness of this Element
• Have there been any capacity-related overflows or surcharge conditions? • Has the system responded to rain events as indicated by the hydraulic model? Implementation Plan / Schedule:
• Public Works Engineering staff will monitor / evaluate significant rain events to see if they exceed the design storm in the hydraulic model.
• Public Works Flood Control Staff will monitor flood-prone areas susceptible to inundation and/or erosion from rain events .
• Public Works Engineering staff will periodically conduct flow monitoring and re-calibrate the collection system model.

8.3 Prioritization of Corrective Action
WDR Requirements:

The findings of the condition assessments and capacity assessments must be used to prioritize corrective actions. Prioritization must consider the severity of the consequences of potential spills.

13.21 19
Compliance: Annually the City prepares and budgets for the next five years of capital improvement projects which includes projects to address recently identified wastewater collection system capacity issues and/or lines where condition assessments have indicated rehabilitation or replacement is needed.

The current City budget document can be found here:
https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/about-us/city-budget Effectiveness: The City uses the following Key Performance Indicators for measuring the effectiveness of this Element,
• Has the City completed the projects as planned in the annual budget document? • Has the City prioritized the projects per the program goals? Implementation Plan / Schedule
• Utilize all available data to prioritize planning and funding of projects in the Annual CIP budget.

8.4 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)
WDR Requirement: Attachment D-8.4 (pg. D-9) “The capital improvement plan must include the following items:
• Project schedules include completion dates for all portions of the capital improvement program; • Internal and external project funding sources for each project; and • Joint coordination between operation and maintenance staff, and engineering staff/consultants during planning, design, and construction of capital improvement projects; and InterCity coordination with other impacted utility agencies.”
Compliance: The City’s Wastewater Enterprise Fund which includes the City anticipated CIP for the wastewater collection system is available as part of the city budget here:
https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/about-us/city-budget The City’s CIP is developed annually and identified the projects planned to begin in the next five years.

Effectiveness:

The City uses the following Key Performance Indicators for measuring effectiveness of this Element:
• Has the City’s CIP been adhered to?
Implementation Plan / Schedule:
• Engineering staff annually evaluate and update the CIP for the next 5 years.

9. Monitoring, Measurement & Program Modifications
WDR Requirement:

The SSMP must include an Adaptive Management section that addresses Plan-implementation effectiveness and the steps for necessary Plan improvement, including:
• Maintaining relevant information, including audit findings, to establish and prioritize appropriate Plan activities.
• Monitoring the implementation and measuring the effectiveness of each plan element.

13.22 20
• Assessing the success of the preventive operation and maintenance activities. • Updating Plan procedures and activities, as appropriate, based on results of monitoring and performance evaluations.
• Identifying and illustrating spill trends, including spill frequency, locations and estimated volumes.

Compliance:

The City will adaptively manage the SSMP through audit procedures described below in Section 10.

Relevant information including audit findings will be implemented and used to establish and prioritize SSMP activities and to update the SSMP. Records will be maintained in City servers or SharePoint files.

Maintenance activities will be tracked in CMMS. The City will use CIWQS generated performance graphs to identify and illustrate spill trends including spill frequency, locations and estimated volumes to assess effectiveness of Maintenance and operations activities.

Effectiveness:

The City uses the following Key Performance Indicators for measuring effectiveness of this Element:
• Have the SSMP elements been implemented?
• Has effectiveness of each plan element been evaluated? • Are work activities and spill events being documented? • Has the program been modified based on relevant evaluations? Implementation Plan / Schedule:

The City will review and analyze data from the sanitary sewer cleaning and maintenance program to assess that sewer cleaning, system repair, and inspections are addressing the needs of the system annually. Programs will be assessed and deficiencies corrected. Spills will be effectively addressed and all reporting completed. Completed spill reports will complete the data picture to analyze spill trends, frequency, locations and volumes and compared to previous years. The periodic review of the SSMP will result in updates and modifications documented in the Sewer System Management Plan Change Log.

10. Internal Audits

10.1 Audit Purpose
The General Order specifies the following requirements with respect to the Internal Audit element of the SSMP:

The SSMP shall include internal audit procedures, appropriate to the size and performance of the system, for the Enrollee to comply with section 5.4 (Sewer System Management Plan Audits) of the General Order.

Per Section 5.4 of the General Order at a minimum an internal audit must:
• Evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of the City’s SSMP in preventing spills. • Evaluate the City’s compliance with the General Order • Identify SSMP deficiencies in addressing ongoing spills and discharges to the waters of the State. • Identify necessary modifications to the SSMP to correct deficiencies.

13.23 21
The following SSMP Audit Schedule and Implementation Plan has been developed to ensure compliance with respect to the Internal Audit element of the SSMP:

10.2 Audit Schedule
Previous Audit Due Dates
System
Name
WDID
Number
Original
Required
Plan
Audit Due
Date
Required
Plan
Audit Due
Date
Required
Plan
Audit Due
Date
Required
Plan
Audit Due
Date
Required
Plan
Audit Due
Date
Required
Plan
Audit Due
Date
Santa
Cruz City
CS
3SSO10252 8/2/2011 8/2/2013 8/2/2015 8/2/2017 8/2/2019 8/2/2021 Audit Period under 2022-0103-DWQ
Audit Schedule Audit Period Start Audit Period
End
Audit due in CIWQS*
Previous Audit Period 8/3/2021 8/2/2024 2/1/2025
Current Audit Period 8/3/2024 8/2/2027 2/1/2028
Subsequent Audit
Period
8/3/2027 8/2/2030 2/1/2031
*Per Section 5.4 and Attachment E1, Section 3.10 of the General Order, the Audit Report is due within six months after the end of the required 3-year audit period.

10.3 Implementation Plan
Audits will be performed by City staff that may or may not utilize consultants. Staff positions that form the team of contributors include Wastewater System Manager, Wastewater Collection Manager, Wastewater Lab/ Environmental Compliance Manager, Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector, Senior Professional Engineer, Wastewater Collection Field Crew Leaders. This multi-disciplinary staffing approach will ensure objectivity in evaluating compliance, implementation and effectiveness of the SSMP in preventing spills.

Internal audit procedures will be appropriate to the size and performance of the system. The Santa Cruz City Collection System serves approximately 63,000 people with 160 miles of gravity lines and 26 pump stations. This is a medium size system that is managed with appropriate staffing training equipment and funding. The system has a low number and low volume of spills. Detailed system information including

13.24 22
population served, miles of gravity and force mains, number of laterals, infrastructure components, and other parameters including system performance evaluation are updated annually in the Annual report, filed in CIWQS by April 1 of each year. The most recent annual report (2024) including system performance analysis graphs is included in Appendix 6.

Audit findings may identify necessary modifications to the Sewer System Management Plan to correct deficiencies. SSMP revisions based on audit findings will be entered into the Sewer System Management Plan Change Log in Appendix 7 for the six – year SSMP Update. Audit procedures should be updated and modified as necessary to improve efficiency or reflect changing operating conditions.

11. Communication Program
The General Order specifies the following requirements with respect to the Communication Program of the SSMP. The Plan must include procedures for the Enrollee to communicate with the public for:
• Spills and discharges resulting in closures of public areas, or that enter a source of drinking water, and
• The development, implementation, and update of its Plan, including opportunities for public input to Plan implementation and updates.

The Plan must include procedures for the Enrollee to communicate with Owners/ Operators of systems that connect into the Enrollee’s system, including satellite systems for:
• System operation, maintenance and capital improvement-related activities.

11.1. Public Communication
The City will provide the general public and other agencies with status updates on the development, implementation and updates of the SSMP and consider comments made by them. The City may utilize various forms of media (e.g. Letters, newsletters, brochures, annual reports, notices in newspapers, the City’s home web page, or social media).

11.2. Communication with Owners/ Operators that Connect to the City’s System The City has one satellite tributary sanitary system that connects to the City Collection system. The Santa Cruz County Sanitation District (SCCSD) owns and operates the CSA 10 sanitary system under WDID 3SSO10324 that discharges into the City collection system. The City communicates with the SCCSD frequently by email and phone call and in quarterly stakeholders’ meetings.

13.25 23
Appendices

1. Continuation of Regulatory Coverage

2. Service Area Boundary Map and Zone Cleaning Map

3. Organizational Charts

4. Spill Emergency Response Plan

5. Environmental Compliance Program Enforcement Response Plan

6. 2024 SSS Annual Report and System Performance Graphs

7. SSMP Change Log / Annual Compliance Checklist

13.26 Appendix 1
Continuation of Regulatory Coverage

13.27 State Water Resources Control Board
Date:

NOTICE OF APPLICABILITY; CONTINUATION OF REGULATORY COVERAGE; STATEWIDE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS GENERAL ORDER, 2022-0103-DWQ Dear
Thank you for certifying your Continuation of Existing Regulatory Coverage form in the California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS) database. This Notice of Applicability serves as confirmation of the continuation of regulatory coverage from Order 2006-0003-DWQ to Order 2022-0103-DWQ for:
· Agency name:
· Sanitary Sewer System name:
· Waste Discharge Identification Number (WDID):
· Certification date:

As of the June 5, 2023 effective date, General Order 2022-0103-DWQ serves as the new statewide waste discharge requirements regulating sanitary sewer systems.

The General Order, including all Attachments, is enforceable by the State Water Resources Control Board and the applicable Regional Water Quality Control Board.

As of June 5, 2023, Order 2006-0003-DWQ is rescinded (except for enforcement purposes) and previously-held regulatory coverage under Order 2006-0003-DWQ is terminated.

If you have any questions regarding the statewide Sanitary Sewer Systems General Order or this Notice of Applicability, please email your questions to [email protected].

Sincerely,
Karen Mogus, Deputy Director
Division of Water Quality
April 19, 2023 Santa Cruz City Santa Cruz City 809 Center Street 201 Santa Cruz, CA 95060 Anne Hogan Anne Hogan April 19, 2023Santa Cruz City CS3SSO10252

13.28 Appendix 2
Service Area Boundary Map
Zone Cleaning Map

13.29 13.30
Zone 13
Leechate Zone
Zone 13
Western
Zone 14
Westside
Zone 9
Harvey West
Zone 10
High St
Zone 12
Westlake Zone 11
Downtown
wWTF
Zone 15
Circles
IIITE
Zone 7
Upper Ocean
Zone 4
Carbonera
Zone 8
Zone 6) Lower Ocean
Zone 5
Banana Belt
Beach Flat/Wharf
02%
Zone 2
Arana Gulch
Zone 1
Seabright
Zone 3
Prospect Heights

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ

SEWER MAINTENANCE ZONE
City Limits
JMis

13.31 Appendix 3
Organizational Charts

13.32 Updated July 2025
City of Santa Cruz Public Works Department
Engineering and Wastewater Divisions
Director of Public Works
Assistant Director of Public Works / City
Engineer
Senior Professional Engineer
Wastewater/Stormwater/Refuse
Wastewater System Manager
Wastewater Collection Manager

13.33 Wastewater Treatment Facility
Operations Supervisor (1 FTE)
Wastewater Treatment Facility Senior
Operator III/IV (4 FTE)
Wastewater Treatment Facility Operator
OIT / II / III (9 FTE)
Wastewater Treatment Facilities
Mechanical Supervisor (1 FTE)
Wastewater Facilities Lead
Mechanical Technician (2 FTE)
Wastewater Facilities
Mechanical Technician I/II (8 FTE)
Wastewater Facilities
Electrical/Instrumental
Supervisor (1 FTE)
Wastewater Facilities
Electrical/Instrumental
Lead Technician (1 FTE)
Wastewater Facilities
Electrical/Instrumental
Technician I/II (2 FTE)
Wastewater Collection Manager
Wastewater Collection Field
Crew Leader (2 FTE)
Wastewater Collection
Mechanical Technician II (2
FTE)
Wastewater Collection
Senior Maintenance
Technician (4 FTE)
Wastewater Collection
Maintenance Technician
Trainee/I/II (6 FTE)
Wastewater Treatment Facility
Operations Manager Wastewater Lab/Environmental
Compliance Manager
QA/QC Laboratory
Chemist (1 FTE)
Chemist II (2 FTE)
Environmental
Microbiologist II/ III (2 FTE)
Senior Environmental
Compliance Inspector (1
FTE)
Environmental Compliance
Inspector (2 FTE)
Administrative
Assistant II
(2 FTE)
Wastewater Systems Manager
Rev. February 2025
FTE: Full Time Position

13.34 Updated July 2025
City of Santa Cruz Public Works Department
Wastewater Collection Division
Wastewater Collection Manager
Wastewater System Manager
Utility Locate Field Crew
Leader
Customer Service Field
Crew Leader
Hydro-Flush Crew 620
Sr. Maintenance Tech
Construction Crew
Sr. Maintenance Tech
Hydro-Flush Crew 740
Sr. Maintenance Tech
Mechanical
Tech II
Mechanical
Tech II
Utility Locate
811
Maintenance
Tech I/II
Flood
Control/CCTV
Sr. Maintenance
Tech
Maintenance
Tech I/II
Maintenance Tech I/II Maintenance Tech I /II
Maintenance Tech I /II
Maintenance Tech I/II

13.35 Appendix 4
Spill Emergency Response Plan

13.36 City of Santa Cruz
Spill Emergency Response Plan
Updated July 2025

13.37 City of Santa Cruz
Spill Emergency Response Plan
1 Spill Emergency Response Plan Goal and Introduction .............................................................. 3 2 Spill Notification .......................................................................................................................... 4 3 Spill Response Implementation ................................................................................................... 4

3.1 Spill Response Purpose ......................................................................................................... 4

3.2 Spill Response Organizational Chart and Call List .............................................................. 4

3.3 Line Spills ............................................................................................................................. 5

3.4 Pump Station Spills ............................................................................................................... 6

3.5 Private Lateral Spills ............................................................................................................. 6

3.6 Industrial Spills ..................................................................................................................... 6

3.7 Disaster Response Program (Storms, Earthquakes).............................................................. 7

3.8 Emergency Equipment .......................................................................................................... 7 4 Spill Site Monitoring Program ..................................................................................................... 7 5 Spill Report Program ................................................................................................................... 8

5.1 Category 1 and Category 2 Spill Reporting .......................................................................... 8

5.2 Category 3 and Category 4 Spill Reporting .......................................................................... 9

5.3 Industrial / Hazardous Spill Reporting ................................................................................. 9 6 Spill Response Training ............................................................................................................... 9 7 Post Spill Assessment ................................................................................................................ 10 Appendices .................................................................................................................................... 10 A. Sewage Spill Report Form ................................................................................................... 10 B. Private Lateral Sewer Discharge Report Form .................................................................... 10 C. Wastewater Collection Division Organizational Chart ........................................................ 10

13.38 1 Spill Emergency Response Plan Goal and Introduction The Spill Emergency Response Plan (SERP) goal is to ensure prompt detection and response to spills to reduce spill volumes, mitigate spill impacts, collect information to prevent future spills and to ensure reporting compliance. The Spill Emergency Response Plan must include procedures for:

Notification
• Notify primary responders, appropriate local officials, and appropriate regulatory agencies of a spill in a timely manner.
• Notify other potentially affected entities (for example, health agencies, water suppliers, etc.) of spills that potentially affect public health or reach waters of the State.
• Comply with the notification, monitoring and reporting requirements of this General Order, State law and regulations, and applicable Regional Water Board Orders.

Implementation
• Ensure that appropriate staff and contractors implement the Spill Emergency Response Plan and are appropriately trained.
• Address emergency system operations, traffic control and other necessary response activities.
• Contain a spill and prevent/minimize discharge to waters of the State or any drainage conveyance system.
• Minimize and remediate public health impacts and adverse impacts on beneficial uses of waters of the State.
• Remove sewage from the drainage conveyance system.
• Clean the spill area and drainage conveyance system in a manner that does not inadvertently impact beneficial uses in the receiving waters. • Implement technologies, practices, equipment, and interagency coordination to expedite spill containment and recovery.
• Implement pre-planned coordination and collaboration with storm drain agencies and other utility agencies/departments prior, during, and after a spill event.

Reporting/Record keeping
• Conduct post-spill assessments of spill response activities. • Document and report spill events as required in this General Order. • Annually, review and assess effectiveness of the Spill Emergency Response Plan, and update the Plan as needed.

13.39 2 Spill Notification
The Wastewater Collection Manager is responsible for completing all spill notifications.

Wastewater Collection Field Crew Leaders and the Wastewater System Manager are trained on and may provide notifications in the absence of the Collection Manager.

Category 1 Spills are any spills that discharge to or threaten to discharge to surface waters.

Category 2 Spills are spills of 1,000 gallons or greater that do not discharge to surface waters.

Notification requirements for Category 1 Spills and Category 2 Spills are:

Notify California Office of Emergency Services (Cal OES) within 2 hours of the Enrollee’s knowledge of the Spill at (800) 852-7550. Obtain a notification control number Category 3 Spills are any spills that discharge to or threaten to discharge to surface waters.

Category 4 Spills are spills of 1,000 gallons or greater that do not discharge to surface waters.

Notification requirements are not applicable for Category 2 Spills and Category 3 Spills.

Notification requirements for Enrollee owned and / or operated Lateral Spills that do not discharge to surface waters are the same as Category 1 and Category 2 spills, but not applicable to a spill of less than 1,000 gallons. The City of Santa Cruz Collection System does not have any Enrollee owned or operated laterals.
3 Spill Response Implementation

3.1 Spill Response Purpose
The goal of the spill response is to:
a. Stop the spill
b. Contain and clean up the affected area
c. Document the spill amount
d. Notify appropriate agencies
e. Monitor the spill area.
f. Take action to remedy the cause of the spill (including special cleaning, TV inspection, and repair)
g. Report the spill

3.2 Spill Response Organizational Chart and Call List
A member of the wastewater collection division crew is on duty, or an on-call person is on duty 24 hours per day, seven days per week. When a call is received during working hours, Public Works dispatches the appropriate wastewater collection crew. When a call is received during non-working hours the general citywide on-call person is dispatched by the police dispatcher.

The on-call person evaluates the available information to determine what level of response is necessary and if and when to contact wastewater collection personnel. The Wastewater

13.40 Collection Manager supervises the citywide on-call program. Normally, Collection Division maintenance personnel respond to sewage stoppage problems and the Pump Crew responds to problems in the pump stations. In the event of a spill, the Wastewater Collection Manager normally responds to evaluate the situation, coordinate the work effort and document the spill.

The Wastewater Collection Division organizational chart is in Appendix C.

Responsible Person Contact Information
Position Title Name Phone Email
Wastewater Collection Manager Rome Norman (831) 420-6036 [email protected] Wastewater Lab/ Environmental
Compliance Manager Akin Babatola (83) 420-6045 [email protected] Senior Environmental
Compliance Inspector Dave Martin (831) 420-6041 [email protected] Senior Professional Engineer Katie Stewart (831) 420-5442 [email protected] Community Relations Specialist Ashley Hussey (831) 420-5213 [email protected] Wastewater Collection Field Crew
Leader Matt Bauleke (831) 420-6035 [email protected] Wastewater Collection Field Crew
Leader Jim Locatelli (831) 420-6035 [email protected]

3.3 Line Spills
All Wastewater Collection Division employees are required to report all wastewater spills to their supervisor, secure the wastewater spill area, control by doing whatever is necessary to relieve the cause of the wastewater spill, and clean the wastewater spill as soon as possible to minimize health hazards to the public and to protect the environment.

Sewage overflows due to a line stoppage are handled in the following manner:

1. The crew arrives and sets up the traffic control devices and the line cleaning equipment to relieve the stoppage.

2. If the spill has pooled, in a ditch for example, the overflow is contained so that the sewage can be removed by one of our vacuum trucks. If the spill has entered the storm drainage system, it is contained and cleaned by flushing with fresh water. The flush water is either pumped back into collection system or removed with vacuum trucks.

3. After determining the spill path, and inspecting the site, if possible, a spill report is filled out electronically by a Wastewater Collection crewmember and forwarded electronically to the Wastewater Collection Manager for processing.

5. The Wastewater Collection Manager is responsible for completing all Spill Reports, notifying the appropriate agencies, and forwarding Spill Reports to the Wastewater System Manager and Public Works Director.

13.41 3.4 Pump Station Spills
Sewage overflows due to a pump station failure are handled in the following manner:

1. Personnel arrive at the station.

2. Personnel enter the station and immediately take necessary actions to start the pumps as quickly as possible. The Wastewater Collection Manager is updated on the status of the spill and starts contacting appropriate agencies.

3. After the spill has been stopped, the problem is further diagnosed and repairs made to the equipment to return the station to normal operation.

4. If the spill has pooled, in a ditch for example, the overflow is contained so that the sewage can be removed by either pumping back into the collection system or removed with vacuum trucks. If the spill has entered the storm drainage system, it is contained and cleaned by flushing with fresh water and either pumped back into collection system or removed with vacuum trucks.

5. After determining the spill path, and inspecting the site, if possible, the spill report is filled out electronically by the Wastewater Collection crewmember and forwarded electronically to the Wastewater Collection Manager for processing.

3.5 Private Lateral Spills
The Wastewater Collection Division response to private overflows is as if they are public line spills and then informs the owner of their responsibilities and notices them of potential fines.

The City Council adopted changes to the Sanitary Sewer System Ordinance on June 26, 2018.

The changes in the Sanitary Sewer System Ordinance are three-fold:

Part 1: Sewer Spills (Sewer Overflows): The owner of a property with a sewer spill is responsible for stopping the spill immediately and will be subject to fines and penalties if inspections and repairs are not made in a timely manner.

Part 2: Private Sewer System Inspection ad Cleaning: Private sanitary sewer collection systems and pumps (at apartment buildings, homeowner associations and business) must pass inspection every 10 years and undergo regular cleaning.

3.6 Industrial Spills
To minimize health hazards to the public, protect the environment and to protect yourself in cases of hazardous toxic spills:

A. Stay clear of all hazards
B. Notify Fire Department at 9-1-1 (may activate I.C.S.)

13.42 C. Secure area from the public
D. Notify your supervisor
E. Notify Industrial Waste Source Control (if appropriate) F. Notify all listed agencies
G. Determine if Police/Fire Departments are needed
H. Identify industrial discharger responsible for the spill Submit all documentation to the Wastewater Collection Manager for review and debriefing of event.

3.7 Disaster Response Program (Storms, Earthquakes)
During prolonged emergency situations such as earthquakes or severe storms the City has developed an emergency 24-hour staffing schedule. Twelve-hour shifts are used during emergencies. This schedule provides for around the clock coverage with all personnel available to assist any Division including Wastewater Collection if necessary.

3.8 Emergency Equipment
Equipment available to the Wastewater Collection Division for spill response includes:
3 Sewer Combination Units
1 Septage Hauler
10 Ford Tool Trucks: F150 (2) / F250 (1) / F350 (4) (2 with cranes) / F450 (1 with crane and portable welder) / F750 Dump Truck (1) / F550 Flatbed (1) 2 Vans CCTV / Confined Space Entry
1 Case Tractor / Backhoe
5 towable generators
3 towable pumps (1-6”, 2-4”)
1 towable trailer jet
1 towable compressor
Radio location pipe locator
4 Spill Site Monitoring Program
Spill response performance shall be monitored

1. If visually determined that spill did not enter storm drain or waterway:
a. After cleanup visually inspect to insure that all affected areas have been properly washed and vacuumed.

13.43 2. If visually determined that spill entered storm drain inlet:
a. After cleanup visually inspect each catch basin and manhole of affected area to insure pipeline has been adequately cleaned.
b. With 48 hours T.V. affected storm drains to provide additional assurance of clean up effectiveness.

3. If visually determined that spill enters waterway:
a. After cleanup sample waterway at four locations as follows:

1. Just upstream of affected area

2. Just downstream of wastewater input location

3. At furthest point downstream within affected area

4. Just downstream of affected area
b. Test all samples for:

1. Fecal coliform

2. Enterococcus

3. Ammonia

4. TOC
c. Compare sample results and if affected area shows impacts, sample every 48 hours until no impact is evident.
5 Spill Report Program
The Wastewater Collection Manager is responsible for completing all spill reporting and forwarding spill reports to the Wastewater System Manager, Senior Professional Engineer and Public Works Director.

Wastewater Collection Field Crew Leaders are trained in and certified to enter spill reports into CIWQS. The Wastewater System Manager and Senior Professional Engineer are trained in and approved to certify and submit draft spill reports.

5.1 Category 1 and Category 2 Spill Reporting
Category 1 Spills are any spills that discharge to or threaten to discharge to surface waters.

Category 2 Spills are spills of 1,000 gallons or greater that do not discharge to surface waters.

Reporting requirements for Category 1 Spills and Category 2 Spills are:

Submit Draft Spill Report within three (3) business days of enrollee’s knowledge of the spill.

Submit Certified Spill Report within fifteen (15) calendar days of enrollee’s knowledge of the spill.

Submit Amended Spill Report within ninety (90) calendar days of enrollee’s knowledge of the spill.

Sewage spills of 1,000 gallons or more must be reported to CRWQCB, Office of Emergency

13.44 Services, U.S. Coast Guard, California Department of Fish and Game, County Environmental Health Services, Local Fire Department (if necessary), Local Police Department (if necessary).

This should be coordinated through Field Crew Leader and Wastewater Collection System Manager.

Additional Reporting requirement for Category 1 spill in which 50,000 gallons or greater discharged to surface waters:

Submit Technical Spill Report within forty-five (45) calendar days after the spill end date.

5.2 Category 3 and Category 4 Spill Reporting
Category 3 Spills are any spills that discharge to or threaten to discharge to surface waters.

Category 4 Spills are spills of 1,000 gallons or greater that do not discharge to surface waters.

Reporting requirements for Category 3 Spills are:

Submit monthly Certified Spill Report to the online CIWQS Sanitary Sewer System Database within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the month in which the spills occur: and Submit Amended Spill Reports within ninety (90) calendar days Sewer System Database after the Certified Report due date.

Reporting requirements for Category 4 Spills are:

If during any calendar month, Category 4 spills occur, certify monthly, the estimated total spill volume exiting the sanitary sewer system, and the total number of all Category 4 spills the online CIWQS Sanitary Sewer System Database within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the month in which the spills occur: and
Upload and certify a report, in an acceptable digital format, of all Category 4 spills into the online CIWQS Sanitary Sewer System Database by February 1st after the end of the calendar year in which the spills occur.

5.3 Industrial / Hazardous Spill Reporting
If industrial/toxic substances involved, any volume must be reported to CRWQCB, Office of Emergency Services, U.S. Coast Guard, California Department of Fish and Game, County Environmental Health Services, Local Fire Department (if necessary), Local Police Department (if necessary). This should be coordinated through Field Crew Leader and Wastewater Collection System Manager.
6 Spill Response Training
The Wastewater Collection Manager will provide training on a regular basis for all spill response

13.45 staff.

Training will include:
• Spill Emergency Response Plan
• Determining spill start time
• Estimating spill volume and volume recovered
• Containment and Clean up
• Spill Data Collection and Report Forms
• CIWQS Data Submitting
• Interagency Mutual Aid
• Post spill assessment
7 Post Spill Assessment
The Wastewater Collection Manager conducts a post-spill assessment with the Field Crew Leaders to ensure staff and contractors have implemented the Spill Emergency Response Plan effectively. Spill response activities to assess include • response time
• emergency system operations
• traffic control
• spill containment
• spill recovery and clean-up
• spill volume estimation
• spill volume recovered estimation
• use of technologies, practices, equipment and interagency coordination to expedite spill containment and recovery
Appendices
A. Sewage Spill Report Form
B. Private Lateral Sewer Discharge Report Form
C. Wastewater Collection Division Organizational Chart

13.46 13.47

13.48 13.49
Appendix 5
Environmental Compliance Program
Enforcement Response Plan

13.50 AUGUST 201 6

C ITY OF SANTA CRUZ

ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE PLAN
Environmental Compliance Program
Prepared by the

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ
AND

LARRY WALKER ASSOCIATES

13.51 Enforcement Response Plan i August 2016
ERP Overview
The Enforcement Response Plan (ERP) provides guidance to and outlines the procedures followed by the City of Santa Cruz (City) to identify, document, and respond to potential water quality violations. These violations can include pollutant discharges into either the wastewater sewer system or the storm water conveyance system, both of which are operated by the City and are designed and operated to protect local water quality.

Incorporated into the ERP are specific criteria by which the City’s staff can determine the enforcement action most appropriate to the nature of the violation based on a number of criteria explained herein. In addition, the ERP describes the duties of the enforcement staff and the tools available to those staff to help ensure compliance with applicable regulations. This ERP provides guidance to City staff to assist them to take consistent actions needed to achieve effective and timely compliance with the City’s municipal ordinances and other enforcement authorities allowed by its municipal code.

This ERP is divided into three chapters to address the specific requirements associated with enforcement for three different categories of infrastructure. The chapters are as follows:

1. Wastewater ERP Chapter

2. Storm Water ERP Chapter

3. Private Sewer Lateral Chapter
The contents of the wastewater chapter are required by the Clean Water Act, which requires municipalities to enact pretreatment controls to investigate and control industrial wastewater discharger noncompliance. The storm water chapter contents are required by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit and Waste Discharge Requirements for Storm Water Discharges from Small Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (Phase II Permit). This permit regulates discharges to a municipality’s storm water conveyance system in order to protect local surface waters into which it drains. The private sewer lateral ERP chapter contents are intended to outline requirements implemented by the City to reduce potential pollution caused by leaking or failing private sewer laterals.

The City has the legal authority to enact these enforcement procedures as derived through the requirements of the Municipal Code of the City of Santa Cruz, http://www.cityofsantacruz.com/city-government/municipal-code. Enforcement under the ERP is triggered by violation of any related sections of the City’s Municipal Code or its various water quality permits.

The ERP outlines the various enforcement procedure options available to the City and provides guidelines as to their application. The selection of an appropriate enforcement action and the escalation of enforcement are based on the seriousness of the violation and its resulting threat to water quality, human health and the environment. If previous violations have occurred before, the violator’s response to the agency’s previous attempts to achieve compliance can influence the type of enforcement pursued. Other additional factors that can affect the response include:

13.52 Enforcement Response Plan ii August 2016
• Violation magnitude and/or duration.
• History of violations
• Effect of violation on receiving waters
• Violators response and good faith efforts to correct the situation • Follow-up inspection results
The ERP includes suggested or required amounts of time to allow for the correction of violations based on the requirement stated in the Phase II Permit. The nature of a specific violation may require tailoring of the timeframes for correction and/or the use of temporary measures to promptly address a violation before a permanent solution is implemented. The ERP also describes when it may be appropriate to refer violations to another agency, such as the Regional Water Quality Control Board, the California Department of Fish and Wildlife, or other local, State or Federal agencies for additional enforcement.

13.53 Enforcement Response Plan iii August 2016
Table of Contents
ERP Overview........................................................................................................................................................... i

1.0 Wastewater ERP......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Introduction...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Purpose............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Enforcement Authority ................................................................................................................................................ 1-1 Methods of Investigation of Instances of Noncompliance ....................................................................... 1-2 ERP Activation............................................................................................................................................................ 1-2 Enforcement Procedures ............................................................................................................................................ 1-3 Types of Enforcement Actions.................................................................................................................................. 1-3 Informal Enforcement............................................................................................................................................. 1-3 Formal Enforcement................................................................................................................................................ 1-7 Duties of the Inspector................................................................................................................................................. 1-9 Enforcement Response Guide................................................................................................................................. 1-10 Types of Enforcement Actions................................................................................................................................ 1-13 Other Enforcement Actions...................................................................................................................................... 1-15

2.0 Storm Water ERP....................................................................................................................................... 2-1 Description and Purpose............................................................................................................................................. 2-1 Legal Authority - Prohibitions .................................................................................................................................. 2-1 Roles and Responsibilities.......................................................................................................................................... 2-2 Illicit Discharge Violations.......................................................................................................................................... 2-3 Enforcement Remedies................................................................................................................................................ 2-6 Informal Enforcement Remedies........................................................................................................................ 2-6 Formal Enforcement Remedies........................................................................................................................... 2-7 Cost Recovery for Repair, Cleanup, and Abatement................................................................................... 2-9 Stop Work Order ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-9 Cease and Desist, Permit Revocation, and Termination of Service.................................................... 2-10 Application of Enforcement..................................................................................................................................... 2-10 Referrals to Other Agencies ..................................................................................................................................... 2-13

3.0 Private Sewer Laterals............................................................................................................................. 3-1 Sanitary Sewer Overflow............................................................................................................................................. 3-1 Violation of 16.08.062............................................................................................................................................. 3-1 Sewer Lateral Requirements Upon Sale oF Real Property............................................................................ 3-3 Violation of 16.08.064............................................................................................................................................. 3-3 Definitions............................................................................................................................................................ A-1

13.54 Enforcement Response Plan 1-1 August 2016

1.0 Wastewater ERP

INTRODUCTION
The Enforcement Response Plan (ERP) outlines the procedures followed by Environmental Compliance staff to identify, document, and respond to pretreatment violations. Incorporated into the ERP are specific criteria by which Pretreatment Program staff can determine the enforcement action most appropriate to the nature of the violation. In addition, the ERP describes the duties of the Enforcement Compliance Inspector; methods used to determine compliance with applicable regulations; and procedures to review compliance data.

The Enforcement Response Guide (ERG) is a table referencing the degree of non-compliance with the type of enforcement response to be taken. The ERG lists the most common types of non-compliance and enforcement action taken.

This ERP has been prepared by following EPA’s Guidance for Developing Control Authority Enforcement Response Plans.

PURPOSE
This Enforcement Response Plan (ERP) was adopted pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, and subsequently. The Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 40 Protection of The Environment, codifies the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agencies of the Federal Government. These laws and rules, specifically CFR Part 403, General Pretreatment Regulations for Existing and New Sources of Pollution were designed to establish responsibilities of industry and government to protect water quality by implementing National Pretreatment Standards. Section 403.8(f)(5) of the CFR requires Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) to develop and implement an Enforcement Response Plan to investigate and respond to instances of industrial user noncompliance. This ERP is a detailed enforcement procedure that lists key steps necessary to assure that wastewater discharges maintain compliance with all local, state and Federal limitations.

ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY
The City of Santa Cruz is required under Federal law to have a pretreatment program. Chapter

16.08 (Sewer System) of the Municipal Code of the City of Santa Cruz provides the standards and the legal authority for enforcement of the pretreatment program. It provides a detailed procedure for implementation of 40 CFR 403.8(f)(1) and 403.8(f)(2) which create pretreatment standards. That chapter includes detailed administrative enforcement procedures and civil and criminal penalties for violations. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector and his or her designee exercises the authority of the Director of Public Works Department in the implementation of the Enforcement Response Plan.

13.55 Enforcement Response Plan 1-2 August 2016
Under the plan, Environmental Compliance Inspectors are responsible for full implementation of the inspection and documentation activities leading to the activation of penalties for noncompliance. The primary responsibilities of Environmental Compliance Inspectors, however, are to monitor, coordinate and maintain the processes necessary for regulated entities to comply fully with the City’s ordinances on storm water and wastewater.

The ERP makes a wide range of enforcement options available based on an assessment of the nature and severity of the violation. Along with departmental enforcement officials, the City Attorney will enforce applicable municipal code requirements, including court action if required.

Specific enforcement tools and their anticipated uses are detailed under Enforcement Procedures, later in the ERP.

Methods of Investigation of Instances of Noncompliance
Environmental Compliance Inspectors shall perform random sampling and inspection of industrial users. Inspections and sampling of significant categorical and significant noncategorical industries (as defined by CFR 403) shall be conducted, at a minimum, annually. In addition, the Environmental Compliance Inspectors shall review industrial user self-monitoring reports, other required monitoring reports, and shall follow up to ensure that users are in compliance with Best Management Practices, and that compliance schedules and compliance deadlines are met.

ERP Activation
An enforcement response will be initiated when any of the following events occurs:

1. Any violation of requirements of Chapter 16.08 of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code (Sewer System).

2. Any violation of the requirements of Chapter 16.04 of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code (Storm Water System)

3. Any violation of Wastewater Discharge Permit requirements issued by the City of Santa Cruz.

4. Any violation of the Ground Water Discharge Permit requirements of the City of Santa Cruz.

5. Failure of an industry to meet a compliance milestone/deadline.

6. Failure of an industry to report a violation of its permit.

7. Failure of an industry to keep required records and conduct self-monitoring and/or reporting activities.

8. Violation of any Federal, State or Municipal requirements pertaining to wastewater discharge that the City of Santa Cruz has the duty to enforce.

9. Violation of any Federal, State or Municipal requirements pertaining to storm water that the City of Santa Cruz has the duty to enforce.

13.56 Enforcement Response Plan 1-3 August 2016

ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
The City of Santa Cruz uses a progressive enforcement policy designed to maintain a fair and equitable system for enforcement of environmental laws, to ensure that fines and penalties are proportionate to the violations, to provide maximum flexibility and effectiveness in enforcement actions, and to provide a system of escalating fines and penalties to encourage prompt compliance. Generally, enforcement will follow the Informal Enforcement sequence below.

However, other enforcement options may be pursued using the Formal Enforcement procedures below. Formal enforcement procedures are available through the plan of Title 4 (General Municipal Code Enforcement). This would allow for a large degree of enforcement flexibility and a wide range of enforcement options to most efficiently gain compliance. Therefore, as deemed necessary, an enforcement action may be upgraded or escalated depending on the circumstances of the case.

TYPES OF ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
(Any enforcement action taken must be reviewed and approved by the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector prior to being implemented)
Informal Enforcement
Voluntary Compliance
Whenever the Director finds that any person has violated or is violating any prohibition, limitation or requirement contained herein, or finds that any user is in significant non-compliance with wastewater discharge regulations, he, or his designated City representative, may serve upon such person:

1. A Verbal Warning

2. A Warning Letter

3. A Written Notice of Violation

4. A Written Notice of Violation with Fines and/or Assessed Costs Generally, enforcement will follow the sequence listed above, however, depending on the severity and duration of the violation, enforcement may begin at any step.

Verbal Warning. The verbal warning can be by telephone call or in-person communication in cases of non-significant violations. The Environmental Compliance Inspector shall keep a written record of all communications for future reference. The advantages and disadvantages of telephone or verbal communication should be evaluated prior to any notification.

Warning Letter. The Environmental Compliance Inspector may issue a Warning Letter within one (1) week after a violation is suspected or reported. The Warning Letter may be used when a violation is suspected or when an actual violation occurs but is minor in nature and does not warrant a Notice of Violation. The Warning Letter may also be issued to an industry in lieu of a Notice of Violation if the past record of the industry has shown strict adherence to applicable

13.57 Enforcement Response Plan 1-4 August 2016
regulations and discharge limits, and there is reason to believe that the suspected violation may be due to laboratory error, typographical error, or some other unusual circumstance. The Warning Letter will include specific actions that the industry must take to remove suspicion and avoid escalation of enforcement action. The Environmental Compliance Inspector may recommend that the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector upgrade the Warning Letter to First Notice of Violation as deemed necessary.

Written Notice of Violation. The next step in the enforcement process is the written Notice of Violation, which is the first formal enforcement step. In most cases when a violation is detected notice will be directed to the responsible party seeking voluntary compliance and directing a correction within no more than thirty (30) days. Generally, a second notice will be sent prior to escalating enforcement activities.

First Notice of Violation: The purpose of the First Notice of Violation is to inform the offender of the nature of the violation and establish a “self-imposed” compliance schedule which lists the events and dates on which various steps of progress shall take place. “Self–imposed” compliance schedules shall be limited so as to achieve compliance no later than thirty (30) days from date of issuance of the First Notice of Violation. The written notice will require the industrial user or alleged violator (in an appropriate case) to file a written report within seven (7) working days.

The written report shall contain an explanation of the cause of the violation, a discussion of corrective actions taken to mitigate the violation and actions taken to prevent future similar violations. Written notice may be used in most cases of random violations. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector may extend the deadline up to a maximum of thirty (30) days for a total time period of sixty (60) days from the issuance date, due to extenuating circumstances or hardship. All City of Santa Cruz costs related to any violation status inspection, surveillance, sampling, laboratory analysis, and administration may be assessed directly to the offender. In addition this Notice of Violation may include civil penalties up to, but no greater than, two thousand five hundred dollars per day for each violation of Chapter

16.08, City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code.

Second Notice of Violation: The purpose of the Second Notice of Violation is to remind the offender of the violation and expected action. The second notice will reiterate the information in the First Notice of Violation or will include a copy of the first notice and demand compliance within two (2) weeks of the date of the Second Notice of Violation. The Second Notice of Violation will contain information as to the various enforcement options available to the City of Santa Cruz should compliance not be achieved within the deadline. All City costs related to any violation status inspection, surveillance, sampling, laboratory analysis, and administration may be assessed directly to the offender. In addition this Notice of Violation may include civil penalties up to, but no greater than, two thousand five hundred dollars per day for each violation of Chapter 16.08, City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code.

A notice of violation assessing civil penalties or imposing any other monetary assessment may be appealed to the City Council in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1.16., City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code. The City Council decision shall be final.

13.58 Enforcement Response Plan 1-5 August 2016
Show Cause Hearing. If the violation is not corrected by timely compliance, the Director may order any person who causes or allows an unauthorized discharge to show cause before the City Manager, or his/her designated appointee (i.e.: Enforcement Hearing Officer), why an order should not be made directing the termination of service and/or imposing penalties for the noncompliance. The notice of the hearing shall be served personally or by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) at least ten days before the hearing. Service may be made on any agent or officer of a corporation. The City Manager or his/her designee shall:
• Issue notices of hearings requesting the attendance and testimony of witnesses in the production of evidence relevant to any matter involved in such hearings. • Conduct the hearing.
• Take evidence. Testimony must be under oath and recorded stenographically. The transcript, so recorded, will be made available to any member of the public upon payment of the usual charges therefor.
• Issue an order to the party responsible for the discharge directing that:
o Following a specified time period, the sewer services be discontinued unless adequate pretreatment facilities, devices, or other related appurtenances shall have been installed or existing pretreatment facilities, devices, or other related appurtenances are properly operated, and
o The violator pay a penalty which for an industrial user violating pretreatment discharge standards may be up to two thousand five hundred dollars per day for each day of violation, and
o Such further orders and directives as are necessary and appropriate.

Emergency Termination of Discharges:

1. If any industrial user discharges or threatens to discharge any pollutant to the City wastewater treatment system, and if such discharge presents or would present an imminent or substantial endangerment to the health or welfare of persons or to the environment, or causes or would cause interference with the operation of the POTW, and if the Director determines that immediate action is necessary to terminate or prevent such discharge, the Director may issue an order that such discharge be terminated or prevented immediately. Such order shall be personally served upon any person in charge or apparently in charge of the premises of the industrial user, and shall be effective as soon as it is so served.

2. If after service of the order the discharge is not immediately terminated or prevented, then the Director may take any steps that may be appropriate or necessary to terminate or prevent the discharge as quickly as possible, including severance or blockage of the industrial user's facilities from the City's wastewater treatment system, or any other steps that may be appropriate under the circumstances. The cost and expenses so incurred by the City shall be paid by the industrial user upon presentation by the City of an invoice

13.59 Enforcement Response Plan 1-6 August 2016
and demand for payment. If not paid within sixty days, said amounts shall become a lien on the property and shall be collected at the same time and in the same manner as local real property taxes. The City Council may take any steps, including the holding of any hearings and the adoption of any resolutions, necessary to perfect such lien.

3. Any action taken or decision made by the Director under this subsection, including the determination that costs shall be charged to the user or that there shall be a lien upon the property, may be appealed to the City Council in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1.16 of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code.

4. Any user may seek review of any action by or decision of the Director to terminate, block or sever the user's facilities from the City's wastewater treatment system under this paragraph within forty-eight hours of the action or decision. The City Manager or his/her designee shall hold an informal hearing to determine whether there was sufficient cause for the action taken. The Director, the user, and any other interested person shall have an opportunity to present evidence and other information. The decision of the City Manager may be appealed to the City Council as provided in Section 1.16.030 of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code.

File Review and Enforcement Analysis
Upon discovery of any violation, the affected industrial user’s Environmental Compliance file will be immediately reviewed. Based on the history of violations and efforts to maintain compliance, the violation will be classified as a Random Violation, a Pattern Violation or a Significant Violation.

Random Violation: Any violation that exceeds a Federal, State, or City of Santa Cruz storm water or wastewater discharge limitation or compliance schedule deadline. Random violations will usually be a first or second offense and will not be severe or frequent enough to be classified as a Significant Violation or a Pattern Violation.

Pattern Violation: Any violation, or set or series of random violations that is not severe or frequent enough to be classified as a Significant Violation, but which contributes to a pattern of non-compliance when viewed over a moving one (1) year period. Four (4) months, whether consecutive or not, of non-compliance due to Random Violations over a moving twelve (12) month period, shall automatically constitute a Pattern Violation.

Significant Violation: Any violation, which by its impact, severity, or frequency of occurrence presents a hazard or nuisance to the publicly owned treatment works (POTW), the collection system, general public or the receiving environment. In accordance with the public participation requirements of 40 CFR part 25, a list of the names of all industrial users incurring Significant Violations during the previous twelve (12) months shall be published annually in a widely circulated newspaper published in the City of Santa Cruz. Significant Noncompliance by an

13.60 Enforcement Response Plan 1-7 August 2016
industrial user means any incident or incidents of non-compliance with federal, state, or local wastewater discharge regulations which meets the following criteria:
• Chronic violations of wastewater Discharge limits, defined here as those in which 66 percent or more of all of the measurements taken for the same pollutant parameter during a 6-month period exceed (by any magnitude) a numeric Pretreatment Standard or Requirement, including instantaneous limits, as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(l); • Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations, defined here as those in which 33 percent or more of all of the measurements taken for the same pollutant parameter during a 6-month period equal or exceed the product of the numeric Pretreatment Standard or Requirement including instantaneous limits, as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(l) multiplied by the applicable TRC (TRC=1.4 for BOD, TOC, TSS, fats, oil, and grease, and 1.2 for all other pollutants except pH);
• Any other violation of a Pretreatment Standard or Requirement as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(l) (daily maximum, long-term average, instantaneous limit, or narrative Standard) that has caused, alone or in combination with other discharges, Interference or Pass Through (including endangering the health of WWTF and WW Mains personnel or the general public);
• (D) Any discharge of a pollutant that has caused imminent endangerment to human health, welfare or to the environment or has resulted in the City’s exercise of its emergency authority at 40CFR 403.8 (f) (1)(vi)(B) to halt or prevent such a discharge; • Failure to meet, within 90 days after the schedule date, a compliance schedule milestone contained in a local control mechanism or enforcement order for starting construction, completing construction, or attaining final compliance; • Failure to provide, within 45 days after the due date, required reports such as baseline monitoring reports (BMR), 90-day compliance reports, periodic self-monitoring reports, and reports on compliance with compliance schedules;
• Failure to accurately report noncompliance;
• Any other violation or group of violations, which may include a violation of Best Management Practices (BMP), which the City determines will adversely affect the operation or implementation of the Pretreatment program.

Formal Enforcement
Administrative and Judicial Remedies
In the event of non-compliance with the verbal warning, Warning Letter, or written Notice of Violation used in the Informal (Voluntary Compliance) Method, the Environmental Compliance

13.61 Enforcement Response Plan 1-8 August 2016
Inspector will consult with the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector or the program manager to initiate a formal method of enforcement.

Administrative Remedies. Administrative Remedies are designed to avoid time-consuming and expensive court actions while providing appropriate due process to alleged violators and an efficient system for resolution of violations. These methods are explained in detail in Title 4 (General Municipal Code Enforcement) of the City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code and may include any of the following: mediation, facilitation, issuance and recordation of notices of violation, administrative civil penalties, administrative citations, summary abatement and administrative abatement. Fines and orders may be imposed according to bail schedules adopted by the City Council and decisions by administrative hearing officers. Fine amounts range from less than $100.00 for first offenses to a maximum of $2500.00 per violation per day.

Judicial Remedies. Injunctions, Criminal Citations and Civil Penalties. Judicial remedies in the form of temporary restraining orders, injunctions and civil penalties may be sought in any case where either immediate action is required to prevent irreparable harm or the seriousness of the violation requires court action initiated by the City Attorney. Civil Penalties may be obtained in the amount of $2500.00 per violation per day. Criminal Citations may be served, with infractions fined between $100.00 and $500.00, and misdemeanors punished by a fine not exceeding $1000.00 and/or imprisonment in the county jail for up to six months. In the usual case, an infraction citation would be issued first in order to maintain the progressive nature of the enforcement policy.

Hearings and Reviews. Hearings and reviews will be conducted pursuant to Municipal Code Chapter 16.08 of the City’s Municipal Code. When informal methods are used (e.g. written notices) the Environmental Compliance Manager may conduct reviews and an informal meeting may be held to discuss violations and preventative measures for future compliance.

An administrative hearing officer, City attorney, or a judge, depending on the method initiated by the department enforcement official, may review formal methods of enforcement.

Chapters 4.20 and 4.22 of the City’s Municipal Code govern administrative reviews in detail.

Judicial review is governed by state law and will be sought by the violator or his/her attorney or by the City Attorney.

Administrative Review. Administrative Review under Title 4 requires that the appeal of an enforcement action be made in writing and filed with The Environmental Compliance Official.

An appeal shall be filed within ten (10) calendar days from the date of service of the administrative action by the City. A fee set by resolution of the City Council shall accompany the appeal. After receiving the written appeal The Environmental Compliance Official shall request the Administrative Enforcement Hearing Officer to schedule a date, time, and place for the hearing. Written notice of the date, time and place of the hearing shall be served at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing on the person appealing the notice. The Enforcement Hearing Officer may subpoena witnesses, documents and other evidence where

13.62 Enforcement Response Plan 1-9 August 2016
deemed necessary. The hearing officer may impose conditions and deadlines to correct violations, may require payment of penalties and may assess administrative costs.

Judicial Review. Judicial review of an administrative enforcement order may be sought pursuant to a writ of administrative mandamus. Other judicial review is governed by state and or federal law.

Emergency Action. Any discharge that causes an imminent danger to life or property shall be cause for the City of Santa Cruz to immediately terminate sewer service to the offending facility.

Whenever an Enforcement Official determines that an imminent life or safety hazard exists, which requires immediate correction or elimination, the official may take any action appropriate under the circumstances.

DUTIES OF THE INSPECTOR
Enforcement Duties of the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector The primary enforcement role of the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector is to ensure that the Enforcement Response Plan is followed in a timely and consistent manner. These duties or parts thereof may be delegated to Inspectors based upon work experience. To achieve this, the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector conducts the following duties:
• Reviews violations and makes a final determination on the level of enforcement to take.

Ensures that compliance actions taken are consistent and timely. • Signs routine enforcement actions. (Warning Notices and NOVs) • Reviews Industrial User’s response letters to ensure the response adequately addresses compliance issues.
• Coordinates and moderates compliance meetings and the preparation of compliance schedules.
• Reviews Industrial User compliance history reports.
• Compiles compliance reports for the semi-annual and annual pretreatment program compliance reports.
• Communicates and coordinates with tributary agencies and their respective Attorney’s Office.
• Enters all enforcement actions into the Enforcement Action Database for enforcement tracking records keeping.
• Assists in the preparation and running of compliance meetings. Review compliance meeting schedules and ensure that deadlines are being met. • Review compliance meeting schedules and ensure that deadlines are being met. • Prepare bi-weekly compliance reports.
• Prepare routine enforcement actions and make recommendations to the Compliance Manager.

13.63 Enforcement Response Plan 1-10 August 2016
Enforcement Duties of Environmental Compliance Inspectors The primary enforcement role of the Environmental Compliance Inspector is to identify violations, in a timely manner, and to assist the program with tracking of compliance issues and schedules. To achieve this, the Inspector conducts the following duties:
• Reviews monitoring results and verifies discharge violations. • Verify Industrial User has responded, in a timely manner, to Notices of Violations, Compliance Meetings, and Compliance Schedules.
• Prepare bi-weekly compliance reports.

Other Duties of the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector The primary duties of the inspector are to process enforcement actions in a timely manner. To achieve this, the inspector conducts the following duties:
• Review monitoring (SMR and POTW) results and identify discharge violations. • Track Industrial User’s response to Notices of Violations, Compliance Meetings, and Compliance Schedules.
• Review Industrial User’s response letters to ensure the response adequately addresses compliance issues.
• Prepare non-routine compliance letters, Administrative Orders and Citations. • Review Industrial User compliance history reports.

ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE GUIDE
The Enforcement Response Guide (ERG) lists the routine types of non-compliance and enforcement actions taken. These routine actions include Verbal Warnings, Warning Notices, Notices of Violation, Administrative Citations and Compliance Meetings. This guide is a matrix, which describes violations and indicates minimum enforcement actions.

Prior to taking any enforcement action, beyond Verbal Warnings, the Environmental Compliance Inspector must consult with the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector will ensure that the type of enforcement action proposed is consistent with the enforcement response guide and is appropriate to the level of violation.

If multiple violations for one or more parameters occur during a calendar day, the IU will only be issued one enforcement action, and all violations will be listed. If during an inspection multiple violations are discovered, over a number of days, those violations will be grouped by day and each group of violations will be issued an enforcement action.

When considering the type of enforcement action to be taken, the ERG serves as a minimum standard. EPA’s Guidance for Developing Control Authority Enforcement Response Plans Chapter 4.1 discusses the six criteria that the Control Authority should consider when determining a proper enforcement response. Enforcement action may be escalated when considering the six criteria for evaluating the degree of non-compliance. When an enforcement

13.64 Enforcement Response Plan 1-11 August 2016
action is increased over the minimum, written documentation will detail the reasons for the increased enforcement action. The six criteria for evaluating the degree of non-compliance are:
• Magnitude of the violation. Generally, an isolated instance of noncompliance can be met with an enforcement response listed in the Enforcement Response Guide. However, since even an isolated violation could threaten public health and the environment, damage public and private property, or threaten the integrity of the City’s program as Control Authority, the enforcement response to this type of violation must be escalated to:
o mitigate the violation quickly;
o Prevent a reoccurrence of violation(s);
o Provide an appropriate level of response; and
o Provide for cost recovery as appropriate.
• Duration of the violation. Violations (regardless of severity), which continue over prolonged periods, should subject the IU to escalated enforcement actions. The POTW’s response to these situations must prevent extended periods of noncompliance from recurring.
• Effect of the violation on the receiving water. One of the primary objectives of the Pretreatment Program is to prevent pollutants from “passing through” the POTW and entering the receiving waters. Consequently, any violation, which results in environmental harm, will be met with an escalated enforcement response. Environmental harm will be presumed whenever an industry discharges a pollutant into the sanitary sewer which:
o Passes through the POTW
o Causes a violation of the POTW’s NPDES permit limits
o Has a toxic effect on the receiving waters
A minimum response to these types of violations would be an administrative order and referral to the attorney. In addition, the response should ensure the recovery from the IU of any NPDES fines and penalties paid by the POTW. Termination of service may also be considered for repeat violations.
• Effect of the violation on the POTW. Some violations may have negative impacts on the POTW’s operations or personnel. These violations can result in increased treatment cost, upsets to treatment processes, interfere or harm POTW personnel or equipment. A minimum response to these types of violations would be an administrative order and referral to the attorney. In addition, the response should ensure the recovery from the IU of any costs by the POTW to correct the problem.
• Compliance History of the Industrial User. When evaluating the level of enforcement action to be taken for a violation, the last twelve months compliance history of the IU shall be reviewed. If a pattern of recurring violations for the same parameter is noted,

13.65 Enforcement Response Plan 1-12 August 2016
then an escalated enforcement action may be warranted. As an example: if two Verbal Warnings have been issued in the past two months for pH discharge violations, and the IU has another violation at the same level, then it would be appropriate to escalate the enforcement action to a Warning Letter. If 50 % of the samples taken in the past twelve months were in violation, then it would be warranted to increase the enforcement action by one level. Any escalation of enforcement actions will be documented on the enforcement approval form. This documentation will include all details for the increased enforcement.
• Good Faith of the Industrial User. The IU’s “Good Faith” effort in correcting its noncompliance is a factor in determining which enforcement action to take. “Good Faith” maybe defined as the user’s honest intention to remedy its noncompliance, coupled with actions, which give support to this intention. However, good faith does not eliminate the necessity of an enforcement action.

Increase in Monitoring and Resampling
With any discharge violation, there is a need to increase sampling and inspections to verify that the violation has been corrected. The magnitude of the violation will dictate how many follow up samples and inspections will be taken. For violations in the Verbal Warning and Warning Letter range, one follow up inspection will be conducted to verify that the violation has been corrected. Additional inspections may be conducted until the violation is corrected. One followup sample must be taken within 30 days of first notice of the violation by the IU or the City, whichever comes first. One follow-up sample will also be taken within 30 days of first notice of the violation by the IU or the City, whichever comes first by the POTW. For violations in the Notice of Violation range, the following sampling schedule will be established; the Environmental Compliance Inspector will resample once within 30 days and again within 90 days of first notice of the violation by the IU or the City, whichever comes first. The IU will be required to sample within 30 days of first notice of the violation. If any of the follow up sampling shows violations, then this sampling frequency will continue until the IU achieves compliance. In addition to the sampling, one follow up inspection will be conducted to verify that the violation has been corrected. Additional inspections may be conducted until the violation is corrected. For violations of the Group 1 (MECL) or Group 2 limits, Appendix A in the regulations book, sets forth an IU re-sampling schedule. For violations that warrant a compliance meeting, the compliance-meeting schedule will document additional IU sampling.

City of Santa Cruz Administrative Citations
Administrative Citations are issued only to dischargers when one of the City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code Chapter 16.08 Titled “Sewer System Ordinance” is violated, and is one of the code sections listed in the schedule of fines that the Santa Cruz City Council adopted in a resolution setting forth the administrative citation schedule of fines. The attached Enforcement Response Guide for Administrative Citations details which sections are cited and the amount (also see Administrative Citation Procedure # 2240).

13.66 Enforcement Response Plan 1-13 August 2016
The following criteria will demonstrate that the problem has been corrected:
• Proof of compliance through five consecutive samples analyzed by the City’s Environmental Laboratory at the WWTF or other approved laboratory, or • Proof of compliance through three consecutive samples analyzed by the City’s Environmental Laboratory at the WWTF or other approved laboratory, and installation of pretreatment equipment or pretreatment modifications, and five samples (collected using the appropriated methods) analyzed by an independent approved laboratory at discharger’s expense which demonstrate compliance, or
• Proof of compliance through two consecutive samples analyzed by the City’s Environmental Laboratory at the WWTF and eight consecutive samples (collected using the appropriated methods) analyzed by an independent approved laboratory at discharger’s expense.
• Proof of compliance with one sample if the violation was resolved by permanently discontinuing the use of the pollutant and an approved plan for disposal of the pollutant has been submitted and an inspection made to verify the absence of the pollutant. If the discharger makes a fraudulent claim, surcharges and other enforcement actions can be taken immediately.

If the administrative penalty has been removed and another Notice of Violation (NOV) is issued within 12 months of the last Notice of Violation, the penalty is reinstated at the appropriate step with the consideration of the number of NOV’s issued within the last 12 months. The IU will be notified of the surcharge with the Notice of Violation. The Laboratory & Environmental Compliance Manager will notify the City of Santa Cruz, in writing, when the administrative penalty is to be removed (see procedure # 2260).

TYPES OF ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
A Verbal Warning is generally issued for Slight Violations. In this case, the inspector notifies the IU that a violation occurred and directs the IU to take corrective actions. This notification serves as the enforcement action. Written documentation of a Verbal Warning will be posted to the company’s file. The Inspector may schedule additional inspections and/or sampling, or may elect to implement more stringent enforcement action. A more stringent enforcement action may be the issuance of a Warning Notice in place of a Verbal Warning in cases where there have been previous recent violations for the same parameter and according to the guidelines. The issuance of a Verbal Warning will be documented in the facility’s file.

A Warning Notice is a written notice and is generally issued for a Slight or Moderate Violation depending on the criteria evaluation. (See Enforcement Response Guide starting page 19) A Warning Notice documents the type of violation that occurred and directs the Industrial User to identify and correct the cause of the violation. The Inspector may schedule additional inspections and/or sampling, or may elect to implement more stringent enforcement action. A more stringent enforcement action may be the issuance of a Notice of Violation in place of a Warning Notice in cases where there have been previous recent violations for the same parameter and according to the guidelines.

13.67 Enforcement Response Plan 1-14 August 2016
A Notice of Violation is generally issued for a Severe Violation (See Enforcement Response Guide starting page 19) or for recurrent violations. The Notice of Violation documents the type of violation that occurred and directs the Industrial User to identify and correct the cause of the violation. The Industrial User is required to respond in writing, within two weeks, describing the cause of the violation and the corrective actions taken.

Compliance Meetings are held when Severe Violations occur or when previous violations appear to remain uncorrected as evidenced by repeated violations. Many Notices of Violation do not require a compliance meeting. Compliance meetings are scheduled as a last step to ensure compliance before more stringent intervention such as a Cease and Desist Order is imposed on an industrial user. During a compliance meeting, a compliance schedule and timeline are established. Progress on the compliance schedule is tracked by the Environmental Inspector and Enforcement Coordinator Assistant and reported to the Laboratory/Environmental Compliance Manager. Compliance schedules are completed when all tasks are completed and consistent compliance is achieved.

A compliance meeting is generally scheduled when:
• The Industrial User exceeds 5 times the applicable discharge limit for any Toxic Pollutant or violates any California State Hazardous waste limit. • The Industrial User exceeds 6 times the applicable discharge limit for any oil and grease violation.
• The Industrial User has a pH violation of less than 2 or greater than 12.5 and the duration of the violation is greater than 60 minutes.
• The Industrial User has demonstrated a Pattern of Non-compliance. A pattern of Noncompliance would include; o The Industrial User has been listed as Inconsistent Local (IL) or Inconsistent Federal (IF), or both, for two consecutive quarters for the same parameter, o Illegal storage and/or disposal of hazardous waste storage within City limits, o An Industrial User has 4 or more Notices of Violation in a 6 month period for any code violation,
o Failure to respond to a Notice of Violation within 45 days of due date.

In cases of severe non-compliance, or when the Industrial User has already had two previous compliance meetings, the Industrial User’s Permit may be modified to include the provisions of a compliance schedule.

Violations which occur during the implementation of a compliance schedule, and which involve the parameter(s) addressed by the compliance schedule, may be documented through enforcement actions of a lesser degree than indicated in the ERG, if short-term measures have been implemented to prevent violations. If a facility is under compliance schedule and receives an enforcement action less than what is called for in the procedures, the inspector must write the following on the enforcement action approval form:
• That the enforcement action is less severe than the procedural requirement because the facility is under a compliance schedule and

13.68 Enforcement Response Plan 1-15 August 2016
• Reference the specific compliance meeting.

This process allows for the documentation of all violations without over penalizing an Industrial User who is actively working to correct the violation.

OTHER ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
If compliance meetings fail to obtain compliance, then additional enforcement actions are initiated. These additional enforcement actions may include:
• Cease and Desist Order:
• Withdrawal or Modification of the Industrial User’s Permit When a compliance schedule is established, the progress on the compliance schedule is tracked by the Environmental Inspector and Enforcement Coordinator Assistant. The Industrial User’s Permit may be modified to include the provisions of a compliance schedule.

In addition to the above, violations of California State Hazardous Waste limits may be referred to the County District Attorney. Almost all cases of non-compliance are corrected by following the routine types of enforcement actions listed in the ERG. In those cases where non-compliance is not corrected, the next step in the escalation of enforcement action is the issuance of an Administrative Order (AO) (See Policy and Procedure # 2240). The types of Administrative Orders are listed under the definitions section. Additionally, the Industrial User may be referred to the District Attorney’s Office for prosecution.

13.69 Enforcement Response Plan 1-16 August 2016
Table 1. Enforcement Response Guide Tables
Type of Violation Degree of Violation Nature of Violation Enforcement Response
Corrosive Matter*
Discharge of corrosive
matter
For I.U. sampling
violations this section
covers the enforcement
response.

Severe pH of ≤ 3.9
Or
pH ≥ 12.5
Notice of Violation
(NOV)
2 NOVs in a 2 month
period or
Discharge pH < 2
Compliance Meeting
Discharge of corrosive
matter -
For violations reported
by IU or discovered
during an inspection of
the IU’s pH chart
recorder or logs.

Moderate
pH of ≤ 3.9
Or
pH ≥ 12.5
(Lasting 60 minutes or
less)
Notice of Violation
(NOV)
Severe
2 NOVs in a 2 month
period or
Discharge pH < 2
Compliance Meeting
pH of 3.9 or less or
greater than 12.5 for
more than 60 minutes
Notice of Violation
Discharge of Toxic Pollutants *
Maximum Concentration Slight Less than 1.5 times the
Local Limit Verbal Warning
Maximum Mass
Equivalent
Concentration and Flow
Moderate 1.5 to 2.5 times the limit Warning Notice
Average Annual
Concentration Limit Severe Greater than 2.5 times the limit Notice of Violation Instantaneous Maximum
Discharge Limit Moderate

1.5 to 2.5 times the
Instantaneous Discharge
Limit
Warning Notice
Average Daily
Concentration Limit
Instantaneous Maximum
discharge Limit
Federal limits
Severe Greater than 5 times the
limit Compliance Meeting

13.70 Enforcement Response Plan 1-17 August 2016
Type of Violation Degree of Violation Nature of Violation Enforcement Response
Pesticides Volatile Organic Compounds and Petroleum Hydrocarbons* Discharge of TPH; TTO
Slight <2 Local Limit Verbal Warning
Severe
> 4 Local limit Notice of Violation
2 NOVs in a 6 month
period or greater than 3x
the limit
Compliance Meeting
Submission of Discharge Reports*
Self-Monitoring
Baseline Monitoring
Compliance Reports
Slight Less than 30 days late
Document but no
further enforcement
action taken
Failure to sample Severe ≥30 days late Notice of Violation SNC Protection from Accidental Discharge*
Adequate Protection
Provided Moderate No harm to POTW or environment Warning Notice Notification Procedures
Followed
Severe Harm to POTW or
environment
Recurring failure to notify
Notice of Violation
Diluting Waters*
Use of Dilution Waters
Moderate Initial violation Warning Notice
Severe Recurring violation Notice of Violation
Compliance with Permit Conditions*
Monitoring Equipment
Maintenance Slight Initial violation Verbal Warning
Submission of
Technical Reports
Moderate Failure to correct, less
than 30 days after due
date
Warning Notice
Proper Sampling and
Analysis
Failure to report a
violation of permit
conditions.

Severe
Failure to correct, greater
than 30 days after due
date
Notice of Violation
Compliance Schedules*
Failing to Meet
Compliance Schedule
Slight Less than 10 days late Verbal Warning
Moderate 10 to 30 days late Warning Notice
Severe
More than 30 days late Notice of Violation
More than 90 days late SNC

13.71 Enforcement Response Plan 1-18 August 2016
Type of Violation Degree of Violation Nature of Violation Enforcement Response
Best Management Practices*
Best Management
Practices are not
implemented
Slight Initial violation Verbal Warning
Moderate Recurring violation
Warning Notice or
Notice Of Violation
(NOV)
Power to Inspect*
Access denied Moderate Initial violation Warning Notice Copies of records
withheld Severe Recurring violation Notice of Violation Administrative Order
Falsification of Information *
False statements or
representations made Moderate Initial violation Notice of Violation Wastewater diverted
from monitoring devices
or pretreatment
equipment
Severe Recurring violation Administrative Order
Mandatory Wastewater Discharge Permits*
Discharge without a
Permit
Moderate
Application not received
within 30 days of
notification
Notice of Violation
Severe
Discharge in violation of
discharge limits which
would result in an NOV
being issued.

Cease and Desist
Administrative Order
Wastewater Permit Delinquent Fees*
Late submittal of a
Wastewater Discharge
permit application.*
Moderate Up to and including 30
days delinquent
Warning Notice and a
penalty of fifty percent
50% of the Industrial
User’s last sewer fee
Severe
More than 30 days but
less than one year
delinquent
Notice of Violation and
a penalty of one
hundred percent 100%
of the Industrial User’s
last sewer fee penalty
60 days or more
delinquent
Cease and Desist
Letter

13.72 Enforcement Response Plan 1-19 August 2016
Type of Violation Degree of Violation Nature of Violation Enforcement Response
More than one year
delinquent
1000% (One thousand
percent) of the
Industrial User’s last
sewer fee penalty
Oil and Grease Removal Devices*
Failure to install or
maintain oil and grease
removal devices
Moderate Initial offense Warning Notice
Failure to develop and
maintain records of
pumping and
maintenance
Severe
Recurring offense or
failure to correct first
offense
Notice of Violation

13.73 Enforcement Response Plan 1-20 August 2016
Table 2. Enforcement Response Guide Tables for Administrative Citations Section Offense Administrative
Citation/ Fine When Issued

16.08.110 Limitations on Point of
Discharge $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.040 Discharge into Storm
Drain Prohibited $500.00 Any violation.

16.08.030 Discharge of Storm Water
into the Sewer System $500.00 Any violation.

16.08.110(b)(8) Regulation of Trucked or
Hauled Waste $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.130(d) Protection from accidental
discharge $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.130(c) Pretreatment by owner $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.150 Monitoring facilities $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.060
Improper Maintenance of
Building / Private Sanitary
Sewer
$500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been
issued.

16.08.100 Obstructing Entry $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.130 (d) and (e) Accidental Discharges $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.110(b)(1) Flammable or Explosive
Substances $500.00
Issued only if a NOV has been
issued. This would also be a
hazardous waste violation.

16.08.110(b)(5) Hot Substances $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.110(b)(6) Grease, Oils, Fats $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.110(b)(3) Solid or Viscous Matter $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.110(b)(2) Corrosive Matter pH less
than 5 but greater than 2.0 $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.110(b)(2) Corrosive Matter pH less
than or equal to 2 $1,000.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.110(b)(7) Toxic Gases, Vapors or
Fumes $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been
issued.

16.08.110 (c) Discharge Limit 2 X < limit
< 10 X $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.110 (c) Discharge Limit > 10 X
limit $1,000.00 Issued only if a NOV has been
issued.

16.08.110(c) Prohibition on Use of
Diluting Waters $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been
issued.

16.08.110(b)(9) Noxious/Malodorous $500.00 Issued with a NOV

13.74 Enforcement Response Plan 1-21 August 2016
Section Offense Administrative
Citation/ Fine When Issued

16.08.110(b)(11)

16.08.120 Radioactive Matter $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.110(b)(13) Colored Matter $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.190 Oil and Grease Removal
Devices $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

16.08.170 Falsification of Information $500.00 Issued with a NOV

16.08.170 Late Reporting (5 - 15
days late) $100.00 Any violation.

16.08.170 Late Reporting (16 - 30
days late) $250.00 Any violation.

16.08.170 Late Reporting (31 - 45
days late) $500.00 Any violation.

16.08.160 Mandatory Wastewater
Discharge Permits $500.00 Issued only if a NOV has been issued.

13.75 Enforcement Response Plan 2-1 August 2016

2.0 Storm Water ERP

DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE
This Enforcement Response Plan (ERP) outlines procedures and practices to be followed to identify, document, and respond to violations of the City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code Sections, including but not limited to the Storm Water and Urban Runoff Pollution Control Ordinance in a timely, consistent, fair, and equitable manner.

This ERP is established in part to satisfy requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit and Waste Discharge Requirements for Storm Water Discharges from Small Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (Phase II Permit).

Enforcement Measures and Tracking (E.6.c.) Section of the Phase II Permit requires the development and implementation of an ERP.

The ERP was developed to comply with the following sections of the Phase II Permit:
• Enforcement Measures and Tracking (E.6.c.)
• Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination (E.9.d.ii.e.); • Construction Site Inspection and Enforcement (E.10.c).

LEGAL AUTHORITY - PROHIBITIONS
The City has authority to enforce municipal storm water control requirements under Santa Cruz Municipal Code (SCMC) including but not limited to Chapter 16.19, Storm Water and Urban Runoff Pollution Control. Important Section of that and other ordinances are highlighted in the following table.

Table 3. Storm Water Ordinance Sections – Storm Water Management Code Section Violation Description

4.12.040 Procedures – Notice and Order – Cease and Desist

16.19.030 Illicit discharges prohibited

16.19.040 Installation or use of illicit connections prohibited

16.19.050 Removal of illicit connection

16.19.060 Private storm water conveyance systems

16.19.070 Discharge of sewage prohibited

16.19.080 Damage to the storm drain system

16.19.090 Littering – Discharge of polluting or damaging substances prohibited

16.19.100 Prohibited discharges from industrial or commercial activity

16.19.120 Notification of prohibited discharge required

16.19.170 Right of entry for inspection

16.19.190 Administrative remedies

13.76 Enforcement Response Plan 2-2 August 2016

16.19.195 Alternative administrative enforcement

16.19.200 Judicial remedies – Civil/criminal

16.19.205 Appeals

18.45.150 Violations - Work stoppage (Stop Work Orders)

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Department of Public Works is responsible for the enforcement of the Storm Water and Urban Runoff Pollution Control Ordinance. The Department of Public Works coordinates with additional City Departments when needed.

The Storm Water Compliance Team implements the ERP. The team and its members’ responsibilities are defined as follows:

Enforcement Official. The office of the Director of Public Works at the City of Santa Cruz authorizes all enforcement actions in the City of Santa Cruz. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector is the designated enforcement official (EO) at the City of Santa Cruz. The EO supervises the enforcement response program, and their tasks may include:
• Reviews violations when the inspector has had no success in obtaining compliance, makes a final determination on the level of enforcement to take, and ensures that compliance actions taken are consistent and timely.
• Coordinates and moderates compliance meetings and the preparation of compliance schedules.
• Reviews summaries of compliance reports and schedules to ensure that appropriate enforcement actions are taken and compliance goals are met. • Reviews compiled compliance reports for the annual report. • Communicates and coordinates with State and Federal agencies and the District Attorney’s Office when necessary.

Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector’s duties include: conducting inspections and investigating illicit discharge incidents.

The primary role of the Inspector is to identify and respond to violations in a timely manner and to ensure efficient tracking of compliance issues and schedules. The Inspector conducts the following duties:
• Prepare non-routine compliance letters, Administrative Orders and Citations. • Review compliance history reports.
• Review discharger’s response letters to ensure the response adequately addresses compliance issues.
• Enters all inspection reports and enforcement actions into the Enforcement Action module of the program database..

13.77 Enforcement Response Plan 2-3 August 2016
• Assists in the preparation and running of compliance meetings. Review compliance meeting schedules and ensure that deadlines are being met. • Review compliance schedules applied to illicit dischargers and ensure that deadlines are being met by verifying a discharger has responded, in a timely manner, to Notices of Violations, Compliance Meetings, and Compliance Schedules. • Prepare bi-weekly compliance reports.
• Prepare routine enforcement actions and make recommendations to the Public Works Director/EO.
• Conducts site inspections and reviews documentation to identify discharge violations. • Educates the responsible party regarding the potential harm of illicit discharges, appropriate BMPs that may be used to abate the discharge, and penalties for noncompliance. • Issues Verbal Warnings, Notices of Violation, Stop Work Orders and Administrative Citations to responsible parties.
• Verifies responsible party has responded onsite, in a timely manner, to Verbal and Written Warnings, Compliance Meetings, and other enforcement actions. • Other enforcement related tasks as needed.

Due to their expertise and experience with the Phase II Permit and the City’s storm water management program, the City’s storm water analysis staff work in coordination with the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector to determine the proper application of the enforcement process to storm water violations.

Environmental Compliance Inspectors. The primary enforcement role of the Environmental Compliance Inspector is to identify violations, in a timely manner, and to assist the program with tracking of compliance issues and schedules. To achieve this, the Inspector conducts the following duties:
• Reviews monitoring results and verifies discharge violations. • Verify violators have responded, in a timely manner, to Notices of Violations, Compliance Meetings, and Compliance Schedules.
• Prepare compliance reports.

Other Municipal Staff. All City employees are encouraged to report possible storm water violations to Public Works. All reports are investigated by the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector.

ILLICIT DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS
The City has developed enforcement procedures to address illicit discharge violations, some of the most common types of storm water violations. These procedures provide dischargers with the opportunity to respond in a timely manner, to initiate corrective actions and control

13.78 Enforcement Response Plan 2-4 August 2016
associated costs, or to appeal actions or decisions made by the City. Variance from established procedures may occur, depending on the individual case, with approval of the EO or their designee. The following flowchart serves as a general guideline for illicit discharge violations.

13.79 Enforcement Response Plan 2-5 August 2016
Figure 1. Illicit Discharge Enforcement Flowchart

13.80 Enforcement Response Plan 2-6 August 2016

ENFORCEMENT REMEDIES
The municipal code provides a range of alternatives for responding appropriately to a given violation. Available enforcement options are described as follows:

Informal Enforcement Remedies
An informal enforcement remedy includes a verbal warning, written warning, and Notice of Violation, and are intended as a first line of enforcement with potential discharges or minor discharges.

Verbal Warning
The verbal warning can be by telephone call or in-person communication in cases of nonsignificant or minor violations. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector shall keep a written record of all communications for future reference. The advantages and disadvantages of telephone or verbal communication should be evaluated prior to any notification.

A verbal warning is appropriate when the issue is minor and does not warrant generation of administrative paperwork, and when a timely follow-up inspection is not deemed necessary. A written warning may be used for a threatened violation or a minor violation where follow-up inspection is warranted. A verbal warning may be appropriate for discussion with an owner, manager, or similar authority figure, whereas a written warning is advisable when a supervisor is not available.

Written Warning Letter
The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector may issue a Warning Letter within one (1) week after a violation is suspected or reported. The Warning Letter may be used when a violation is suspected or when an actual violation occurs but is minor in nature and does not warrant a Notice of Violation. The Warning Letter may also be issued in lieu of a Notice of Violation if the past record of the discharger has shown strict adherence to applicable storm water regulations, and there is reason to believe that the suspected violation may be due to a minor “good housekeeping” lapse, or some other unusual circumstance. The Warning Letter will include specific actions that the discharger must take to remediate the discharge and ensure it will not happen again. The letter may also warn of escalation of enforcement action. The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector may upgrade the Warning Letter to First Notice of Violation as deemed necessary.

Notice of Violation
The next step in the process of informal enforcement is the written Notice of Violation. In most cases when a violation is detected notice will be directed to the responsible party seeking voluntary compliance and directing a correction within no more than thirty (30) days. Generally, a second notice will be sent prior to escalating enforcement activities.

13.81 Enforcement Response Plan 2-7 August 2016
First Notice of Violation. The purpose of the First Notice of Violation is to inform the offender of the nature of the violation and establish a “self-imposed” compliance schedule which lists the events and dates on which various steps of progress shall take place in order to cease the illegal discharge and ensure that permanent remedial measures are in place. “Self–imposed” compliance schedules shall be limited so as to achieve compliance no later than thirty (30) days from date of issuance of the First Notice of Violation.

The written notice will require the alleged discharger (NOV may be issued to both the business owner and property owner; contractor and property owner, or tenant and property owner) to file a written report within seven (7) working days. The written report shall contain an explanation of the cause of the violation, a discussion of corrective actions taken to mitigate the violation and actions taken to prevent future similar violations. Written notice may be used in most cases of random violations. The EO or their designee may extend the deadline up to a maximum of thirty (30) days for a total time period of sixty (60) days from the issuance date, due to extenuating circumstances or hardship.

All City of Santa Cruz costs related to addressing an illegal discharge into the MS4 or the environment including any violation status inspection, surveillance, sampling, laboratory analysis, cleanup or disposal fees or costs, and administration may be assessed directly to the offender. In addition this Notice of Violation may include civil penalties up to, but no greater than, two thousand five hundred dollars per day for each violation of Chapter 16.19, City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code.

Second Notice of Violation. The purpose of the Second Notice of Violation is to remind the offender of the violation and expected action. The second notice will reiterate the order to cease the illegal discharge and ensure that permanent remedial measures are in place by including the information in the First Notice of Violation or will include a copy of the first notice and demand compliance within two (2) weeks of the date of the Second Notice of Violation. The Second Notice of Violation will contain information as to the various enforcement options available to the City of Santa Cruz should compliance not be achieved within the deadline. All City of Santa Cruz costs related to addressing an illegal discharge into the MS4 or the environment including any violation status inspection, surveillance, sampling, laboratory analysis, clean up or disposal fees or costs, and administration may be assessed directly to the offender. In addition this Notice of Violation may include civil penalties up to, but no greater than, two thousand five hundred dollars per day for each violation of Chapter 16.19, City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code.

A notice of violation assessing civil penalties or imposing any other monetary assessment may be appealed to the City Council in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1.16 of City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code. The City Council decision shall be final.

Formal Enforcement Remedies
Administrative and Judicial Remedies
In the event of non-compliance with the verbal warning, Warning Letter, or written Notice of Violation used in the Informal (Voluntary Compliance) Method, The Senior Environmental

13.82 Enforcement Response Plan 2-8 August 2016
Compliance Inspector will consult with either the EO or their designee to initiate a formal method of enforcement. These types of enforcement can include:

Administrative citations typically will include the following information, however, the contents may be tailored to the nature of the discharger or the type of discharge to the storm water system:
• Date of the violation;
• Address or description of the location where the violation occurred; • A citation to the section of the City Code violated and a brief description of the violation; • The amount of the Nuisance Abatement Fee for the code violation; • Description of the Nuisance Abatement fee payment process, including a description of the time within which and the place to which the fee shall be paid; • An order of abatement prohibiting the continuation or repeated occurrence of the code violation described in the Administrative Citation;
• A description of the appeal process, including the time within which the Administrative Citation may be contested; and
• The name and signature of the citing Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector Judicial Remedies. Injunctions, Criminal Citations and Civil Penalties. Judicial remedies in the form of temporary restraining orders, injunctions and civil penalties may be sought in any case where either immediate action is required to prevent irreparable harm or the seriousness of the violation requires court action initiated by the City Attorney. Civil Penalties may be obtained in the amount of $2500.00 per violation per day. Criminal Citations may be served, with infractions fined between $100.00 and $500.00, and misdemeanors punished by a fine not exceeding $1000.00 and/or imprisonment in the county jail for up to six months. In the usual case, an infraction citation would be issued first in order to maintain the progressive nature of the enforcement policy.

Hearings and Reviews. Hearings and reviews will be conducted pursuant to Municipal Code Chapter 16.19 or other applicable Chapters of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code. When informal methods are used (e.g. written notices) the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector may

13.83 Enforcement Response Plan 2-9 August 2016
conduct reviews and an informal meeting may be held to discuss violations and preventative measures for future compliance.

An administrative hearing officer, City of Santa Cruz attorney, or a judge, depending on the method initiated by the department enforcement official, may review formal methods of enforcement. Chapters 4.20 and 4.22 of the City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code govern administrative reviews in detail. Judicial review is governed by state law and will be sought by the violator or his/her attorney or by the City Attorney.

Administrative Review. Administrative Review under Title 4 requires that the appeal of an enforcement action be made in writing and filed with the EO or their designee. An appeal shall be filed within ten (10) calendar days from the date of service of the administrative action by the City. A fee set by resolution of the City Council shall accompany the appeal. After receiving the written appeal the EO or their designee shall request the Administrative Enforcement Hearing Officer to schedule a date, time, and place for the hearing. Written notice of the date, time and place of the hearing shall be served at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing on the person appealing the notice. The Enforcement Hearing Officer may subpoena witnesses, documents and other evidence where deemed necessary. The hearing officer may impose conditions and deadlines to correct violations, may require payment of penalties and may assess administrative costs.

Judicial Review. Judicial review of an administrative enforcement order may be sought pursuant to a writ of administrative mandamus. Other judicial review is governed by state and or federal law.

Emergency Action. Any discharge that causes an imminent danger to life or property shall be cause for the City of Santa Cruz to immediately terminate sewer service to the offending facility.

Cost Recovery for Repair, Cleanup, and Abatement
The discharger may be liable for public costs as a result of the cleanup and removal of the illegal discharge from the storm drain system and environment; and repair, loss, or damage abatement associated with an unauthorized storm water discharge or violation of permit. Recoverable costs include city staff costs, materials and equipment, disposal fees or costs and contract services.

Unit costs are approved and published in the City’s comprehensive Fee Schedule annually.

Stop Work Order
A Stop Work Order (SWO) applies to construction sites and is considered a serious enforcement action because it requires cessation of site work, except what is necessary for public safety and to correct the violation(s), and therefore can impose significant inconvenience and/or cost. The SWO may be posted for failure to respond to a written warning/correction notice or NOV, or for

13.84 Enforcement Response Plan 2-10 August 2016
significant violations of the grading ordinance (Chapter 18.45) or the City’s mandatory Best Management Practices (BMP’s) that require immediate action.

The Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector will coordinate with the Building Official and/or his duly authorized representative to issue the SWO. The SWO should be placed in a conspicuous location on the site, notifying all concerned (including the public and the police department) that the site has been closed. The SWO should be presented to the site owner/contractor, in person if present, along with a notice, a verbal description of the violation(s), the fact that the operation is closed, the steps necessary to correct the violation(s), and the owner/contractor's right to appeal. The SWO may not be removed by anyone other than a designated representative of the City.

The SWO and associated notice shall contain the following information, as applicable:
• The date of the notice
• The name of the owner/contractor
• The site address and permit number
• The nature, time, and place of the violation(s)
• Citation of the law or rule that the owner/contractor allegedly violated • Corrective action required to return to compliance and associated timeline required • Clear notification that all site work except what is needed for public safety and to correct the violation at the site is to cease until compliance is achieved Cease and Desist, Permit Revocation, and Termination of Service Upon finding that an industrial or commercial facility is continuing to be in non-compliance despite repeated enforcement actions, or that corrective action is necessary to prevent the reoccurrence of a violation, the operator of the violating facility shall be ordered to cease and desist from further action causing the violations and commence and complete all actions to correct the outstanding violations under the guidance of the Senior Environmental Compliance Inspector. In severe cases of non-compliance, the Cease and Desist Order may be accompanied by a notice of permit revocation and/or termination of City-provided services for the said operation.

APPLICATION OF ENFORCEMENT
The selection of an appropriate enforcement action and the escalation of enforcement are based on the seriousness of the violation and the violator’s response to the agency’s previous attempts to achieve compliance. This includes time allowed to correct violations, as the nature of a specific violation may require tailoring of the timeframes for correction and/or the use of temporary measures to promptly address a violation before a permanent solution may be implemented.

The following table provides an overview of the application of enforcement remedies, provides examples of their use, and suggests time schedules for compliance.

13.85 Enforcement Response Plan 2-11 August 2016
Table 4. Enforcement Actions Overview
Enforcement
Actions
Use Examples Compliance Time
Schedule
Written
Warning
For potential and minor discharges
due to inadequate housekeeping,
lack of appropriate BMPs to prevent
pollution, or threatened non-storm
water discharges prohibited by
code.

Inadequate outdoor
storage of materials,
inadequate wash station,
deficient erosion control
BMPs resulting in minor
release from site.

Before the next rainfall
event, but not longer than 10
business days, unless more
timely compliance is feasible
or other exceptions apply
Notice of
Violation/
Abatement
Notice
Issue for minor violations or if the
response to a verbal or written
warning is inadequate. The Notice
will describe violation(s), required
corrective action(s), and schedule
for correction.

Inadequate BMPS
resulting in release from
site; non-storm water
discharge that has not
been conditionally
approved.

Before the next rainfall
event, but not longer than 10
business days, unless more
timely compliance is feasible
or other exceptions apply.

Administrative
Citation/
Compliance
Order
Issue for major violations or if the
response to Notice is inadequate.

The Citation or Order will describe
violation(s), required corrective
action(s), and schedule for
correction, and may include
monetary penalties or order to
cease operations until mitigating
measures are implemented.

Inadequate or ineffective
BMPs; pollutants in nonstorm water discharge;
inadequate BMPs to
control sediment runoff
from a construction site
resulting in impact to the
storm drain system or
receiving water.

Before the next rainfall
event, but not longer than 10
business days, unless more
timely compliance is feasible
or other exceptions apply. If
more time is needed than
provided above, consider
requiring the immediate
cessation of pollutant- or
illicit discharge- generating
activities until long-term
remedies may be
implemented.

Stop Work
Order
Issue for major erosion or sediment
control violations requiring
immediate action to avoid significant
impacts on receiving water. The
Stop Work Order and associated
notice will describe violation(s),
required corrective action(s), and
schedule for correction.

Gross erosion or sediment
control failure causing
immediate threat to
receiving water; repeated
failure to respond to
notices.

Stop Work Order effective
upon issuance, full
compliance with BMP
requirements to be obtained
within 5 business days or
less, unless other exceptions
apply.

Legal Action/
Hearing to
Revoke Permit
Pursue for the most serious
violations including where the
response to other enforcement
actions is inadequate. These types
of violations are referred to City
Attorney or County District Attorney
for civil and criminal prosecution.

Lack of use of BMPs;
discharge of hazardous
waste; other violations
that affect the agency’s
ability to comply with
code.

The time schedule for
compliance will be
determined based on casespecific information.

13.86 Enforcement Response Plan 2-12 August 2016
Figure 2. Storm Water Enforcement Flowchart

13.87 Enforcement Response Plan 2-13 August 2016

REFERRALS TO OTHER AGENCIES
As required by the Phase II Permit, the City of Santa Cruz will make a good faith effort to compel compliance with the municipal code by exercising its progressive enforcement authorities.

1. The Phase II Permit requires the City to refer non-filers under the State Industrial General Permit and Construction General Permit within 30 days of making the determination that the facility has not obtained appropriate permit coverage. Referrals will be submitted either to the Regional Water Board or on the CalEPA complaint website at:
http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/database/CalEPA_Complaint/index.cfm.

2. The Phase II permit requires the City to refer responsible parties with on-going violations to the Regional Water following two documented attempts to compel compliance through enforcement of the municipal code.

3. In making such referrals, the City shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
a) Construction project or industrial facility location b) Name of owner or operator
c) Estimated construction project size or type of industrial activity (including Standard Industrial Classification or North American Industry Classification System if known) d) Records of communication with the owner or operator regarding the violation, including at least two follow-up inspections, two warning letters or notices of violation, and any response from the owner or operator
e) Enforcement Tracking –Track instances of non-compliance via hard-copy files or electronically. The City tracks enforcement in its enforcement program database. The enforcement tracking documentation shall include, at a minimum, the following:

1. Name of owner/operator

2. Location of construction project or industrial facility

3. Description of violation

4. Required schedule for returning to compliance

5. Description of enforcement response used, including escalated responses if repeat violations occur or violations are not resolved within the time specified in the enforcement action.

6. Accompanying documentation of enforcement response (e.g., notices of noncompliance, notices of violations, etc.)

7. Any referrals to different departments or agencies

13.88 Enforcement Response Plan 2-14 August 2016
Notwithstanding the good faith effort requirements identified above, the City reserves the right to refer violators to other regulatory agencies at any point in the enforcement process, especially in cases of discharges that may result in harm to the environment. Referral may be made to the Regional Water Board, California Department of Fish and Wildlife, the Department of Toxic Substances Control or other federal, state, or local agencies with appropriate jurisdiction. When warranted or requested, the City will cooperate with other agencies on joint compliance inspections.

13.89 Enforcement Response Plan 3-1 August 2016

3.0 Private Sewer Laterals

SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOW
Violation of 16.08.062
ERP Triggers
• Failing to take immediate action to stop SSO (See 16.08.062.a) • Failure to inspect lateral within 72-hours (See 16.08.062.b) • Failure to submit completed inspection form and video showing the lateral is in good condition (See 16.08.062.c)
All of the above triggers will deem the property a nuisance and menace to public health and safety. The City may proceed to abate the nuisance per procedures set forth in 16.08.230 or Title 4 of the Municipal Code.

Enforcement Procedures
The Public Works Director or his/her designee will issue an Abatement Notice describing the actions required to abate the public nuisance and establishing deadlines for each action to occur.

The order may include requirements regarding inspection and repairs and will establish a reasonable time frame for compliance.

Such an order shall be personally served upon any person in charge or apparently in charge of the premises or any adult living at the property or if no person is available hung on the door of the premises, and shall be effective as soon as it is so served.

13.90 Enforcement Response Plan 3-2 August 2016

PLACEHOLDER
Figure 3. Private Sewer Lateral SSO Enforcement Flowchart and Rules

13.91 Enforcement Response Plan 3-3 August 2016

SEWER LATERAL REQUIREMENTS UPON SALE OF REAL PROPERTY
Violation of 16.08.064
ERP Triggers
• Incomplete Sanitary Sewer Inspection Form or unclear DVD (fuzzy, undated, address not stated, not enough detail for cleanouts, joints, etc. such that a condition determination cannot be made) (See 16.08.064.a)
• Inspection shows structural condition unacceptable (pipe structural condition grade 4 or 5 or grade 3 operational defects) (See 16.08.064.b)
• Failure to submit corrections within 90 days (See 16.08.064.c) Enforcement Procedures
If a determination is made that the sewer lateral is not compliant or if the lateral was not inspected according to 16.08.064 or there is insufficient evidence to make such determinations, the Public Works Director or his/her designee will notify the submitter (most likely the seller or an agent of the seller) to take corrective action. The “Notice of Correction” will include requirements and actions to be taken by the owner of record (including repairs and re-inspections as may be the case). The owner of record will have 90 days for corrections to be made and for new information to be submitted.

13.92 Enforcement Response Plan 3-4 August 2016

PLACEHOLDER
Figure 4. Private Sewer Lateral Time of Sale Enforcement Flowchart and Rules

13.93 Enforcement Response Plan A-1 August 2016
Definitions
Abatement Notice: A notice issued by an enforcement officer which requires a responsible person to abate a public nuisance.

Administrative Citations: Enforcement actions, which assess monetary penalties for noncompliance.

Administrative Order: An order issued by an enforcement hearing officer after a hearing requiring a responsible person to correct violations, abate a public nuisance, pay civil penalties and administrative costs or take any other action as authorized or required by this code and applicable state codes. The enforcement order may also include an order authorizing the city to abate a public nuisance or assess a nuisance abatement lien:

Notice and Order - Whenever an enforcement official determines that a violation of one or more provisions of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code or applicable state code has occurred or continues to exist, a written civil penalty notice and order may be issued to the responsible person.

Cease and Desist Order – A notice and order that shall demand that the responsible person cease and desist from further action causing the violations and commence and complete all action to correct the outstanding violations under the guidance of the appropriate city departments
Best Management Practices (BMPs): Pollution control practices designed to reduce the pollutants contained in discharges.

City Storm Drain System: Collectively any street, gutter, conduit, natural or artificial drain, channel and watercourse, or other facility that is owned, operated, maintained, or controlled by the city and used for the purpose of collecting, storing, transporting, or disposing of runoff.

Discharge: Any release, spill, leak, pump, flow, escape, dumping, or disposal of any liquid, semi-solid, or solid substance.

Enforcement Official: Any person authorized to enforce violations of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code or applicable state codes.

Illicit Discharge: Any discharge to the storm drain system that is prohibited under local, state, or federal statutes, ordinances, codes, or regulations. Illicit discharge includes all non-storm water discharges except discharges pursuant to a NPDES permit or conditionally exempted by this chapter. .

Industrial User (IU): Any “user” who discharges “industrial wastewater” as defined in Santa Cruz Municipal code.

Interference: A discharge which, alone or in conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, both: (1) Inhibits or disrupts the publicly owned treatment works (POTW), its treatment processes or operations, or its processing, use or disposal of sludge; and (2) Either:

13.94 Enforcement Response Plan A-2 August 2016
(A) Causes a violation of any requirement of the POTW NPDES permit (including an increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation); or (B) Prevents use or disposal of sewage sludge in compliance with the following statutory provisions and regulations or permits issued thereunder or more stringent state or local regulations: Section 405 of the Clean Water Act, the Solid Waste Disposal Act (SWDA) including Title II, more commonly referred to as the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and including state regulations contained in any state sludge management plan prepared pursuant to Subtitle D of the SWDA), the Clean Air Act, and the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act; or (C) Causes blockage of the sanitary sewer or disruption of the POTW which requires actions or expense to prevent (A) or (B) above.

Notice of Violation (NOV): Whenever an enforcement official determines that a violation of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code or applicable state code pertaining to real property exists, the enforcement official may issue a notice of violation to a responsible person. A notice of violation shall include sufficient information to provide reasonable notice of activities or conditions constituting violation of the municipal code or applicable state code, and actions necessary to correct the violations.

Non-Storm Water Runoff: Any discharge that is not entirely composed of storm water.

Pollutant: The same as defined in Section 502(6) of the Clean Water Act or as incorporated into the California Water Code, subsection 13373. Pollutants include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Materials (including but not limited to fuels, solvents, chemicals, detergents, plastic pellets, hazardous substances, radioactive wastes, fertilizers, pesticides, paints, soot, slag, ash, sludge);

2. Metals and non-metals both soluble and insoluble (including but not limited to cadmium, lead, zinc, copper, silver, nickel, chromium, chlorine, phosphorous, formaldehyde, glutaraldehyde and arsenic);

3. Petroleum hydrocarbons (including but not limited to fuels, oils, lubricants, surfactants, waste oils, solvents, coolants, and grease);

4. Eroded soils, sediment, saw cut slurry and particulate materials in amounts which may adversely affect the beneficial use of the receiving waters, flora, or fauna of the state;

5. Animal wastes (including but not limited to discharge from confinement facilities, kennels, pens, recreational facilities, and stables);

6. Substances having acidic or corrosive characteristics, unusual coloration or turbidity;

7. Any domestic or industrial wastewater;

8. Any hazardous substances.

The term “pollutant” shall not include uncontaminated storm water, potable water, groundwater or reclaimed water generated by a lawfully permitted water treatment facility.

13.95 Enforcement Response Plan A-3 August 2016
Person: Any individual, firm, company, partnership, corporation, association, group or society, and includes the United States and its agents and the state of California, and agencies, districts, commissions, and political subdivisions created by or pursuant to state law.

Receiving Waters: All surface water bodies.

Significant Industrial User (SIU): SIU includes all industrial dischargers of wastewater or process waters into the sewer system with any one of the following characteristics:

1. Minimum or average flows of 25,000 gallons per day; or

2. The potential to contribute process wastestream that makes up to five percent (5%) or more of the average dry weather hydraulic or organic load (TSS; TOC/COD/BOD) of the treatment plant; or

3. The reasonable potential, in the opinion of the Director of Public Works, his designee, or other approving authority, to adversely affect the treatment plant by inhibition, passthrough of pollutants, sludge contamination, or endangerment of workers in the wastewater collection and/or wastewater treatment facility.

Significant Non-Compliance (SNC): Significant non-compliance (as defined in 40 CFR 403.8(f)(2)(viii), is a compliance status in which one or more of the following is found:
(A) Chronic violations of wastewater Discharge limits, defined here as those in which 66 percent or more of all of the measurements taken for the same pollutant parameter during a 6- month period exceed (by any magnitude) a numeric Pretreatment Standard or Requirement, including instantaneous limits, as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(l); (B) Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations, defined here as those in which 33 percent or more of all of the measurements taken for the same pollutant parameter during a 6-month period equal or exceed the product of the numeric Pretreatment Standard or Requirement including instantaneous limits, as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(l) multiplied by the applicable TRC (TRC=1.4 for BOD, TOC, TSS, fats, oil, and grease, and 1.2 for all other pollutants except pH);
(C) Any other violation of a Pretreatment Standard or Requirement as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(l) (daily maximum, long-term average, instantaneous limit, or narrative Standard) that has caused, alone or in combination with other discharges, Interference or Pass Through (including endangering the health of WWTF and WW Mains personnel or the general public);
(D) Any discharge of a pollutant that has caused imminent endangerment to human health, welfare or to the environment or has resulted in the City’s exercise of its emergency authority at 40CFR 403.8 (f) (1)(vi)(B) to halt or prevent such a discharge; (E) Failure to meet, within 90 days after the schedule date, a compliance schedule milestone contained in a local control mechanism or enforcement order for starting construction, completing construction, or attaining final compliance;

13.96 Enforcement Response Plan A-4 August 2016
(F) Failure to provide, within 45 days after the due date, required reports such as baseline monitoring reports (BMR), 90-day compliance reports, periodic self-monitoring reports, and reports on compliance with compliance schedules;
(G) Failure to accurately report noncompliance;
(H) Any other violation or group of violations, which may include a violation of Best Management Practices (BMP), which the City determines will adversely affect the operation or implementation of the Pretreatment program.

When any action by the Industrial User meets one or more of the criteria for Significant Noncompliance (SNC) the Industrial User shall be designated SNC, and reported in the Semiannual and Annual Pretreatment Program reports, and published in the newspaper annually.

Storm Water: Any water that originates from atmospheric moisture (rainfall or snowmelt) and falls onto land, water, or other surfaces.

13.97 Appendix 6
2024 Sanitary Sewer System Annual Report and
System Performance Graphs

13.98 13.99

13.100
Menu | Help | Log out
Navigate to:

You are logged-in as: ahogan . If this account does not belong to you, please log out.

System Performance Analysis Graphs (WDID = 3SSO10252)
The following System Performance Analysis Graphs represent the enrolled system’s Category 1, 2, 3, and 4 total spill volume and total number of spills on a running 10-year basis. The Enrollee shall include these graphs in its Annual Report per section 5.11 of the General Order.

Click to Print This Page (Select Printer as Adobe PDF and Orientation as Landscape) 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.101 1/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.102 2/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.103 3/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.104 4/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.105 5/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.106 6/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.107 7/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.108 8/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.109 9/10 7/22/25, 4:21 PM California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS 100.0) - Build Number: mainTrunk.mm.dd.yyyy.1 https://ciwqs.waterboards.ca.gov/ciwqs/readOnly/publicReportSSOLine.xhtml?wdid=3SSO10252 13.110 10/10 Appendix 7
Sewer System Management Plan Change Log
and
Annual Compliance Checklist

13.111

13.112

13.113
City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/07/2025
AGENDA OF: 08/26/2025
DEPARTMENT: Public Works
SUBJECT: Pacific-Beach Roundabout Enhancements Project (c402507) – Budget Adjustment (PW)
LOCATION: District 4
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to adopt a resolution amending the FY 2025 budget to appropriate funds in the amount of $330,000.00 from Transportation Development Act Fund (TDA), Traffic Impact Fee (TIF) and City Liability Fund to the Pacific-Beach Roundabout Enhancements Project (c402507).

BACKGROUND: The purpose of the Pacific-Beach Roundabout Improvement Project (c402507) (Project) is to provide a new bike lane crossing of the railroad tracks at the northeast corner of the roundabout. The new northbound bike lane will enhance safety with a near perpendicular crossing of the railroad tracks, which is the recommended crossing method. The Project includes modifications to the sidewalk, streetlights, street grade, storm drain and retaining wall. At its May 13, 2025, meeting, City Council approved the plans and specifications for the Project, authorized staff to advertise for bids, and directed the City Manager to execute the contract in a form approved by the City Attorney.

DISCUSSION: On June 23, 2025, the City received construction bids for the Project. The lowest responsive and responsible bidder was Anderson Pacific Engineering Construction, Inc. (Santa Clara, CA) with a bid of $743,242.50 including 10% contingency. Because the lowest construction bid of $743,242.50 exceeds the $429,754.99 currently budgeted for construction of the Project, a budget adjustment is needed in order to build the project.

Construction will be scheduled to begin after Labor Day and is expected to be completed in early 2026. The construction window was chosen to avoid impacts during the summer beach season.

Prior to construction, coordination with the adjacent property owners and the railroad operators will take place.

A budget adjustment for $330,000 from the Transportation Development Act Fund (TDA), Traffic Impact Fee (TIF), and City Liability Fund is attached to secure the anticipated funding to award and build the project. The City of Santa Cruz currently has approximately $395,000 in unallocated TDA funds being held by the Santa Cruz Regional Transportation Commission

14.1 (RTC). This project will be brought to the full RTC for approval in September. The Liability Fund has identified this location as a priority to improve safety for cyclists near railroad tracks.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION: The project is categorically exempt: 15304 Minor Alterations to Land. The project constructs a bike facility and sidewalk on City’s right-of-way without making substantial alterations to grading.

The Council adopted a finding of categorical exemption at its May 13, 2025 meeting.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): The project aligns with the City’s three HiAP pillars of sustainability, equity, and public health:
 Sustainability - Aligns with the General Plan, Climate Action Plan, and Active Transportation Plan. The General Plan calls for a “citywide interconnected system of safe, inviting, and accessible pedestrian ways and bikeways” (Goal M4). The Climate Action Plan includes the transportation objective to meet an 80% reduction in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 2050, which will be primarily accomplished by providing lowcarbon transportation options that rival the efficiency and safety of the automobile.  Equity – By increasing bike safety, this Projectx opens up the use of the bikeway to less experienced users that might not otherwise chose to bike  Public Health – Increasing safe and user-friendly alternative modes of transportation that encourage active lifestyles.

FISCAL IMPACT:

1. The recommendation in this report impacts the General Fund: No

2. This recommendation requires a budget adjustment: Yes

3. The recommendation creates an on-going expenditure commitment: No FISCAL IMPACT DESCRIPTION: A budget adjustment for the Project is needed for $330,000 to award and build the project. The proposed budget adjustment will be funded from the Transportation Development Act Fund (TDA), Traffic Impact Fee (TIF) and City Liability Fund. There is no impact to the General Fund.

Prepared By:

Ricardo Valdes
Senior Professional Engineer
Submitted By:

Nathan Nguyen, P.E.

Director of Public Works
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. BUDGET ADJUSTMENT.PDF

14.2 City of Santa Cruz

BUDGET ADJUSTMENT REQUEST
$GPLQLVWUDWLYH$SSURYDO
)LVFDO<HDU

ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
255(9(18($&&28177,7/(
ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
25EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT TITLE
NET: $

REQUESTED BY DEPARTMENT HEAD

APPROVAL

BUDGET/ACCOUNTING
5(9,(:('

FINANCE DIRECTOR

APPROVAL

CITYMANAGER

APPROVAL
5HVR

352-(&7
352-(&7
$02817
$02817
&RXQFLO$SSURYDO

TOTAL EXPENDITURE

TOTALREVENUE
'DWH

1VSQPTF
3FWJTFE/PWFNCFS
Clear Form
2026
07/17/2025
To fund/award the construction contract of the Pacific-Beach Roundabout Enhancements Project (c402507).

The purpose of the Pacific-Beach Roundabout Improvement Project (c402507) is to provide a new bike lane crossing of the railroad tracks at the northeast corner of the roundabout. The new northbound bike lane will provide a near perpendicular crossing of the railroad tracks, which is the recommended crossing method. It includes modifications to the sidewalk, streetlights, street grade, storm drain and retaining wall.
291-40-64-9330-43251 State capital grants-TDA Funds 175,000 311-00-00-0000-49186 c402507- 967-0-0 Transfer from Transportation Development Act (TDA) 175,000 311-00-00-0000-49124 c402507- 925-0-0 Transfer from Traffic Impact Fee 55,000 405,000
311-40-64-9320-57390 c402507 100-2020-0 Other Infrastructure 230,000 Pacific Beach Roundabout Enhancements
291-00-00-0000-59103 To General Capital Improvement Fund 175,000 226-00-00-0000-59103 To General Capital Improvement Fund 55,000 460,000
-55,000
Matthew
Starkey
Digitally signed by
Matthew Starkey
Date: 2025.08.07
09:09:36 -07'00'
Nathan N.

Nguyen
Digitally signed by
Nathan N. Nguyen
Date: 2025.08.06
14:47:58 -07'00'
Digitally signed
by Emily Burton
Date: 2025.08.07
'16:39:28 -07'00
Elizabet
h Cabell
Digitally signed by
Elizabeth Cabell
Date: 2025.08.11
13:56:16 -07'00' 14.3
City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/07/2025
AGENDA OF: 08/26/2025
DEPARTMENT: Economic Development and Housing/Planning and Community Development
SUBJECT: First Reading of Ordinance to Amend Municipal Code Chapter 24.04.160 to Extend the Active Life of Commercial Permits from Calendar Year 2019 through January 1, 2030 (EDH/PL)
LOCATION: Citywide
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to:
1) Introduce for publication an ordinance amending Municipal Code Chapter 24.04.160 to extend the active life of commercial permits from calendar year 2019 through December 31, 2026 to January 1, 2030; and
2) Approve of the CEQA determination contained in this Agenda Report. The City Council’s action is exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Existing Facilities) and CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3).

BACKGROUND: At the April 22, 2025 meeting, the City Council directed staff to return to the City Council by June 10, 2025 with options to streamline the permitting process for the first twenty (20) business applicants in ground floor vacant spaces in commercial and mixed use areas, including pre-submittal inter-departmental meetings for applicants prior to plan check submittal, extension of the validity of use permits, and removal of up to $14,000 of plan check and permit fees, with the goal of saving new business applicants time and money in the permitting process.

At the June 10, 2025 meeting, staff from Economic Development and Housing and Planning and Community Development Department presented recommendations in response to the City Council’s direction to provide options to save business applicants time and money in the permitting process. City Council approved the proposed permit streamlining options and directed staff to carry out the processes required to move the strategies forward.

DISCUSSION: An approved commercial use permit applies to the subject property and runs with the land. An approved permit is transferable to any future owner of the subject property.

The City currently has limits on the life of a permit under Municipal Code section 24.04.160.

This code section states that approved permits have expiration dates of 36 months if a permit is not acted upon and six months after a use has ceased, whether or not the intent is to abandon the

15.1 use. This means a business that intends to operate the same use that was previously permitted at that location, e.g. a restaurant, would be required to go through the permit process again if it exceeds these timelines. The City has previously approved extensions for these permit expiration dates to accommodate shifts in the economy that resulted in the need for greater flexibility and to ease the permit process for businesses. This was done through a code amendment to Municipal Code section 24.04.160 in 2009, around the time of the “Great Recession,” and also by Resolution in 2022 during the COVID-19 Emergency Declaration in response to the business restrictions imposed by the State's COVID-19 related guidance and the Santa Cruz County's Health Orders.

The proposed ordinance amendment to Municipal Code section 24.04.160 removes the prior language from 2009 and replaces it with new language stating that all commercial use permits that were valid between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2026, shall have the life of the permit automatically extended to January 1, 2030, unless otherwise extended by the City Council. For businesses that can use an extension of a permit that would otherwise have expired, this change saves several months’ time (typically three to five months) and saves thousands of dollars (typically $5,000 to $6,000). Additionally, this removes the uncertainty of a discretionary process, thereby increasing the chances that the subject property is chosen for the business.

The Planning Commission unanimously recommended that the City Council adopt the ordinance.

If approved by the City Council, the proposed changes will also require an amendment to the City’s Local Coastal Program (LCP) and approval by the California Coastal Commission for implementation in the Coastal Zone.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION: The proposed amendments fall within the analyzed development potential in the City’s existing 2030 General Plan Environmental Impact Report (EIR), as they are intended to fully implement the adopted General Plan Land Use maps and policies. The proposed amendments would not result in increased densities or intensification of uses; rather, these proposed amendments will allow for the extension of permits for existing or approved uses. The proposed amendments are also exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Existing Facilities) as the amendments themselves do not change the approved underlying use, only the extension of the approved use permit. In addition, the ordinance qualifies for the common sense exemption under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), as it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility the ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): By extending the life of permits, the City will continue to advance the goals of its Economic Development Strategy. It will also create inviting communal spaces and promote the establishment of businesses, thereby enhancing the quality of life for residents and aligning with the City’s commitment to HiAP. This approach also supports the City’s HiAP goals by integrating health considerations into land use and economic development decisions. Encouraging active, vibrant commercial corridors contributes to improved mental well-being, social connectedness, and access to essential goods and services.

Employment uses within the City support active transportation from nearby residents, which support the health and sustainability HiAP pillars, and reducing startup costs for new businesses supports the equity HiAP pillar.

15.2 FISCAL IMPACT:

1. The recommendation in this report impacts the General Fund: Yes

2. This recommendation requires a budget adjustment: No

3. The recommendation creates an on-going expenditure commitment: No FISCAL IMPACT DESCRIPTION: The fiscal implications of the proposed use extension are minor. Though there will be less revenue generated by permit applications, the proposed extension supports business continuity and may encourage new or expanded commercial activity, thus generating additional sales tax revenue. Revenue will continue to be generated by businesses obtaining zoning clearances for the use they are extending. The proposed extension also has the potential to generate additional business activity by allowing businesses to initiate new businesses for previously-approved uses.

Prepared By:

Rebecca Unitt
Economic Development
Manager
Josephine Buchanan
Economic Development
Coordinator
Submitted By:

Bonnie Lipscomb
Deputy City Manager
Lee Butler
Director of Planning and
Community Development
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. ORDINANCE.DOCX

2. PLANNING COMMISSION AGENDA REPORT.DOCX

15.3 ORDINANCE NO. 2025-XX

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ AMENDING CHAPTER 24.04.160 “LIFE OF PERMIT” OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ

MUNICIPAL CODE TO EXTEND THE DURATION OF CERTAIN COMMERCIAL USE PERMITS THROUGH JANUARY 1, 2030
WHEREAS, the City of Santa Cruz continues to advance the goals of its Economic Development Strategy, including revitalizing and reoccupying vacant commercial spaces throughout the City; and
WHEREAS, the COVID-19 pandemic, subsequent economic disruptions, and shifting commercial market conditions have contributed to prolonged vacancies and economic uncertainty for small businesses seeking to activate existing commercial spaces; and WHEREAS, Municipal Code section 24.04.160 currently limits the life of most use permits to thirty-six (36) months from approval, and further provides for expiration if a permitted use ceases for six (6) consecutive months, regardless of intent to abandon; and WHEREAS, in both 2009 and 2022, the City Council previously adopted time-limited extensions of permit validity in response to economic hardship and public emergency conditions; and
WHEREAS, the City Council now desires to further facilitate business retention and reactivation of vacant commercial tenant spaces by extending the life of all commercial use permits that were valid at any time from January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2026, through January 1, 2030, unless otherwise extended; and
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission reviewed this ordinance at a duly noticed public hearing on July 17, 2025 and recommended approval; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this ordinance is consistent with the City’s General Plan, Local Coastal Program, and the public health, safety, and welfare of the community, as further detailed in the associated staff reports.

BE IT ORDAINED, by the City Council of the City of Santa Cruz as follows:

SECTION 1. Chapter 24.04.160 “Life of Permit” is hereby amended to read as follows:
“24.04.160 LIFE OF PERMIT.

1. Expiration.
a. Each approved permit shall expire and become null and void thirty-six months from the date on which it is approved, unless exercised; a lesser time period may be specified. A relocation permit shall be exercised within six months.

15.4 b. An approved permit applies to the subject property and runs with the land. Once exercised, an approved permit remains effective unless terminated or modified and remains effective even if the subject property is rezoned.
c. An approved permit is transferable to any future owner of the subject property. d. Any modification to projects involving a coastal permit shall be found consistent with the certified Local Coastal Plan and shall follow the notice of final action procedures included in Section 24.08.260.
e. Any use permit which has been exercised shall expire and become void where the use has ceased for a period of six consecutive months, whether or not it is the intent to abandon said use.
f. Notwithstanding subparagraph e., above, all active commercial use permits as of January 1, 2019, and those approved up to and including December 31, 2026, shall have the life of the permit automatically extended to January 1, 2030, unless otherwise extended by the City Council. This extension shall not apply to residential or mixed-use permits, nor to any permits that were revoked or expired prior to January 1, 2019.

SECTION 2. This ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30) days after final adoption, except for application within the Coastal Zone, where the ordinance shall take effect only upon certification by the California Coastal Commission.

SECTION 3. Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance.

SECTION 4. CEQA. The City Council finds that the proposed ordinance amendments fall within the analyzed development potential in the City’s existing 2030 General Plan Environmental Impact Report, as they are intended to fully implement the adopted General Plan Land Use maps and policies. The proposed amendments would not result in increased densities or intensification of uses; rather, these proposed amendments will allow for the extension of permits for existing or approved uses. The proposed amendments are also exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Existing Facilities) as the amendments themselves do not change the approved underlying use, only the extension of the approved use permit. In addition, the ordinance qualifies for the common sense exemption under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), as it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility the ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

15.5 PASSED FOR PUBLICATION this 26th day of August, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: ______________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: _________________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
PASSED FOR FINAL ADOPTION this 26th day of August, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: ______________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: _________________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
This is to certify that the above and
foregoing document is the original
of Ordinance No. 2025-xx and that
it has been published or posted in
accordance with the Charter of the
City of Santa Cruz.
________________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator

15.6 PLANNING COMMISSION

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 06/23/2025
AGENDA OF: 07/17/2025
ITEM NO:

District: Citywide
Applicant: City of Santa Cruz
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to recommend that the City Council:
1) Amend Municipal Code Chapter 24.04.160 to extend the life of active commercial permits from calendar year 2019 through January 1, 2030.

BACKGROUND: At the April 22, 2025 City Council meeting, Economic Development & Housing (EDH) staff presented an update on the City’s progress toward specific goals of the Economic Development Strategy focused on activating vacant ground floor commercial spaces.

The update included the creation of several incentive programs to encourage activation of vacant ground floor spaces and included the first reading of the Vibrancy Ordinance, which creates specific maintenance standards for empty storefronts and establishes an empty storefront registry program. The Vibrancy Ordinance was adopted at the May 13, 2025 City Council meeting and will take effect in mid-June, after which time property owners who are required to register their long-term vacant ground floor commercial tenant spaces on Pacific Avenue must complete a registration application and pay an annual fee.

At the April 22, 2025 meeting, City Council directed staff to return to City Council by June 10, 2025 with options to streamline the permitting process for the first twenty (20) business applicants in ground floor vacant spaces in commercial and mixed use areas, including presubmittal inter-departmental meetings for applicants prior to plan check submittal, extension of the validity of use permits, and exploring not imposing plan check and permit fees, with the goal of saving new business applicants time and money in the permitting process.

At the June 10, 2025 meeting, Economic Development and Housing and Planning and Community Development Department staff presented recommendations in response to the City Council’s direction to present options to save business applicants time and money in the permitting process. City Council approved the proposed permit streamlining options and directed staff to carry out the processes required to move the strategies forward.

DISCUSSION: The City currently has limits on the life of a permit under Municipal Code section 24.04.160. This code section states that approved permits have expiration dates of 36

15.7 months if a permit is not acted upon and 6 months after a use has ceased, whether or not the intent is to abandon the use. This means a business that intends to operate the same use that was previously permitted at that location would be required to go through the permit process again if they exceed these timelines. The City has previously approved extensions for these permit expiration dates to accommodate shifts in the economy that resulted in the need for greater flexibility and to ease the permit process for businesses. This was done through a code amendment to Municipal Code section 24.04.160 in 2009, around the time of the “Great Recession” and also by Resolution in 2022 during the COVID-19 Emergency Declaration in response to the business restrictions imposed by the State's COVID-19 related guidance and the County's Health Orders.

Staff proposes to introduce an ordinance to amend Municipal Code section 24.04.160 to remove the prior language from 2009 and replace it with new language stating that all commercial use permits that were valid between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2026 shall have the life of the permit automatically extended to January 1, 2030, unless otherwise extended by City Council. If recommended by the Planning Commission, the ordinance would be considered by City Council in August. The proposed changes will also require an amendment to the City’s Local Coastal Program (LCP) and approval by Coastal Commission for implementation in the Coastal Zone.

General Plan Consistency
The proposed amendments would implement several Goals and Policies in the City’s General Plan:

LU3.3 Develop, maintain, and encourage economically viable neighborhood-serving commercial districts.

ED1.1 Promote Santa Cruz as the principal retail, cultural, recreational, restaurant, entertainment, and commercial destination in the region.

ED1.1.1 Encourage the development of diverse, innovative, and sustainable business enterprises that reinforce Santa Cruz’s position as a regional employment, cultural, visitor, and shopping center.

ED1.1.2 Support the development and expansion of businesses that make a balanced contribution to the cultural, environmental, and economic health of the city.

ED1.1.3 Encourage the development of year-round businesses and visitor activities, resources, and destinations that can also attract and engage local residents.

ED5.1 Nurture activity centers and districts that serve neighborhoods and businesses, provide jobs, and meet local and regional needs.

ED5.5 Promote Downtown as the primary local and regional retail, entertainment, and cultural center

15.8 ED5.5.2 Support the creative reuse of buildings for commercial and office uses complementary to the Downtown
ED6.3 Foster and retain locally owned businesses and start-ups.

ED6.3.1 Assist small businesses and small-scale, low-impact, start-up uses in navigating the City’s permit process, and expedite project review.

LCP Consistency
The proposed amendments would implement several Policies and Programs in the City’s LCP.

The following are the LCP provisions that are supported by the actions included in this package of amendments:

Policy CD 1.1: Infill and intensify land uses consistent with existing neighborhood or commercial district patterns in developed areas currently served by municipal services.

Program CD 1.1.1: Focus development in the Central Core, and along arterial and mass transit corridors.

Program L 2.7.2: Improve the character and quality of visitor-serving commercial areas to encourage more off-season and overnight visits.

Program L 2.9.1: Identify areas where mixed-use development opportunities exist and develop appropriate guidelines and incentives to encourage that type of development.

Program L 2.7.2: Improve the character and quality of visitor-serving commercial areas to encourage more off-season and overnight visits.

Program L 2.9.1: Identify areas where mixed-use development opportunities exist and develop appropriate guidelines and incentives to encourage that type of development.

Policy L 5.3: Provide for high-density development and mixed uses, where appropriate, as well as transit- and pedestrian-oriented land use patterns to reduce dependence on the automobile and support the use of mass transit and other alternative transportation modes.

Next Steps
Following action by the Planning Commission, the 2025 Zoning Updates package will proceed to a first reading before the City Council, currently targeted to August 12, 2025. A second reading before the Council is required for the Zoning Code amendments, which would be

15.9 targeted to August 26, 2025. Should the amendments be approved by the City Council, the portions of the ordinance that constitute amendments to the Local Coastal Program Implementation Plan (LCP IP) will be submitted to the California Coastal Commission for review. Those portions of the package that are not amendments to the LCP IP will take effect thirty days after final action by the City Council, while those that are subject to Coastal Commission jurisdiction will take effect immediately upon final action by that body. Staff anticipate submittal of the Local Coastal Program Amendment to the Coastal Commission to take place in the fall of 2025.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION:

The proposed amendments fall within the analyzed development potential in the City’s existing 2030 General Plan EIR, as they are intended to fully implement the adopted General Plan Land Use maps and policies. The proposed amendments would not result in increased densities or intensification of uses; rather, these proposed amendments will allow for the extension of permits for existing or approved uses. The proposed amendments are also exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Existing Facilities) as the amendments themselves do not change the approved underlying use, only the extension of the approved use permit. In addition, the ordinance qualifies for the common sense exemption under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), as it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility the ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): The strategies and actions in the EDS align directly with the City's commitment to HiAP. By creating inviting, communal spaces and promoting the establishment of businesses, the City will enhance the quality of life for residents. Staff is also proud to say that Downtown Pops! has served a number of under-represented groups, including woman- and BIPOC-owned businesses. This not only contributes to economic growth and prosperity but also fosters health equity and sustainability in the community. Moreover, the engagement of community members in the decision-making process ensures that their needs and perspectives are considered, leading to a more inclusive and healthier urban environment.

FINDINGS: Zoning Ordinance Section 24.06.040 requires that prior to making a recommendation for approval of General Plan or Zoning Ordinance amendments to the City Council, the Planning Commission shall make findings that the public necessity, and the general community welfare, and good zoning practice shall be served and furthered; and that the proposed amendment is in general conformance with the principles, policies and land use designations set forth in the General Plan, Local Coastal Plan and any adopted area or specific plan.

Similar findings are also required in the Local Coastal Program for any amendments to the LCP.

These findings include: (1) the proposed amendment is deemed to be in the public interest; (2) the proposed General Plan and/or Local Coastal Program amendment is consistent and compatible with the rest of the General Plan and LCP and any implementation programs that may be affected; (3) the potential impacts of the proposed amendment have been assessed and have been determined not to be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare; and (4) the proposed amendment has been processed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the California Government Code and the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

15.10 The proposed amendments serve and further public necessity and general community welfare by streamlining certain permit processes to better support downtown businesses. This streamlining could save businesses time and money and allow for smoother leasing of storefronts. Supporting downtown businesses, which could lead to decreased commercial vacancies and increased economic and social vibrancy, is an important public policy goal of the City. The amendments further good zoning practice by removing unnecessary permit processes and support the ability to maintain already approved uses on a given site. The proposed amendments are in general conformance with the principles, policies and land use designations set forth in the General Plan, Local Coastal Plan and any adopted area or specific plan as described above. The proposed amendments are consistent with the provisions of CEQA as discussed above.

15.11 Submitted By:

Josephine Buchanan
Economic Development
Coordinator, Economic
Development & Housing
Approved By:

Matthew VanHua, AICP
Principal Planner, Advance
Planning
ATTACHMENTS:

15.12 City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/07/2025
AGENDA OF: 08/26/2025
DEPARTMENT: Planning and Community Development/City Manager SUBJECT: Amendments to Title 18 of the Municipal Code to Align the Energy Reach Code for Major Renovations and Additions to Existing Single-Family Homes with the 2025 California Building Code Cycle (PL/CM) LOCATION: Citywide
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to introduce for publication an ordinance amending Municipal Code Title 18 – Buildings and Construction, amending Chapter 18.15 to modify local amendments to Title 24, Part 6 of the California Code of Regulations (California Energy Code), aligning the energy reach code for renovations and additions to existing single-family homes with the 2025 California Building Code Cycle. CEQA determination: These amendments are consistent with the Negative Declaration approved for the City of Santa Cruz 2030 Climate Action Plan adopted by City Council on September 13, 2022. The ordinance is also exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3) and per CEQA Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources.

BACKGROUND: The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has introduced zero-emission appliance standards with a phased implementation beginning in 2027. These standards aim to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve air quality by targeting residential and commercial appliances, including heaters and water heaters, to transition toward cleaner energy sources. By 2030, all new space and water heaters sold in California are expected to meet zero-emission standards. This initiative is part of California's broader strategy to achieve carbon neutrality by 2045.

The City adopted its Climate Action Plan 2030 (CAP 2030) in 2022 with a legal target to reduce emissions 40 percent from 1990 levels by 2030 and an aspirational target of carbon neutral by 2035, 10 years earlier than the State target. Existing building energy use accounts for 24 percent of greenhouse gas emissions regulated by CARB, and the CAP 2030 targets reduction of these emissions via three measures:
• Measure BE-2 is to electrify 31 percent of existing residential buildings by 2030 and 53 percent by 2035;
• Measure BE-3 is to electrify 26 percent of existing commercial buildings by 2030 and 45 percent by 2035; and

16.1 • Measure BE-5 is to increase resiliency through equitable energy efficiency and local solar programs.

The City Council adopted the Existing Single Family Renovations Reach Code, an ordinance requiring additional efficiency or electrification measures for major additions and alterations in single family homes, on November 19, 2024. This reach code includes a menu of energy efficiency measures, with each measure assigned a point score, giving an applicant the ability to reach the required total target score using a combination of measures that best suit their situation.

The Existing Single Family Renovations Reach Code requires major residential additions and/or alteration projects to include energy efficiency measures and, in some cases, provide electric readiness for future zero emission appliances. A major addition or alteration triggers the requirements and includes the addition or alteration of 350 square feet or more of floor area. If the requirements apply, the permit applicant may choose from and install any number of energy efficiency measures that meet a point score in addition to the mandatory electric ready pre-wiring and outlet requirements.

The state requires that at least one cost effective option must exist to meet the point score; the reach code provides for at least five cost effective combinations. The existing policy does not require electrification and considers special onsite challenges or circumstances. The policy does not apply to small projects, repairs, appliance replacements (e.g., kitchen appliances or gas stoves), window projects, roof projects, cosmetic changes, or work that does not require a permit.

There are also exemptions for pre-compliance, incompatibility with historical building status, seismic retrofits, temporary structures, or when upgrades present a significant cost burden.

One quarter of housing occupants are highly sensitive to energy bills, according to a 2022 building stock analysis completed by the consultant TRC. Thus, promotion and availability of incentives are critical for the proposed energy efficient renovations policy to succeed and not increase the energy burden of residents, especially those with lower incomes. Rebates are available from Central Coast Community Energy and, periodically, from the state. Other incentives and services to help residents navigate complex projects are also in development through the new Central Coast Rural Regional Energy Network.

The California Energy Code is updated every three years as part of the triennial building standards code cycle and was most recently updated on July 1, 2025 with an effective date of January 1, 2026. The proposed ordinance amends the Existing Single Family Renovations Reach Code to align with updates to the 2025 Energy Code related to wall insulation, windows, and lighting.

DISCUSSION:

Policy Overview
The proposed ordinance will update the Existing Single Family Renovations Reach Code to align with the 2025 Energy Code by making the following minor updates that are found to be cost effective:

1. Upgrade the wall-insulation requirement from R-13 to R-15.

2. Upgrade the windows U-factor from 0.3 to 0.27.

3. Replace all interior and exterior screw-in existing lights with a minimum 45 lumens per watt.

16.2 Measure scores and the total target score will not change.

While the Existing Single Family Renovations Reach Code is being updated for the 2025 Energy Code, it should be noted that the reach code for new construction adopted by City Council in 2023 will expire December 31, 2025. The cost-effectiveness studies published by the California Energy Codes and Standards Statewide Utility Program are not yet available for new construction, and without those studies it is not yet possible to create an updated new construction energy reach code that is consistent with the 2025 Energy Code and meets the statemandated finding for cost effectiveness. The City of Santa Cruz and TRC will re-evaluate reach code options for new construction and amendments to the 2025 state code in early 2026 once the results of the statewide cost-effectiveness studies are available.

California Energy Commission Approval
After adoption by the City Council, the proposed local amendments to the California Energy Code must be approved by the California Energy Commission prior to becoming effective.

Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards establish a process that allows local adoption of energy standards that are more stringent than the statewide standards.

Under this process, the California Energy Commission requires any local amendments to the California Energy Code that affect energy use in regulated buildings to be cost effective and use less energy than the standard requirements contained in Title 24, Part 6. The attached costeffectiveness studies published by the California Energy Codes and Standards Statewide Utility Program, which includes the State's Investor-Owned Utilities (PG& E, SDG&E, and SCE, under the auspices of the California Public Utilities Commission), show that reach codes such as the one proposed are cost-effective.

Next Steps
If the City Council approves the first reading of the ordinance on August 26, 2025, it will then come back for a second reading on September 9, 2025. After approval by the City Council, the ordinance will be submitted to the California Buildings and Standards Commission for filing and the California Energy Commission (CEC) for approval as local modifications to the California Energy Code. Approval by the CEC is expected by December 2025 and the ordinance is expected to go into effect by January 1, 2026.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION: The municipal code amendments are consistent with the Negative Declaration approved for the City of Santa Cruz 2030 Climate Action Plan adopted by City Council on September 13, 2022.

Therefore, no further environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) is required. The ordinance is also exempt under exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that the provisions contained herein would not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Further, this ordinance is exempt per CEQA Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources, since the proposed ordinance would institute regulatory requirements intended to protect the environment and natural resources.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): HiAP is a collaborative approach to improving the health of all people by incorporating health considerations into decision-making across sectors and policy areas. HiAP is based on three pillars: equity, public health, and sustainability. The

16.3 goal of HiAP is to ensure that all decision-makers are informed about the health, equity, and sustainability impacts of various policy options during the policy development process. The municipal code amendments support the pillars of equity and public health by promoting building health and safety while remaining cost effective. The amendments support sustainability by reducing GHG emissions and fossil fuel dependence citywide consistent with the CAP 2030.

Therefore, the proposed code amendments are considered consistent with the three pillars of HiAP.

FISCAL IMPACT:

1. The recommendation in this report impacts the General Fund: No

2. This recommendation requires a budget adjustment: No

3. The recommendation creates an on-going expenditure commitment: No FISCAL IMPACT DESCRIPTION: The proposed minor changes to the Existing Single Family Renovations ordinance are not anticipated to change the fiscal impacts possible from prior adoption of the existing ordinance.

Prepared By:

Tiffany Wise-West
Sustainability and Resiliency
Officer
Clara Stanger
Senior Planner
Submitted By:

Lee Butler, AICP
Director of Planning &
Community Development
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. ORDINANCE – CLEAN.DOCX

2. ORDINANCE – TRACK CHANGES.DOCX

3. NOVEMBER 19, 2024 CITY COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA REPORT FOR FIRST READING OF THE EXISTING SINGLE FAMILY RENOVATIONS REACH CODE.PDF

4. 2022 COST-EFFECTIVENESS STUDY EXISTING SINGLE FAMILY BUILDING UPGRADES.PDF

16.4 ORDINANCE NO. 2025-XX
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ AMENDING CHAPTER 18.15 -

ENERGY CODE, ADOPTING LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, PART 6 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND FIRE

PREVENTION CODE
WHEREAS, The State of California has a goal to achieve carbon neutrality by 2045; and WHEREAS, The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has introduced zero-emission appliance standards with a phased implementation beginning in 2027 to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve air quality, with an expectation that all new space and water heaters sold in California meet zero-emission standards by 2030; and WHEREAS, The City adopted its Climate Action Plan 2030 (CAP 2030) in 2022 with a legal target to reduce emissions 40% from 1990 levels by 2030 and an aspirational target of carbon neutrality by 2035, 10 years earlier than the State target; and WHEREAS, The CAP 2030 contains three measures related to existing building energy use which accounts for 24% of greenhouse gas emissions regulated by CARB, including Measure BE-2, to electrify 31% of existing residential buildings by 2030 and 53% by 2035; Measure BE- 3, to electrify 26% of existing commercial buildings by 2030 and 45% by 2035; and Measure BE- 5 is to increase resiliency through equitable energy efficiency and local solar programs; and WHEREAS, in June 2012, the City adopted its General Plan, which includes but is not limited to Goal NRC4 —“Effective leadership and action in reducing and responding to global warming”— which, together with Policy NRC4.1, obligates the City to trim community-wide GHG emissions 30 percent by 2020 and 80 percent by 2050; NRC4.1.4, which calls for the continued expansion of municipal energy-efficiency programs to lower building energy use; and Goal NRC7, which seeks a “reduction in energy use, and significant production and use of renewable energy,” while Policy NRC7.1.4 requires all new development to provide passive heating/cooling design and solar-ready site orientation; and
WHEREAS, Considering that 96% of the City's building stock is residential and 87% of residential buildings are single family homes older than 1978, large renovations are one of the best opportunities to make improvements to single family homes resulting in reduced energy use and emissions and improved comfort and satisfaction; and
WHEREAS, Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)(2) allows local agencies to adopt local amendments that are cost-effective and that require greater energy reduction/conservation than the California Energy Code; and
WHEREAS, the California Energy Codes and Standards Statewide Utility Program, has determined specific modifications to the 2025 State Energy Code for each climate zone that are cost-effective; and that such modifications will result in designs that consume less energy than they would under the 2025 State Energy Code; and

16.5 WHEREAS, staff has reviewed the "2024 Existing Building Cost-Effectiveness Study" and associated data, and find them sufficient to illustrate compliance with the requirements set forth under California Administrative Code Chapter 10-106; and WHEREAS, based on these studies, the City finds the proposed local amendments to the 2025 California Energy Code to be cost-effective and consume less energy than permitted by Title 24, Part 6; and
WHEREAS, the 2025 California Energy Code offers compliance options that were established through the public rulemaking process of the code update; and WHEREAS, pursuant to California Health & Safety Code § 17958.7, the Council expressly declares that the proposed amendments to the Energy Code are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, topological, and geological conditions as set forth in Section 2 of this Ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the requirements specified in this Ordinance were reviewed via public comment and through a publicly noticed public hearing process; and WHEREAS, that, pursuant to the Public Resources Code section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the 2025 California Administrative Code, the City Council of the City of Santa Cruz finds and determines the following: (1) The locally adopted energy efficiency standards contained in this ordinance are cost-effective, and (2) the efficiency standards in this ordinance will require buildings to be designed to consume less energy compared to the 2025 California Energy Code; and
WHEREAS, The municipal code amendments are consistent with the Negative Declaration approved for the City of Santa Cruz 2030 Climate Action Plan adopted by City Council on September 13, 2022, and therefore, no further environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) is required; the amendments are exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that the provisions contained herein would not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment; and, this ordinance is exempt per CEQA Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources, since the proposed ordinance would institute regulatory requirements intended to protect the environment and natural resources; and WHEREAS, the changes pursuant to this ordinance will go into effect on January 1, 2026.

BE IT ORDAINED By the City of Santa Cruz as follows:

Section 1 Incorporation of Recitals. The foregoing recitals are found to be true and correct, and are incorporated by this reference into this action; Section 2 Findings.
(a) Pursuant to the Public Resources Code section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the 2025 California Administrative Code, City

16.6 Council finds and determines the following: (1) The locally adopted energy efficiency standards contained in this ordinance are costeffective, and (2) the efficiency standards in this ordinance will require buildings to be designed to consume less energy compared to the 2025 California Energy Code.
(b) The Council finds and declares that the unique characteristics of the topographic, geologic, and climatic conditions found in the City of Santa Cruz make the local amendments to the 2025 California Energy Code reasonable and necessary, and adopts the following findings of fact in support of the changes or modification contained herein:
(i) The City of Santa Cruz’s northern and western neighborhoods abut the Santa Cruz Mountains, creating a wildland-urban interface and heightened fire risk. The 2020 CZU Lightning Complex fire showed that large, fast-moving wildfires can reach these areas. Cutting local greenhouse-gas pollution is a practical way to lessen the frequency and intensity of future fires. (ii) Since 2021 the City has faced several destructive flood events. A late-January 2021 atmospheric-river storm triggered debris-flow, causing evacuations. Between December 30, 2022, and January 18, 2023, several atmospheric rivers overtopped the San Lorenzo River, damaged downtown levees and coastal infrastructure.

Finally, a powerful winter storm in December 2024 partially collapsed the Santa Cruz Municipal Wharf, leading Governor Newsom to issue an emergency proclamation on February 14, 2025. These recent disasters underscore that greenhouse-gas emissions are amplifying flood hazards. Accordingly, more restrictive local Energy Code measures are reasonably necessary to safeguard public health, safety, and welfare.
(iii)In January 2023, successive atmospheric-river storms overwhelmed the Coast Pump Station on the San Lorenzo River, ruptured the Newell Creek Pipeline, the city’s lone conduit from Loch Lomond Reservoir to the Graham Hill Water Treatment Plant, and pushed raw-water turbidity at the plant to its highest level on record. These escalating, climate-linked disruptions to critical infrastructure make the Ordinance’s stricter local Energy Code requirements a necessary safeguard for public health, safety, and welfare.
(iv)Santa Cruz occupies a narrow marine terrace bounded by 15- to 30-foot mudstone cliffs along West Cliff Drive and the San Lorenzo River. This layout channels storm waves onto easily eroded bluffs and funnels runoff into downtown, as seen when the January 2023 bomb-cyclone washed out parts of West Cliff and a December 2023 surge increased damages to over $30 million. The City’s Local Hazard Mitigation and Climate

16.7 Adaptation Plan (2025-2030) ranks these cliffs and the river plain as high-risk for erosion, liquefaction, and quake impacts. To slow erosion, temper storm intensity, and protect key corridors, stricter Energy Code measures that curb greenhouse-gas emissions are essential.
(v) Given the unique geological, topographical, and climatic characteristics of Santa Cruz, failure to address and substantially reduce greenhouse gas emissions creates an increased risk to the health, safety, and welfare of City residents.
(c) The standards imposed by this Ordinance are necessary because they directly advance General Plan 2030 directives that require Santa Cruz to cut greenhouse-gas emissions and improve building energy performance. Goal NRC4 —“Effective leadership and action in reducing and responding to global warming”— together with Policy NRC4.1, obligates the City to trim community-wide GHG emissions 30 percent by 2020 and 80 percent by 2050. Policy NRC4.1.4 calls for the continued expansion of municipal energy-efficiency programs to lower building energy use. Complementing these targets, Goal NRC7 seeks a “reduction in energy use, and significant production and use of renewable energy,” while Policy NRC7.1.4 requires all new development to provide passive heating/cooling design and solar-ready site orientation. Implementing more restrictive local Energy Code measures through this Ordinance is therefore reasonably necessary to align with the General Plan’s adopted climate and energy objectives.
(d) The Energy Code amendments are needed to implement General Plan 2030, adopted before June 10, 2025, which commits Santa Cruz to cut community-wide emissions 30 percent by 2020 and 80 percent by 2050 (Policy NRC4.1). The plan calls for continual expansion of municipal energy-efficiency programs (Policy NRC4.1.4) and requires new development to provide passive heating/cooling and solar-ready orientation (Policy NRC7.1.4). The Ordinance keeps the federally protected option for mixed-fuel residences but sets performance rules that make all-electric construction the easiest path to compliance, directly advancing the General Plan’s greenhouse-gas reduction strategy under Health & Safety Code § 17958.7.

Section 3 Severability. If any word, phrase, sentence part, section, subsection or other portion of this amendment or any application thereof to any person or circumstance is declared void, unconstitutional, or invalid for any reason, then such word, phrase, sentence, part, section, subsection, or other portion, or the prescribed application thereof, shall be severable, and the remaining provisions of this amendment, and all applications thereof, not having been declared void, unconstitutional or invalid, shall remain in full force and effect.

16.8 Section 4 CEQA. This ordinance is categorically exempt from CEQA because it is an action taken by a regulatory agency for the purpose of protecting the environment (CEQA Guidelines Section 15308). In addition, this ordinance is exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3), on the grounds that these standards are more stringent than the State energy standards, there are no reasonably foreseeable adverse impacts, and there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment. The following findings are made in support of these determinations:
i) The purpose of the implementation of a Reach Code is to reduce the amount of greenhouse gas emissions in the City that are produced from buildings. ii) The Reach Code approval process requires that the City determines that the local standards will require buildings to be designed to consume less energy than current statewide requirements. Furthermore, the California Energy Commission approval process requires that the City make the findings as part of its approval process. Therefore, the Reach Code standards can only go into effect if they protect the environment by making buildings more efficient.

Section 5 Section 18.15.040 of Chapter 18.15 of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.050.040 ENERGY CODE — MODIFICATIONS.

The following sections of the code as adopted in Section 18.15.030 are hereby modified as follows:

Section 100.1(b) of the CEnC is amended to add the following:

MAJOR ADDITION is any change to an existing building that increases conditioned floor area by 350 or more square feet in a one-year period.

MAJOR ALTERATION is any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than a repair whose altered components cover 350 or more square feet in a oneyear period. A project that consists only of roof and/or fenestration replacement is not considered a major alteration.

Section 130.0 of the CEnC is amended to read as follows:
a) The design and installation of all lighting systems and equipment in nonresidential and hotel/motel buildings, outdoor lighting, and electrical power distribution systems within the scope of Section 100.0(a), shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 130.0 through 130.6.

16.9 accommodating the future installation of an electric heating appliance by including the following, as certified by a registered design professional or licensed electrical contractor:
a) Branch circuit wiring, electrically isolated and designed to serve all electric heating appliances in accordance with manufacturer requirements and the California Electrical Code, including the appropriate voltage, phase, minimum amperage, and an electrical receptacle or junction box within five feet of the appliance that is accessible with no obstructions. Appropriately sized conduit may be installed in lieu of conductors.
b) Labeling of both ends of the unused conductors or conduit that includes the terms "For Future Electrical Appliance."
c) Reserved circuit breakers in the electrical panel for each branch circuit, appropriately labeled (e.g., "Reserved for Future Electric Range"), and positioned on the opposite end of the panel supply conductor connection. d) Connected subpanels, panelboards, switchboards, busbars, and transformers that are sized to serve the future electric heating appliances. The electrical capacity requirements shall be adjusted for demand factors in accordance with the California Electric Code.
e) Physical space for future electric heating appliances, including equipment footprint, and if needed, a pathway reserved for routing of ductwork to heat pump evaporator(s), all of which shall be depicted on the construction drawings. The footprint necessary for future electric heating appliances may overlap with non-structural partitions and with the location of currently designed gas-fueled equipment.

Section 150.0 of the CEnC is amended as follows:

Single-family residential buildings shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sections 150(a) through 150.0(w).

NOTE: The requirements of Sections 150.0 (a) through (v) apply to newly constructed buildings. Sections 150.2(a) and 150.2(b) specify which requirements of Sections 150.0(a) through 150.0(r) also apply to additions or alterations. Major Additions, Major Alterations, or combinations shall also be required to comply with Section 150.0(w). The City of Santa Cruz amendments to sections 150.0 (t) do not apply to additions or alterations or the following types of new construction statewide exemption accessory dwelling units:

One accessory dwelling unit per lot with a proposed single-unit building, including a singlefamily dwelling, or a townhome, or a detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a lot with multiple single-unit buildings, if all of the following apply:
i. The accessory dwelling unit is within the proposed space of a single-unit building. ii. The accessory dwelling unit has an exterior entrance separate from that of the primary dwelling unit.
iii. The side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire and safety.

16.10 2. One detached, new construction accessory dwelling unit per lot that meets the following standards:
i. The accessory dwelling unit shall be located on a lot with a proposed or existing singleunit building, including a single-family dwelling, or a townhome, or a detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a site with multiple single-unit buildings. ii. The accessory dwelling unit size shall not exceed 800 square feet in floor area. iii. Interior side yard and rear yard setbacks shall be at least four feet. iv. The accessory dwelling unit shall meet one of the following height limitations as measured to the roof peak:

1. A height of 16 feet; or

2. A height of 18 feet if the accessory dwelling unit is on a lot within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code. This height can be increased an additional two feet to twenty feet to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.

3. One junior accessory dwelling unit per lot zoned to allow single-family dwellings and within the walls of a proposed single-unit building, including a single-family dwelling, townhome, or detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a lot with multiple detached single-unit dwellings. (a)-(v): Subsections 150.0(a) - (s) are adopted without modification. (t) Heat pump space heater ready. Systems using a gas or propane furnace to serve individual dwelling units shall include the following:

1. A dedicated 240-volt branch circuit wiring shall be installed within 3 feet from the furnace and accessible to the furnace with no obstructions. The branch circuit conductors shall be rated at 30 amps minimum. The blank cover shall be identified as "240V ready." All electrical components shall be installed in accordance with the California Electrical Code.

2. The main electrical service panel shall have a reserved space to allow for the installation of a double pole circuit breaker for a future heat pump space heater installation. The reserved space shall be permanently marked as "For Future 240V use."

3. A designated exterior location for a future heat pump compressor unit with either a drain or natural drainage for condensate and adequate space to maintain the equipment in accordance with California Mechanical Code 304.1 & California Electrical Code 110.26.

Section 150.0(w) is added to read as follows:
(w)Mandatory Requirements for Existing Building Additions and Alterations. Existing Building Additions and Alterations shall meet the

16.11 requirements of Items 1 through 3 below, as applicable:

1. Major addition. Any major addition shall require installation of a set of measures from the Measure Menu Table, Table 150.0-I to achieve a total score that is equal to or greater than 9. In addition, all mandatory measures listed in Table 150.0-I shall be installed. Measure verification shall be explicitly included as an addendum to the Certificate of Compliance to be filed pursuant to 2025 Title 24 Section 10-103.

Installed measures shall meet the specifications in Table 150.0-J.

2. Major alteration. Any major alteration shall require installation of a set of measures from the Measure Menu Table, Table 150.0-I to achieve a total score that is equal to or greater than 9. In addition, all mandatory measures listed in Table 150.0-I shall be installed. Measure verification shall be explicitly included as an addendum to the Certificate of Compliance to be filed pursuant to 2025 Title 24 Section 10-103.

Installed measures shall meet the specifications in Table 150.0-J.

3. Combination alterations and additions. Any project that includes an addition and alteration whose altered components cover 350 square feet or greater shall require installation of a set of measures from the Measure Menu Table, Table 150.0-I to achieve a total score that is equal to or greater than 9. In addition, all mandatory measures listed in Table 150.0-1 shall be installed. Measure verification shall be explicitly included as an addendum to the Certificate of Compliance to be filed pursuant to 2025 Title 24 Section 10-103. Installed measures shall meet the specifications in Table 150.0-J.

Exception 1 to Section 150.0(w): The project is the result of a repair as defined by Title 24 Part 2 Section 202.

Exception 2 to Section 150.0(w): If compliance costs exceed 20% of total project valuation or due to conditions specific to the project, it is technically infeasible to achieve compliance through any available set of measures, the applicant may request an exemption as set forth below. In applying for an exemption, the burden is on the applicant to show hardship or infeasibility.

16.12 Green Building Standards (Title 24, Part 11) of the California Building Standards Code. Circumstances that constitute hardship or infeasibility shall include one of the following:
i. That the cost of achieving compliance is disproportionate to the overall cost of the project;
ii. That it is technically infeasible to achieve compliance through all packages due to conditions specific to the project; That strict compliance with these standards would create or maintain a hazardous condition(s) and present a life safety risk to the occupants.

2. Granting of exemption. If the chief building official determines that it is a hardship or infeasible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this chapter and that granting the requested exemption will not cause the building to fail to comply with the 2025 California Energy Code (Title 24, Part 6) and referenced standards, or the 2025 California Green Building Standards (Title 24, Part 11) of the California Building Standards Code, the chief building official shall determine the minimum feasible threshold of compliance reasonably achievable for the project. If an exemption is granted, the applicant shall be required to comply with this chapter in all other respects and shall be required to achieve the threshold of compliance determined to be achievable by the chief building official.

3. Denial of exemption. If the chief building official determines that it is reasonably possible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this chapter, the request shall be denied, and the applicant shall be notified of the decision in writing. The project and compliance documentation shall be modified to comply with the standards for compliance.
a. Appeal. Any aggrieved applicant or person may appeal the determination of the chief building official regarding the granting or denial of an exemption or compliance with any other provision of this chapter. An appeal of a determination of the chief building official shall be filed in writing with the Board of Building and Fire Appeals.

Exception 3 to Section 150.0(w): If the dwelling unit has previously installed measures from the Measure Menu, Table 150.0-1, and compliance can be demonstrated to the building official, then these measures shall not be required to be newly installed, and appropriate credit shall be included in the applicable compliance calculations.

16.13 Exception 4 to Section 150.0(w): The applicant may request an exemption to any requirements of this chapter which would impair the historic integrity of any building listed on a local, state, or federal register of historic structures, as determined by the Planning Director or designee and as regulated by the California Historic Building Code (Title 24, Part 8). In making a determination of exemption, the Planning Director or designee may require the submittal of an evaluation by an architectural historian or similar expert.

Exception 5 to Section 150.0(w): An alteration that consists solely of seismic safety improvements.

Exception 6 to Section 150.0(w): Buildings which are temporary (such as construction trailers).

Exception 7 to Section 150.0(w): An alteration that consists solely of roof and/or fenestration projects.

Exception 8 to Section 150.0(w): Mobile Homes, Manufactured Housing, or Factory-built Housing as defined in Division 13 of the California Health and Safety 12 Code (commencing with Section 17000 of the Health and Safety Code).

Exception 9 to Section 150.0(w): One accessory dwelling unit and one junior accessory dwelling unit per lot with a proposed or existing singlefamily dwelling if all of the following apply:
(1) The accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit is within the proposed space of a single-family dwelling or existing space of a single-family dwelling or accessory structure and may include an expansion of not more than 150 square feet beyond the same physical dimensions as the existing accessory structure. An expansion beyond the physical dimensions of the existing accessory structure shall be limited to accommodating ingress and egress. (2) The space has exterior access from the proposed or existing singlefamily dwelling. (3) The side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire and safety.

Exception 10 to Section 150.0(w): Where the project includes an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit that is attached to the primary dwelling unit, either as a new addition or converted from within the space of the primary dwelling unit, and there is not an additional combination alteration/addition to the primary dwelling unit of at least 350 square feet, then the primary dwelling unit is exempt from the requirements.

Exception 11 to section 150.0(w): Single family homes built after December 31, 1991.

16.14 New Table 150.0-I is added to read as follows:

Table 150.0-I: Measure Menu
Measures Table 150.0-J ID Points
Water Heating Package E1 1
Induction Cooktop E2 1
Heat Pump Clothes Dryer E3 1
Air Sealing E4 2
Duct Sealing E5 3
R-49 Attic Insulation E6 4
Windows E7 4
R-15 Wall Insulation E8 5
New Ducts + Duct Sealing E9 6
R-19 Floor Insulation E10 9
R-30 Floor Insulation E11 10
Heat Pump Water Heater (HPWH) E12 12
Solar PV + Electric Ready Pre-Wire E13 13
Heat Pump Space Heater E14 18
Utility Room, Kitchen & Laundry-Related Electric
Ready Pre-Wire M1 Mandatory
Panel-Related Electric Ready Pre-Wire M2 Mandatory
LED Lighting Upgrade M3 Mandatory
Note: the measures in the Measure Menu shall conform to the specifications in Table 150.0- J
New Table 150.0-J is added to read as follows: Table 150.0-J: Measure Specifications ID Measure Specification
General Measures
E1 Water Heating Package: Add exterior insulation meeting a minimum of R6 to existing storage water heaters. Insulate all accessible hot water pipes with pipe insulation a minimum of ¾ inch thick. This includes insulating the supply pipe leaving the water heater, piping to faucets underneath sinks, and accessible pipes in attic spaces or crawlspaces. Upgrade fittings in sinks and showers to meet current California Green Building Standards Code (Title 24, Part 11) Section 4.303 water efficiency requirements.

Water heaters 20 gallons or less, or water heaters that are not able to add exterior insulation may not take credit for this measure.

Exception 1: Water heater blanket is not required on water heaters less than 20 gallons.

Exception 2: Water heater blanket not required if application of a water heater blanket voids the warranty on the water heater.

Exception 3: Upgraded fixtures are not required if existing fixtures have rated or measured flow rates of no more than ten percent greater than 2025 California Green Building Standards Code (Title 24, Part 11) Section 4.303

16.15 water efficiency requirements.

Exception 4: Water heaters with factory installed insulation of R-24 or greater
E2 Induction Cooktop: Replace existing gas and electric resistance stove top with inductive stove top and cap the gas line
E3 Heat Pump Clothes Dryer: Replace existing electric resistance clothes dryer with heat pump dryer with no resistance element and cap gas line.

E4 Air Sealing: Seal all accessible cracks, holes, and gaps in the building envelope at walls, floors, and ceilings. Pay special attention to penetrations including plumbing, electrical, and mechanical vents, recessed can light luminaires, and windows. Weather-strip doors if not already present.

Verification shall be conducted by a certified HERS Rater that either: a) shows at least a 30 percent reduction from pre-retrofit conditions; or b) shows that the number of air changes per hour at 50 Pascals pressure difference (ACH50) does not exceed ten for Pre-1978 vintage buildings, seven for 1978 to 1991 vintage buildings and five for 1992-2010 vintage buildings. Compliance can also be demonstrated with blower door testing conducted by a certified HERS Rater no more than three years prior to the permit application date showing compliance with condition (a) or (b).

If combustion appliances are located within the pressure boundary of the building, conduct a combustion safety test by a professional certified by the Building Performance Institute in accordance with the ANSI/BPI-1200-S2017 Standard Practice for Basic Analysis of Buildings, the Whole House Combustion Appliance Safety Test Procedure for the Comfortable Home Rebates Program 2020 or the California Community Services and Development Combustion Appliance Safety Testing Protocol.

Reducing the air leakage of a building can reduce the building's drying potential. When improving the air sealing of a building, consider if there is a need to add continuous ventilation to the building (if not already present).

E5 Duct Sealing: Air seal all space conditioning ductwork to meet the requirements of the 2025 Title 24 Section 150.2(b)lE. The duct system must be tested by a HERS Rater no more than three years prior to the alteration or addition permit application date to verify the duct sealing and confirm that the requirements have been met. This measure may not be combined with the New Ducts and Duct Sealing measure in this Table. Dwelling units without ductwork or where the ducts are in conditioned space may not take credit for this measure.

E6 R-49 Attic Insulation: Attic insulation shall be installed to achieve a weighted assembly U- factor of 0.020 or insulation installed at the ceiling level shall have a thermal resistance of R-49 or greater for the insulation alone. Recessed downlight luminaires in the ceiling shall be covered with insulation to the same depth as the rest of the ceiling. Luminaires not rated for insulation contact must be replaced or fitted with a fire-proof cover that allows for insulation to be installed directly over the cover.

Exception: In buildings where existing R-30 is present and existing recessed

16.16 downlight luminaires are not rated for insulation contact, insulation is not required to be installed over the luminaires.

E7 Windows: Replace at least 50% of existing windows with high performance windows with an area-weighted average U-factor no greater than 0.27.

E8 R-15 Wall Insulation: Install wall insulation in all exterior walls to achieve a weighted U-factor of 0.095 or install wall insulation in all exterior wall cavities that shall result in an installed thermal resistance of R-15 or greater for the insulation alone.

E9 New Ducts+ Duct Sealing: Replace existing space conditioning ductwork with new R-8 ducts that meet the requirements of 2025 Title 24 Section 150.0(m) 11. This measure may not be combined with the Duct Sealing measure in this Table. To qualify, a preexisting measure must have been installed no more than three years before the alteration or addition permit application date.

E10 R-19 Floor Insulation: Raised-floors shall be insulated such that the floor assembly has an assembly U-factor equal to or less than U-0.037, or shall be insulated between wood framing with insulation having an R-value equal to or greater than R-19. This measure cannot be combined with measure R-30 Floor insulation.

E11 R-30 Floor Insulation: Raised-floors shall be insulated such that the floor assembly has an assembly U-factor equal to or less than U-0.028, or shall be insulated between wood framing with insulation having an R-value equal to or greater than R-30. This measure cannot be combined with measure R-19 Floor insulation.

E12 Heat Pump Water Heater (HPWH): Replace existing electric resistance or natural gas storage water heater with a heat pump water heater that meets the requirements of Sections 110.3 and 150.2 (b) 1.H.iii.b or c.

E13 PV and Electric Ready Pre-Wire: Install a solar PV system that meets the requirements of 2025 Title 24 Section 150.l(c)14.

In addition to the solar PV system, comply with the water heating system electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(w)4 and the heat pump space heaters requirements per Section 150.0(t) and one of the following:

A. Energy Storage Systems (ESS) Ready, as specified in Section 150.0(s), or
B. EV Charger Ready as specified in the California Green Building Code, Title 24, Part 11, Section A4.106.8.1, which otherwise applies to new construction.

Exception 1: In buildings where the designated space requirement specified in Section 150.0(n) 1 can be demonstrated to the building official as infeasible, the electric readiness components per Section 150.0(n)l are not required.

E14 Heat Pump Space Heater: Replace all existing gas and electric resistance space heating systems with an electric-only heat pump system that meets the applicable requirements of Sections 150.2 (b) 1.C, 150.2 (b)1.E, 150.2(b)1.F, and 150.2(b)1.G.

Mandatory Measures

16.17 M1 Utility Room, Kitchen & Laundry-Related Electric Ready Pre-Wire:

Where the project includes a kitchen remodel, comply with the electric cooktop ready requirement, as specified in Section 150.0(u). Where the project includes a laundry room remodel, comply with the electric clothes dryer ready requirement, as specified in Section 150.0(v). Where the project includes a utility room remodel, comply with the water heating system electric readiness requirements per Section l50.0(n)1 and the heat pump space heater electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(t):

Exception 1: If an electrical permit is not otherwise required for the project other than compliance with this measure.

Exception 2: If a utility service upgrade is not otherwise required for the project other than compliance with this measure.

Exception 3: In buildings where the designated space requirement specified in Section 150.0(n)1 can be demonstrated to the building official as infeasible, the electric readiness components per Section 150.0(n)1 are not required.

M2 Panel-Related Electric Ready Pre-Wire: Where the project includes a new electrical panel and electrical service upgrade to 200A or more, comply with the water heating systems electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(n)1 and the heat pump space heater electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(t).

Exception 1: In buildings where the designated space requirement specified in Section (150.0(n)1 can be demonstrated to the building official as infeasible, the electric readiness components per Section 150.0(n)1 are not required.

M3 LED Lighting Upgrade: Replace all interior and exterior screw-in incandescent, halogen, and compact fluorescent lamps with LED lamps.

Install photocontrol and either a motion sensor or an automatic time switch, or an astronomical time clock control on all exterior lighting luminaires consistent with current Title 24 requirements for new singlefamily residential buildings. Alternative means of exterior lighting timing controls, including smart home devices, may be approved.

Section 150.2(a) [ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS FOR ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS] is modified to read as follows:

Additions. Additions to existing single-family residential buildings shall meet the requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9, Sections 150.0(a) through (n), (p), (q), (w), and either Section 150.2(a)1 or 2.

16.18 Section 150.2(b) [ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS FOR ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS] is modified to read as follows:

Alterations. Alterations to existing single-family residential buildings or alterations in conjunction with a change in building occupancy to a singlefamily residential occupancy shall meet either Item 1 or 2 below.

1. Prescriptive approach. The altered component and any newly installed equipment serving the alteration shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9 and all applicable requirements of Sections 150.0(a) through (1), 150.0(m)1 through 150.0(m)10, 150.0(p) through (q). and 150.0(w); and

2. Performance approach. The altered component(s) and any newly installed equipment serving the alteration shall meet the applicable requirements of Subsections A, B, and C below.

A. The altered components shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9, Sections 150.0(a) through (1), Sections 150.0(m)1 through 150.0 (m)10, Sections 150.0(p) through (q), and Section 150.0(w). Entirely new or complete replacement mechanical ventilation systems as these terms are used in Section 150.2(b)1L, shall comply with the requirements in Section 150.2(b)1L. Altered mechanical ventilation systems shall comply with the requirements of Section 150.2(b)1M.

Entirely new or complete replacement space-conditioning systems, and entirely new or complete replacement duct systems, as these terms are used in Sections 150.2(b)1C and 150.2(b) lDiia, shall comply with the requirements of Sections 150.0(m)12 and 150.0(m)13.

Section 6. This ordinance shall take effect and be in full force beginning January 1, 2026.

16.19 PASSED FOR PUBLICATION this 26th day of August 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: _________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: ___________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
PASSED FOR FINAL ADOPTION this 9th day of September 2025 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: ___________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: ___________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
This is to certify that the above
and foregoing document is the
original of Ordinance No. 2025-XX
and that it has been published or
posted in accordance with the
Charter of the City of Santa Cruz.
___________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator

16.20 ORDINANCE NO. 2025-XX

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ
AMENDING CHAPTER 18.15 - ENERGY CODE, ADOPTING LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, PART 6 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING

CONSTRUCTION AND FIRE PREVENTION CODE
WHEREAS, The State of California has a goal to achieve carbon neutrality by 2045; and WHEREAS, The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has introduced zero-emission appliance standards with a phased implementation beginning in 2027 to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve air quality, with an expectation that all new space and water heaters sold in California meet zero-emission standards by 2030; and WHEREAS, The City adopted its Climate Action Plan 2030 (CAP 2030) in 2022 with a legal target to reduce emissions 40% from 1990 levels by 2030 and an aspirational target of carbon neutrality by 2035, 10 years earlier than the State target; and WHEREAS, The CAP 2030 contains three measures related to existing building energy use which accounts for 24% of greenhouse gas emissions regulated by CARB, including Measure BE-2, to electrify 31% of existing residential buildings by 2030 and 53% by 2035; Measure BE- 3, to electrify 26% of existing commercial buildings by 2030 and 45% by 2035; and Measure BE- 5 is to increase resiliency through equitable energy efficiency and local solar programs; and
WHEREAS, in June 2012, the City adopted its General Plan, which includes but is not limited to Goal NRC4 —“Effective leadership and action in reducing and responding to global warming”— which, together with Policy NRC4.1, obligates the City to trim community-wide GHG emissions 30 percent by 2020 and 80 percent by 2050; NRC4.1.4, which calls for the continued expansion of municipal energy-efficiency programs to lower building energy use; and Goal NRC7, which seeks a “reduction in energy use, and significant production and use of renewable energy,” while Policy NRC7.1.4 requires all new development to provide passive heating/cooling design and solar-ready site orientation; and WHEREAS, Considering that 96% of the City's building stock is residential and 87% of residential buildings are single family homes older than 1978, large renovations are one of the best opportunities to make improvements to single family homes resulting in reduced energy use and emissions and improved comfort and satisfaction; and
WHEREAS, Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)(2) allows local agencies to adopt local amendments that are cost-effective and that require greater energy reduction/conservation than the California Energy Code; and
WHEREAS, the California Energy Codes and Standards Statewide Utility Program, has determined specific modifications to the 2025 State Energy Code for each climate zone that are cost-effective; and that such modifications will result in designs that consume less energy than they would under the 2025 State Energy Code; and

16.21 WHEREAS, staff has reviewed the "2024 Existing Building Cost-Effectiveness Study" and associated data, and find them sufficient to illustrate compliance with the requirements set forth under California Administrative Code Chapter 10-106; and WHEREAS, based on these studies, the City finds the proposed local amendments to the 2025 California Energy Code to be cost-effective and consume less energy than permitted by Title 24, Part 6; and
WHEREAS, the 2025 California Energy Code offers compliance options that were established through the public rulemaking process ofthe code update; and WHEREAS, pursuant to California Health & Safety Code § 17958.7, the Council expressly declares that the proposed amendments to the Energy Code are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, topological, and geological conditions as set forth in Section 2 of this Ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the requirements specified in this Ordinance were reviewed via public comment and through a publicly noticed public hearing process; and WHEREAS, that, pursuant to the Public Resources Code section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the 2025 California Administrative Code, the City Council of the City of Santa Cruz finds and determines the following: (1) The locally adopted energy efficiency standards contained in this ordinance are cost-effective, and (2) the efficiency standards in this ordinance will require buildings to be designed to consume less energy compared to the 2025 California Energy Code; and
WHEREAS, The municipal code amendments are consistent with the Negative Declaration approved for the City of Santa Cruz 2030 Climate Action Plan adopted by City Council on September 13, 2022, and therefore, no further environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) is required; the amendments are exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that the provisions contained herein would not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment; and, this ordinance is exempt per CEQA Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources, since the proposed ordinance would institute regulatory requirements intended to protect the environment and natural resources; and
WHEREAS, the changes pursuant to this ordinance will go into effect on January 1, 2026.

BE IT ORDAINED By the City of Santa Cruz as follows:

Section 1 Incorporation of Recitals. The foregoing recitals are found to be true and correct, and are incorporated by this reference into this action; Section 2 Findings.

16.22 (a) Pursuant to the Public Resources Code section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the 2025 California Administrative Code, City Council finds and determines the following: (1) The locally adopted energy efficiency standards contained in this ordinance are cost-effective, and (2) the efficiency standards in this ordinance will require buildings to be designed to consume less energy compared to the 2025 California Energy Code.
(b) The Council finds and declares that the unique characteristics of the topographic, geologic, and climatic conditions found in the City of Santa Cruz make the local amendments to the 2025 California Energy Code reasonable and necessary, and adopts the following findings of fact in support of the changes or modification contained herein:
(i) The City of Santa Cruz’s northern and western neighborhoods abut the Santa Cruz Mountains, creating a wildland-urban interface and heightened fire risk. The 2020 CZU Lightning Complex fire showed that large, fast-moving wildfires can reach these areas. Cutting local greenhouse-gas pollution is a practical way to lessen the frequency and intensity of future fires.
(ii) Since 2021 the City has faced several destructive flood events. A late-January 2021 atmospheric-river storm triggered debris-flow, causing evacuations. Between December 30, 2022, and January 18, 2023, several atmospheric rivers overtopped the San Lorenzo River, damaged downtown levees and coastal infrastructure. Finally, a powerful winter storm in December 2024 partially collapsed the Santa Cruz Municipal Wharf, leading Governor Newsom to issue an emergency proclamation on February 14, 2025. These recent disasters underscore that greenhouse-gas emissions are amplifying flood hazards. Accordingly, more restrictive local Energy Code measures are reasonably necessary to safeguard public health, safety, and welfare.
(iii)In January 2023, successive atmospheric-river storms overwhelmed the Coast Pump Station on the San Lorenzo River, ruptured the Newell Creek Pipeline, the city’s lone conduit from Loch Lomond Reservoir to the Graham Hill Water Treatment Plant, and pushed raw-water turbidity at the plant to its highest level on record. These escalating, climate-linked disruptions to critical infrastructure make the Ordinance’s stricter local Energy Code requirements a necessary safeguard for public health, safety, and welfare.
(iv)Santa Cruz occupies a narrow marine terrace bounded by 15- to 30- foot mudstone cliffs along West Cliff Drive and the San Lorenzo River. This layout channels storm waves onto easily eroded bluffs and funnels runoff into downtown, as seen when the January 2023 bomb-cyclone washed out parts of West Cliff and a December 2023 surge increased damages to over $30 million. The City’s Local Hazard Mitigation and Climate Adaptation Plan (2025-2030) ranks

16.23 these cliffs and the river plain as high-risk for erosion, liquefaction, and quake impacts. To slow erosion, temper storm intensity, and protect key corridors, stricter Energy Code measures that curb greenhouse-gas emissions are essential.
(v) Given the unique geological, topographical, and climatic characteristics of Santa Cruz, failure to address and substantially reduce greenhouse gas emissions creates an increased risk to the health, safety, and welfare of City residents.
(c) The standards imposed by this Ordinance are necessary because they directly advance General Plan 2030 directives that require Santa Cruz to cut greenhouse-gas emissions and improve building energy performance.

Goal NRC4 —“Effective leadership and action in reducing and responding to global warming”— together with Policy NRC4.1, obligates the City to trim community-wide GHG emissions 30 percent by 2020 and 80 percent by 2050. Policy NRC4.1.4 calls for the continued expansion of municipal energy-efficiency programs to lower building energy use. Complementing these targets, Goal NRC7 seeks a “reduction in energy use, and significant production and use of renewable energy,” while Policy NRC7.1.4 requires all new development to provide passive heating/cooling design and solar-ready site orientation. Implementing more restrictive local Energy Code measures through this Ordinance is therefore reasonably necessary to align with the General Plan’s adopted climate and energy objectives.
(d) The Energy Code amendments are needed to implement General Plan 2030, adopted before June 10, 2025, which commits Santa Cruz to cut community-wide emissions 30 percent by 2020 and 80 percent by 2050 (Policy NRC4.1). The plan calls for continual expansion of municipal energy-efficiency programs (Policy NRC4.1.4) and requires new development to provide passive heating/cooling and solar-ready orientation (Policy NRC7.1.4). The Ordinance keeps the federally protected option for mixed-fuel residences but sets performance rules that make all-electric construction the easiest path to compliance, directly advancing the General Plan’s greenhouse-gas reduction strategy under Health & Safety Code § 17958.7.

Section 4 CEQA. This ordinance is categorically exempt from CEQA because it

16.24 is an action taken by a regulatory agency for the purpose of protecting the environment (CEQA Guidelines Section 15308). In addition, this ordinance is exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3), on the grounds that these standards are more stringent than the State energy standards, there are no reasonably foreseeable adverse impacts, and there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment. The following findings are made in support of these determinations:
i) The purpose of the implementation of a Reach Code is to reduce the amount of greenhouse gas emissions in the City that are produced from buildings. ii) The Reach Code approval process requires that the City determines that the local standards will require buildings to be designed to consume less energy than current statewide requirements. Furthermore, the California Energy Commission approval process requires that the City make the findings as part of its approval process. Therefore, the Reach Code standards can only go into effect if they protect the environment by making buildings more efficient.

Section 5 Section 18.15.040 of Chapter 18.15 of the Santa Cruz Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.050.040 ENERGY CODE — MODIFICATIONS.

The following sections of the code as adopted in Section 18.15.030 are hereby modified as follows:

Section 100.1(b) of the CEnC is amended to add the following:

ELECTRIC HEATING APPLIANCE. A device that produces heat energy to create a warm environment by the application of electric power to resistance elements, refrigerant compressors, or dissimilar material junctions, as defined in the California Mechanical Code.

MAJOR ADDITION is any change to an existing building that increases conditioned floor area by 350 or more square feet in a one-year period.

MAJOR ALTERATION is any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than a repair whose altered components cover 350 or more square feet in a one-year period. A project that consists only of roof and/or fenestration replacement is not considered a major alteration.

NET FREE AREA (NFA) is the total unobstructed area of the air gaps between louver and grille slats in a vent through which air can pass. The narrowest distance between two slats, perpendicular to the surface of both slats is the air gap height. The narrowest width of the gap is the air gap width. The NFA is the air gap height multiplied by the air gap width multiplied by the total number of air gaps between slats in the vent.

16.25 Section 130.0 of the CEnC is amended to read as follows:
a) T he design and installation of all lighting systems and equipment in nonresidential and hotel/motel buildings, outdoor lighting, and electrical power distribution systems within the scope of Section 100.0(a), shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 130.0 through 130.6.

NOTE: The requirements of Sections 130.0 through 130.6 apply to newly constructed buildings.

Section 141.0 specifies which requirements of Sections 130.0 through 130.6 also apply to additions and alterations to existing buildings.

Subchapter 4 of the CEnC is amended to add Section 130.6 to be numbered, entitled, and to read as follows:
130.6 Electric Readiness Requirements for Systems Using Gas or Propane Where nonresidential systems using gas or propane are installed, construction drawings shall indicate electrical infrastructure and physical space accommodating the future installation of an electric heating appliance by including the following, as certified by a registered design professional or licensed electrical contractor:
a) Branch circuit wiring, electrically isolated and designed to serve all electric heating appliances in accordance with manufacturer requirements and the California Electrical Code, including the appropriate voltage, phase, minimum amperage, and an electrical receptacle or junction box within five feet of the appliance that is accessible with no obstructions. Appropriately sized conduit may be installed in lieu of conductors.
b) Labeling of both ends of the unused conductors or conduit that includes the terms "For Future Electrical Appliance."
c) Reserved circuit breakers in the electrical panel for each branch circuit, appropriately labeled (e.g., "Reserved for Future Electric Range"), and positioned on the opposite end of the panel supply conductor connection. d) Connected subpanels, panelboards, switchboards, busbars, and transformers that are sized to serve the future electric heating appliances. The electrical capacity requirements shall be adjusted for demand factors in accordance with the California Electric Code.
e) Physical space for future electric heating appliances, including equipment footprint, and if needed, a pathway reserved for routing of ductwork to heat pump evaporator(s), all of which shall be depicted on the construction drawings. The footprint necessary for future electric heating appliances may overlap with non-structural partitions and with the location of currently designed gasfueled equipment.

Section 140.0 of the CEnC is amended to read as follows:

16.26 Nonresidential and hotel/motel buildings shall comply with all of the following:
a)    The requirements of Sections 100.0 through 110.12 applicable to the building project (mandatory measures for all buildings).
b)    The requirements of Sections 120.0 through 130.6 (mandatory measures for nonresidential and high-rise residential and hotel/motel buildings).
c)    Either the performance compliance approach (energy budgets) specified in Section 140.1 or the prescriptive compliance approach specified in Section 140.2. for the climate zone in which the building will be located. Climate zones are shown in Figure 100.1-A.

NOTE to Section 140.0(c): The Commission periodically updates, publishes, and makes available to interested persons and local enforcement agencies precise descriptions of the Climate Zones, which is available by zip code boundaries depicted in the Reference Joint Appendices along with a list of the communities in each zone.

NOTE to Section 140.0: The requirements of Sections 140.1 through 140.10 apply to newly constructed buildings. Section 141.0 specifies which requirements of Section 140.1 through 140.10 also apply to additions or alterations to existing buildings.

Section 140.1 of the CEnC is amended to read as follows:

The following conditions are necessary for a building to comply with the performance approach:

1.    The time-dependent valuation (TDV) energy budget calculated for the proposed design building under Subsection (b) is no greater than the TDV energy budget calculated for the Standard Design Building under Subsection (a); and

2.    The source energy budget calculated for the proposed design building under Subsection (b) has a source energy compliance margin, relative to the energy budget calculated for the standard design building under Subsection (a), of at least 7 percent for all nonresidential occupancies.

EXCEPTION 1 to 140.1 item 2 A source energy compliance margin of at least 7 percent is not required when nonresidential occupancies are designed with single zone space-conditioning systems complying with Section 140.4(a)2.
(a) – (c): Subsections 140.1 (a) – (c) are adopted without modification.

Section 150.0 of the CEnC is amended as follows:

Single-family residential buildings shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sections 150(a) through 150.0(w).

16.27 or alterations. Major Additions, Major Alterations, or combinations shall also be required to comply with Section 150.0(w). The City of Santa Cruz amendments to sections 150.0 (t) do not apply to additions or alterations or the following types of new construction statewide exemption accessory dwelling units:

One accessory dwelling unit per lot with a proposed single-unit building, including a single-family dwelling, or a townhome, or a detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a lot with multiple single-unit buildings, if all of the following apply:
i. The accessory dwelling unit is within the proposed space of a single-unit building. ii. The accessory dwelling unit has an exterior entrance separate from that of the primary dwelling unit.
iii. The side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire and safety.

2. One detached, new construction accessory dwelling unit per lot that meets the following standards:
i. The accessory dwelling unit shall be located on a lot with a proposed or existing single-unit building, including a single-family dwelling, or a townhome, or a detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a site with multiple single-unit buildings. ii. The accessory dwelling unit size shall not exceed 800 square feet in floor area. iii. Interior side yard and rear yard setbacks shall be at least four feet. iv. The accessory dwelling unit shall meet one of the following height limitations as measured to the roof peak:

1. A height of 16 feet; or

3. One junior accessory dwelling unit per lot zoned to allow single-family dwellings and within the walls of a proposed single-unit building, including a single-family dwelling, townhome, or detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a lot with multiple detached single-unit dwellings. (a) – (s)- (v): Subsections 150.0(a) –- (s) are adopted without modification. (t) Heat pump space heater ready. Systems using a gas or propane furnace to serve individual dwelling units shall include the following:

1. A dedicated 240-volt branch circuit wiring shall be installed within 3 feet from the furnace and accessible to the furnace with no obstructions.

The branch circuit conductors shall be rated at 30 amps minimum. The blank cover shall be identified as "240V ready." All electrical components shall be installed in accordance with the California Electrical Code.

3. A designated exterior location for a future heat pump compressor unit

16.28 with either a drain or natural drainage for condensate and adequate space to maintain the equipment in accordance with California Mechanical Code 304.1 & California Electrical Code 110.26. (u) – (v): Subsections 150.0(u) – (v) are adopted without modification.

Section 150.0(w) is added to read as follows:
(w)
(w)Mandatory Requirements for Existing Building Additions and Alterations. Existing Building Additions and Alterations shall meet the requirements of Items 1 through 3 below, as applicable:

Installed measures shall meet the specifications in Table 150.0-J.

3. Combination alterations and additions. Any project that includes an addition and alteration whose altered components cover 350 square feet or greater shall require installation of a set of measures from the Measure Menu Table, Table 150.0-I to achieve a total score that is equal to or greater than 9. In addition, all mandatory measures listed in Table 150.0-I1 shall be installed. Measure verification shall be explicitly included as an addendum to the Certificate of Compliance to be filed pursuant to 20222025 Title 24 Section 10-103. Installed measures shall meet the specifications in Table 150.0-J.

4. Water heating system electric readiness. Any project that includes a major addition, major alteration, or combination alteration and addition that requires water heating system electric readiness shall meet Item A below: the requirements of section 150.0 (n)1:
a. Systems using gas or propane water heaters to serve individual dwelling units shall designate a space at least 2.5 feet by 2.5 feet wide and 7 feet tall suitable for the future installation of a heat pump water heater (HPWH). All electrical components shall be installed in accordance with the California Electrical Code. The space shall include the following:

16.29 i. A dedicated 125 volt, 20 amp electrical receptacle that is connected to the electric panel with a 120/240 volt 3 conductor, 10 AWG copper branch circuit, within 3 feet from the water heater and accessible to the water heater with no obstructions; and ii. Both ends of the unused conductor shall be labeled with the word “spare” and be electrically isolated; and
iii. A reserved single pole circuit breaker space in the electrical panel adjacent to the circuit breaker for the branch circuit in A above and labeled with the words “Future Use”; and iv. A condensate drain that is no more than 2 inches higher than the base of the installed water heater, and allows natural draining without pump assistance. v. A condensate drain that is no more than 2 inches higher than the base of the installed water heater, and allows natural draining without pump assistance.

Exception 1 to Section 150.0(w): The project is the result of a repair as defined by Title 24 Part 2 Section 202.

1. Application. Based on the following, the applicantshall identify in writing the specific requirements of the standards for compliance that the project is unable to achieve and the circumstances that make it a hardship or infeasible for the project to comply with this chapter. The applicant may not petition for relief from any requirement of the 20222025 California Energy Code (Title 24, Part 6) and referenced standards, or the 20222025 California Green Building Standards (Title 24, Part 11) of the California Building Standards Code. Circumstances that constitute hardship or infeasibility shall include one of the following:
i. That the cost of achieving compliance is disproportionate to the overall cost of the project;
ii. That it is technically infeasible to achieve compliance through all packages due to conditions specific to the project; That strict compliance with these standards would create or maintain a hazardous condition(s) and present a life safety risk to the occupants.
(2)

16.30 2. Granting of exemption. If the chief building official determines that it is a hardship or infeasible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this chapter and that granting the requested exemption will not cause the building to fail to comply with the 20222025 California Energy Code (Title 24, Part 6) and referenced standards, or the 20222025 California Green Building Standards (Title 24, Part 11) of the California Building Standards Code, the chief building official shall determine the minimum feasible threshold of compliance reasonably achievable for the project. If an exemption is granted, the applicantshall be required to comply with this chapter in all other respects and shall be required to achieve the threshold of compliance determined to be achievable by the chief building official.
(3)

3. Denial of exemption. If the chief building official determines that it is reasonably possible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this chapter, the request shall be denied, and the applicant shall be notified of the decision in writing. The project and compliance documentation shall be modified to comply with the standards for compliance.
(4)
a. Appeal. Any aggrieved applicant or person may appeal the determination of the chief building official regarding the granting or denial of an exemption or compliance with any other provision ofthis chapter. An appeal of a determination of the chief building official shall be filed in writing with the Board ofBuilding and Fire Appeals.

Exception 3 to Section 150.0(w): If the dwelling unit has previously installed measures from the Measure Menu, Table 150.0-I1, and compliance can be demonstrated to the building official, then these measures shall not be required to be newly installed, and appropriate credit shall be included in the applicable compliance calculations.

Exception 4 to Section 150.0(w): The applicant may request an exemption to any requirements of this chapter which would impair the historic integrity of any building listed on a local, state, or federal register of historic structures, as determined by the Planning Director or designee and as regulated by the California Historic Building Code (Title 24, Part 8). In making a determination of exemption, the Planning Director or designee may require the submittal of an evaluation by an architectural historian or similar expert.

Exception 5 to Section 150.0(w): An alteration that consists solely of seismic safety improvements.

Exception 6 to Section 150.0(w): Buildings which are temporary (such as construction trailers).

16.31 Exception 7 to Section 150.0(w): An alteration that consists solely of roof and/or fenestration projects.

Exception 9 to Section 150.0(w): One accessory dwelling unit and one junior accessory dwelling unit per lot with a proposed or existing singlefamily dwelling if all of the following apply:
(1)
(1) The accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit is within the proposed space of a single-family dwelling or existing space of a single-family dwelling or accessory structure and may include an expansion of not more than 150 square feet beyond the same physical dimensions as the existing accessory structure. An expansion beyond the physical dimensions of the existing accessory structure shall be limited to accommodating ingress and egress.
(2) (2) The space has exterior access from the proposed or existing single-family dwelling.
(3)
(3) The side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire and safety.

Exception 11 to section 150.0(w): Single family homes built after December 31, 1991.

New Table 150.0-I is added to read as follows:

Table 150.0-I: Measure Menu
Measures Table 150.0-J ID Points
Water Heating Package E1 1
Induction Cooktop E2 1
Heat Pump Clothes Dryer E3 1
Air Sealing E4 2
Duct Sealing E5 3

16.32 R-49 Attic Insulation E6 4
Windows E7 4
R-1315 Wall Insulation E8 5
New Ducts + Duct Sealing E9 6
R-19 Floor Insulation E10 9
R-30 Floor Insulation E11 10
Heat Pump Water Heater (HPWH) E12 12
Solar PV + Electric Ready Pre-Wire E13 13
Heat Pump Space Heater E14 18
Utility Room, Kitchen & Laundry-Related Electric
Ready Pre-Wire M1
Mandatory
Panel-Related Electric Ready Pre-Wire M2
Mandatory
LED Lighting Upgrade M3 Mandatory
Note: the measures in the Measure Menu table shall conform to the specifications in Table 150.0-J
New Table 150.0-J is added to read as follows:

Table 150.0-J: Measure Specifications
ID Measure Specification
General Measures
E1 Water Heating Package: Add exterior insulation meeting a minimum of R-6 to existing storage water heaters. Insulate all accessible hot water pipes with pipe insulation a minimum of ¾ inch thick. This includes insulating the supply pipe leaving the water heater, piping to faucets underneath sinks, and accessible pipes in attic spaces or crawlspaces. Upgrade fittings in sinks and showers to meet current California Green Building Standards Code (Title 24, Part 11) Section

4.303 water efficiency requirements.

Water heaters 20 gallons or less, or water heaters that are not able to add exterior insulation may not take credit for this measure.

Exception 1: Water heater blanket is not required on water heaters less than 20 gallons.

Exception 2: Water heater blanket not required if application of a water heater blanket voids the warranty on the water heater.

Exception 3: Upgraded fixtures are not required if existing fixtures have rated or measured flow rates of no more than ten percent greater than 20222025 California Green Building Standards Code (Title 24, Part 11) Section 4.303 water efficiency requirements.

Exception 4: Water heaters with factory installed insulation of R-24 or greater E2 Induction Cooktop: Replace existing gas and electric resistance stove top with

16.33 inductive stove top and cap the gas line.

E3 Heat Pump Clothes Dryer: Replace existing electric resistance clothes dryer with heat pump dryer with no resistance element and cap gas line.

If combustion appliances are located within the pressure boundary of the building, conduct a combustion safety test by a professional certified by the Building Performance Institute in accordance with the ANSI/BPI-1200-S-2017 Standard Practice for Basic Analysis of Buildings, the Whole House Combustion Appliance Safety Test Procedure for the Comfortable Home Rebates Program 2020 or the California Community Services and Development Combustion Appliance Safety Testing Protocol.

Reducing the air leakage of a building can reduce the building’sbuilding's drying potential. When improving the air sealing of a building, consider if there is a need to add continuous ventilation to the building (if not already present).

E5 Duct Sealing: Air seal all space conditioning ductwork to meet the requirements of the 20222025 Title 24 Section 150.2(b)1E. lE. The duct system must be tested by a HERS Rater no more than three years prior to the alteration or addition permit application date to verify the duct sealing and confirm that the requirements have been met. This measure may not be combined with the New Ducts and Duct Sealing measure in this Table. Dwelling units without ductwork or where the ducts are in conditioned space may not take credit for this measure.

Exception: In buildings where existing R-30 is present and existing recessed downlight luminaires are not rated for insulation contact, insulation is not required to be installed over the luminaires.

E7 Windows: Replace at least 50% of existing windows with high performance windows with an area-weighted average U-factor no greater than 0.3027.

E8 R-1315 Wall Insulation: Install wall insulation in all exterior walls to achieve a

16.34 weighted U-factor of 0.102 or095 or install wall insulation in all exterior wall cavities that shall result in an installed thermal resistance of R-1315 or greater for the insulation alone.

E9 New Ducts + Duct Sealing: Replace existing space conditioning ductwork with new R-8 ducts that meet the requirements of 20222025 Title 24 Section 150.0(m)

11. This measure may not be combined with the Duct Sealing measure in this Table. To qualify, a preexisting measure must have been installed no more than three years before the alteration or addition permit application date.

E12 Heat Pump Water Heater (HPWH): Replace existing electric resistance or natural gas storage water heater with a heat pump water heater. that meets the requirements of Sections 110.3 and 150.2 (b) 1.H.iii.b or c.

E13 PV and Electric Ready Pre-Wire: Install a solar PV system that meets the requirements of 20222025 Title 24 Section 150.1l(c)14.

In addition to the solar PV system, comply with the water heating system electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(w)4and4 and the heat pump space heaters requirements per Section 150.0(t) and one of the following:

A. A. Energy Storage Systems (ESS) Ready, as specified in Section 150.0(s), or
B. B. EV Charger Ready as specified in the California Green Building Code, Title 24, Part 11, Section A4.106.8.1, which otherwise applies to new construction.

E14 Heat Pump Space Heater: Replace all existing gas and electric resistance space heating systems with an electric-only heat pump system. that meets the applicable requirements of Sections 150.2 (b) 1.C, 150.2 (b)1.E, 150.2(b)1.F, and 150.2(b)1.G.

Mandatory Measures
M1 Utility Room, Kitchen & Laundry-Related Electric Ready Pre-Wire: Where the project includes a kitchen remodel, comply with the electric cooktop ready requirement, as specified in Section 150.0(u). Where the project includes a laundry room remodel, comply with the electric clothes dryer ready requirement, as specified in Section 150.0(v). Where the project includes a utility room remodel, comply with the water heating system electric readiness requirements per Section 150l 50.0(w)4andn)1 and the heat pump space heater electric

16.35 readiness requirements per Section 150.0(t):

Exception 1: If an electrical permit is not otherwise required for the project other than compliance with this measure.

Exception 2: If a utility service upgrade is not otherwise required for the project other than compliance with this measure.

Exception 3: In buildings where the designated space requirement specified in Section 150.0(w)4cann)1 can be demonstrated to the building official as infeasible, the electric readiness components per Section 150.0(w)4aren)1 are not required.

M2 Panel-Related Electric Ready Pre-Wire: Where the project includes a new electrical panel and electrical service upgrade to 200A or more, comply with the water heating systems electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(w)4n)1 and the heat pump space heater electric readiness requirements per Section 150.0(t).

Exception 1: In buildings where the designated space requirement specified in Section (150.0(w)4cann)1 can be demonstrated to the building official as infeasible, the electric readiness components per Section 150.0(w)4n)1 are not required.

M3 LED Lighting Upgrade: Replace all interior and exterior screw-in incandescent, halogen, and compact fluorescent lamps with LED lamps.

Install photocontrol and either a motion sensor or an automatic time switch, or an astronomical time clock control on all exterior lighting luminaires consistent with current Title 24 requirements for new single-family residential buildings. Alternative means of exterior lighting timing controls, including smart home devices, may be approved.

Section 150.1 of the CEnC is amended to read as follows:
2(a)    Section (a) is adopted without modification.
(b)    Performance Standards. A building complies with the performance standards if the energy consumption calculated for the proposed design building is no greater than the energy budget calculated for the standard design building using Commission-certified compliance software as specified by the Alternative Calculation Methods Approval Manual.

1.    Newly Constructed Buildings. The Energy Budget for newly constructed buildings is expressed in terms of the Energy Design Ratings, which are based on source energy and time-dependent valuation (TDV) energy. The Energy Design Rating 1 (EDR1) is based on source energy. The Energy Design Rating 2 (EDR2) is based on TDV energy and has two components, the Energy Efficiency Design Rating, and the Solar Electric Generation and Demand Flexibility Design Rating. The total Energy Design Rating shall account for both the Energy Efficiency Design Rating and the Solar Electric Generation and Demand Flexibility Design Rating. The proposed building shall separately comply with the Source Energy Design Rating, Energy Efficiency Design Rating and the Total Energy Design

16.36 Rating. A building complies with the performance approach if the TDV energy budget calculated for the proposed design building is no greater than the TDV energy budget calculated for the Standard Design Building with an EDR1 compliance margin of at least 9, relative to the Source Energy Design Rating 1 calculated for the Standard Design building.

EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.1(b)1. A community shared solar electric generation system, or other renewable electric generation system, and/or community shared battery storage system, which provides dedicated power, utility energy reduction credits, or payments for energy bill reductions, to the permitted building and is approved by the Energy Commission as specified in Title 24, Part 1, Section 10-115, may offset part or all of the solar electric generation system and demand flexibility Energy Design Rating required to comply with the Standards, as calculated according to methods established by the Commission in the Residential ACM Reference Manual.

EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.1(b)1. A newly constructed building that does not require a PV system in accordance with section 150.1(c)14 does not need a Source Energy compliance margin of at least 9, relative to the Source Energy Design Rating 1 calculated for the Standard Design building.

EXCEPTION 3 to Section 150.1(b)1. The following types of new construction statewide exemption accessory dwelling units are not required to meet the performance standards in 150.1(b)1:

1. One accessory dwelling unit per lot with a proposed single-unit building, including a single-family dwelling, or a townhome, or a detached residential condominium or apartment unit on a lot with multiple single-unit buildings, if all of the following apply:
i. The accessory dwelling unit is within the proposed space of a single-unit building. ii. The accessory dwelling unit has an exterior entrance separate from that of the primary dwelling unit.
iii. The side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire and safety.

1. A height of 16 feet; or

16.37 2.    Additions and Alterations to Existing Buildings. The Energy Budget for additions and alterations is expressed in terms of TDV energy.

3.    Section (b)(3) is adopted without modification.
(c)    Section (c) is adopted without modification.

Section 150.2(a) [ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS FOR

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING SINGLE
FAMILY RESIDENTAL BUILDINGS] is
modified to read as follows:

Section 150.2(b) [ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS FOR

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING SINGLE FAMILY
RESIDENTAL BUILDINGS] is
modified to read as follows:

1. Prescriptive approach. The altered component and any newly installed equipment serving the alteration shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9 and all applicable requirements of Sections 150.0(a) through (l1), 150.0(m)1 through 150.0 (m)10, 150.0(p) through (q),). and 150.0 (w); and

2. Performance approach. The altered component(s) and any newly installed equipment serving the alteration shall meet the applicable requirements of Subsections A, B, and C below.

A. The altered components shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9, Sections 150.0(a) through (l1), Sections 150.0(m)1 through 150.0 (m)10, Sections 150.0(p) through (q), and Section 150.0(w). Entirely new or complete replacement mechanical ventilation systems as these terms are used in Section 150.2(b)1L, shall comply with the requirements in Section 150.2(b)1L. Altered mechanical ventilation systems shall comply with the requirements of Section 150.2(b)1M. Entirely new or complete replacement space-conditioning systems, and entirely new or complete replacement duct systems, as these terms are used in

16.38 Sections 150.2(b)1C and 150.2(b)1Diia lDiia, shall comply with the requirements of Sections 150.0(m)12 and 150.0(m)13.

Section 160.4 of the CEnC is amended to remove subsection (a) as follows:
(a)    Reserved.

Sections (b) to (f) are adopted without amendments.

Section 160.9 Sections (a) to (c) of the CEnC are adopted without amendments. Sections (d) and (e) are added as follows:
(d)    Systems using gas or propane water heaters to serve individual dwelling units shall include the following:

1.    A dedicated 125-volt, 20-amp electrical receptacle that is connected to the electric panel with a 120/240-volt 3 conductor, copper branch circuit rated to 30 amps, within 3 feet from the water heater and accessible to the water heater with no obstructions.

A.    Both ends of the unused conductor shall be labeled with the word “spare” and be electrically isolated.

B.    A reserved single pole circuit breaker space in the electrical panel adjacent to the circuit breaker for the branch circuit in (A) above shall be included and labeled with the words “Future 240V Use.”

2.    A condensate drain that is no more than 2 inches higher than the base of the installed water heater, and allows natural draining without pump assistance.

3.    Construction drawings that indicate the reserved location of the future heat pump water heater with minimum interior dimensions of 39” x 39” x 96.”

4.    A ventilation method that incorporates one of the following:

A.    A space reserved for the future heat pump water heater with a volume of at least 700 cu. ft.

B.    A space reserved for the future heat pump water heater that vents to a communicating space in the same pressure boundary via permanent openings with a minimum total net free area of 250 sq. in., so that the total combined volume connected via permanent openings is 700 cu. ft. or greater. The permanent openings shall be:
i.    Fully louvered doors with fixed louvers consisting of a single layer of fixed flat slats; or ii.    Two permanent fixed openings, consisting of a single layer of fixed flat slat louvers or grilles, one commencing within 12 inches from the top of the enclosure and one commencing within 12 inches from the bottom of the enclosure.

16.39 C.    A space reserved for the future heat pump water heater that includes two 8” capped ducts, venting to the building exterior.
i.    All duct connections and building penetrations shall be sealed. ii.    Exhaust air ducts and all ducts that cross pressure boundaries shall be insulated to a minimum insulation level of R-6 in compliance with California Mechanical Code 502.0. iii.    Airflow from termination points shall be diverted away from each other. (e)    Central Heat Pump Water Heater Electric Ready. Water heating systems using gas or propane to serve multiple dwelling units shall meet the requirements of 160.9(e) and include the following for the future heat pump:

1.    A system input capacity of the gas or propane water heating system that is determined as the sum of the input gas or propane capacity of all water heating devices associated with each gas or propane water heating system.

2.    A space reserved that includes and complies with the following:

A.    Heat Pump. The minimum space reserved shall include space for service clearances, air flow clearances, and compliant working spaces. Additionally, unless the space reserved is sufficient to support a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project, the space reserved shall comply with the following:
i.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum space reserved for the heat pump shall be 2.0 square feet per input 10,000 BTU/ HR of the gas or propane water heating system, and the minimum dimension of reserved spaces shall be 48 inches.
ii.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum space reserved for the heat pump shall be 3.6 square feet per input 10,000 BTU/ HR of the gas or propane water heating system, and the minimum dimension of reserved spaces shall be 84 inches.

B.    Tanks. The minimum space reserved shall include space for service clearances and keep outs.

Additionally, unless the space reserved is sufficient to support a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project, the space reserved shall comply with the following:
i.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum space reserved for the storage and temperature maintenance tanks shall be 4.4 square feet per input 10,000 BTU/HR. of the gas or propane water heating system. ii.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum physical space reserved for the storage and temperature maintenance tanks shall be 3.1 square feet per input 10,000 BTU/HR. of the gas or propane water heating system.

16.40 3.    Ventilation, which shall be provided by including the following:

A.    A physical space reserved for the heat pump located outside, or B.    A pathway reserved for future routing of supply and exhaust air via ductwork from the reserved heat pump location to an appropriate outdoor location. Penetrations through the building envelope for louvers and ducts shall be planned and identified for future use. Additionally, unless the reserved pathway and penetrations are sized to serve a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project, the reserved pathway and penetrations through the building envelope shall be sized to comply with one of the following:
i.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum air flow rate shall be 70 CFM per input 10,000 BTU/HR of the gas or propane water heating system and the total external static pressure drop of ductwork and louvers shall not exceed 0.17” when the future heat pump water heater is installed.
ii.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum air flow rate shall be 420 CFM per input 10,000 BTU/HR of the gas or propane water heating system and the total external static pressure drop of ductwork and louvers shall not exceed

0.17” when the future heat pump water heater is installed.

4.    Condensate drainage piping. An approved receptacle that is sized in accordance with the California Plumbing Code to receive the condensate drainage shall be installed within 3 feet of the reserved heat pump location, or piping shall be installed from within 3 feet of the reserved heat pump location to an approved discharge location that is sized in accordance with the California Plumbing Code.

Additionally, unless the condensate drainage receptacles and piping are sized to serve a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project, the condensate drainage shall comply with the following:

A.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, condensate drainage shall be sized for 0.2 tons of refrigeration capacity per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

B.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, condensate drainage shall be sized for 0.7 tons of refrigeration capacity per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

5.    Electrical.

A.    Physical space shall be reserved on the bus system of the main switchboard or on the bus system of a distribution board to serve the future heat pump water heater system including the heat pump and temperature maintenance tanks. In addition, the physical space reserved shall be capable of providing adequate power to the future heat pump water heater as follows:
i.    Heat Pump. For the Heat Pump, the physical space reserved shall comply with one of the following:
a.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, provide

0.1 kVA per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

16.41 b.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, provide 1.1 kVA per input 10,000 BTU/HR.
c.    The physical space reserved supplies sufficient electrical power required to power a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project.
ii.    Temperature Maintenance Tank. For the Temperature Maintenance Tank, the physical space reserved shall comply with one of the following:
a.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, provide

1.0 kVA per input 10,000 BTU/HR.
b.    If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, provide 0.6 kVA per input 10,000 BTU/HR.
c.    The physical space reserved supplies sufficient electrical power required to power a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project.

The building electrical system shall be sized to meet the future electric requirements of the electric ready equipment specified in sections 160.9(a) – 160.9(e). To meet this requirement the building main service conduit, the electrical system to the point specified in each subsection, and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each electric ready appliance in accordance with the California Electric Code.

Section 170.1 of the CEnC is adopted with amendments as follows:

A building complies with the performance approach if the TDV energy budget calculated for the proposed design building under Subsection (b) is no greater than the TDV energy budget calculated for the Standard Design Building under Subsection (a). Additionally,

1.    The source energy budget of a newly constructed low-rise multifamily building shall be at least 10% lower than that of the Standard Design Building.

2.    The source energy budget of a newly constructed high-rise multifamily building shall be at least 4% lower than that of the Standard Design Building.

Sub-sections (a) to (d) are adopted without amendments.

Section 6. This ordinance shall take effect and be in full force beginning January 1, 2026.

16.42 PASSED FOR PUBLICATION this 26th day of August 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: __________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: ___________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
PASSED FOR FINAL ADOPTION this 9th day of September 2025 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

16.43 City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 10/31/2024
AGENDA OF: 11/19/2024
DEPARTMENT: Planning and Community Development
SUBJECT: Amendments to Chapter 18.15 of the Municipal Code Requiring Additional Energy Standards for Alterations and Additions to Existing Single-Family Homes. CEQA: Exempt under general rule, 15061(b)(3) and per Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources, and Reuse of Climate Action Plan 2030 Negative Declaration. Location and Council District: Citywide. Applicant:

City of Santa Cruz. (PL/CM)
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to introduce for publication an ordinance amending Municipal Code Chapter 18.15 to adopt local amendments to Title 24, Part 6 of the California Code of Regulations (California Energy Code). The ordinance creates an energy reach code that requires additional energy standards for renovations to existing single-family homes with an intent to provide property owners with a range of energy efficiency measure options when undertaking alterations and additions that will also meet goals to reduce greenhouse gas emissions associated with fossil fuel use citywide. Council finds the amendments are consistent with the Negative Declaration approved for the City of Santa Cruz 2030 Climate Action Plan adopted by City Council on September 13, 2022. The ordinance is also exempt under exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3) and per CEQA Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources.

BACKGROUND: The City adopted its Climate Action Plan 2030 (CAP 2030) in 2022 with a legal target to reduce emissions 40% from 1990 levels by 2030 and an aspirational target of being carbon neutral by 2035, ten years earlier than the State target. One important way to reduce carbon emission is by targeting energy efficiency in existing buildings, because existing buildings account for 24% of greenhouse gas emissions as regulated by the California Air Resources Board (CARB). The CAP 2030 contains three measures related to existing building energy use:
 Measure BE-2 - Electrify 31% of existing residential buildings by 2030 and 53% by 2035.
 Measure BE-3 -Electrify 26% of existing commercial buildings by 2030 and 45% by 2035.
 Measure BE-5 Increase resiliency through equitable energy efficiency and local solar programs.

16.44 In 2023, City Council approved local modifications to the California Energy Code, referred to as a “reach code,” for newly constructed buildings. The current proposal takes the next step in this process to create reach code requirements for existing buildings.

DISCUSSION: Historically, the Energy Code has prioritized improvements to code sections regarding construction of new buildings. This is largely because new construction code changes are simpler to study, implement, and enforce. However, for every new dwelling unit built annually in California, there are approximately 117 existing buildings, many of which predate the introduction of modern energy efficiency standards. Given this, local governments face an increased need to implement practical policies for reducing emissions in these older buildings, which contribute significantly to overall energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions.

Additionally, CARB recently introduced draft zero-emission appliance standards with a phased implementation beginning in 2027. These standards aim to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve air quality by targeting residential and commercial appliances, including heaters and water heaters, to transition towards cleaner energy sources. By 2030, all new space and water heaters sold in California are expected to meet zero-emission standards. This initiative is part of California's broader strategy to achieve carbon neutrality by 2045. The proposed ordinance is the first of what may be several policies coming forward to prepare existing buildings for the upcoming zero-emission appliance standards and regulate energy use in existing buildings to reach the CAP 2030 targets.

While the reach code for the construction of new buildings was being developed in 2022, staff also began work exploring existing building decarbonization policies. Considering that 96 percent of the City’s building stock is residential, 87 percent of residential buildings are singlefamily homes, and 84 percent of those single-family homes were constructed prior to 1991, staff determined that large renovations to single-family homes are one of the best opportunities to make cost effective improvements that result in lower energy use and reduced unhealthy emissions while also improving living environment, comfort, and satisfaction.

This proposed ordinance would require more stringent energy standards when triggered by new alterations or additions of at least 350 square feet for existing single-family homes.

Staff anticipates this will capture approximately 110 permits per year. Doing so would avoid approximately 315 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent per year, an important step in addressing building energy usage in existing buildings to meet the CAP 2030 target.

Applicants have a variety of means through which they can achieve compliance with the more stringent energy code standards by completing one or more identified improvements. Depending on the work being completed and compliance path selected, certain requirements may apply, such as electric readiness to facilitate future conversion of a gas-powered appliance to electric alternatives. A full discussion of the proposed energy reach code and technical analysis can be found in the attached agenda report for the October 17, 2024, Planning Commission meeting.

California Energy Commission Approval
After adoption by City Council, the proposed local amendments to the California Energy Code must be approved by the California Energy Commission prior to becoming effective. Public

16.45 Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)(2) and Section 10-106 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards establish a process that allows local adoption of energy standards that are more stringent than the statewide standards. Under this process, the California Energy Commission requires any local amendments to the California Energy Code that affect energy use in regulated buildings to be cost effective and use less energy than the standard requirements contained in Title 24, Part 6. The attached cost-effectiveness studies published by the California Energy Codes and Standards Statewide Utility Program, which includes the State's Investor-Owned Utilities (PG& E, SDG&E, and SCE, under the auspices of the California Public Utilities Commission), show that reach codes such as the one proposed are cost-effective.

Community Outreach
Staff conducted extensive outreach on this topic between 2020 and 2022 during the development of the CAP 2030. In the spring of 2022, staff conducted four listening sessions on the topic of existing building decarbonization with the housing and healthcare sector; designers, builders, and contractors; large multifamily property owners and developers; and non-profits and communitybased organizations. In 2023, because staff had to develop a replacement ordinance for the suspended natural gas prohibition in new construction, progress on existing building decarbonization was paused for about a year. Once the new buildings energy reach code was adopted by City Council in November 2023, City staff began immediately developing the energy efficient renovations policy.

On June 13, 2024, staff conducted outreach with the Mayor’s Community Climate Action Task Force, where ten individuals participated. In early June 2024, staff mailed postcards regarding the development of the proposed ordinance to over 500 builders, designers, contractors, and developers listed in the City’s business database. On June 27, 2024, staff conducted a virtual outreach meeting for builders, designers, developers, and contractors who do business in the City of Santa Cruz.  On July 10, 2024, staff conducted a virtual outreach meeting for the public with only six participants, despite heavy promotion of the meeting. All materials from the outreach described above are included at the City’s Building Decarbonization webpage (https://www.cityofsantacruz.com/Home/Components/Topic/Topic/11316/3916).

Feedback from the outreach included questions related to:
 The addition of a low emission refrigerant option for heat pump appliances,  How the policy would accommodate the imminent advance in technology to 110- volt/120-volt appliances versus 240-volt appliances,
 Whether a subpanel addition versus a main panel would trigger the electric readiness requirements for future space and water heating appliances,  How project valuations are computed for the purpose of building permits, and  Where to find assistance to install a heat pump water heater in a homeowners’ association.

One participant expressed concern that the proposed policy could present another barrier to legalizing illegal accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and that the square footage threshold that triggers compliance should be increased to the size of a junior ADU (500 square feet or greater).

16.46 This topic is further discussed below in the Planning Commission section of this report. Another participant suggested that the proposed policy, should it be adopted, go into effect at the same time as the regular code update cycle. An additional concern articulated the need to advise people with pacemakers of the implication of homes with induction cooktops. Although this proposed policy would not require installation of induction cooktops, it could result in making the building’s electric infrastructure ready for induction cooktop appliances.

Feedback also included a suggestion that staff should emphasize the cost effectiveness of the energy efficiency measures that will offset the costs of installing the energy efficiency measures.

Last, another participant offered to host the public to view two different types of heat pump space heating units installed at two dwelling units on one property.

Staff developed the attached Frequently Asked Questions document to address these concerns and other common questions. This document is posted on the website and will be periodically updated based on feedback and questions from the community.

In addition, a City Council study session convened on August 6, 2024 to examine this topic specifically. Staff gave a presentation on the proposed policy and received feedback from City Councilmembers and the public. City Council discussion and questions focused on the cost of these requirements to property owners and what can be done to reduce those costs, how the threshold of 350 square feet of new or substantially modified area was determined, whether the measures apply to ADUs, whether the proposed requirements line up with available grant resources, the need to allocate additional resources for staff time to assist applicants, how the proposed measures align with the green building code, how long it will take for these measures to affect a substantial proportion of the housing stock, and what upgrades are already in place throughout the housing stock.

Planning Commission
The proposed ordinance was brought to the October 17, 2024, Planning Commission meeting to seek feedback and suggestions from commissioners, as well as interested members of the community. With the Municipal Code changes occurring outside of the Zoning Ordinance, the Commission meeting was a courtesy referral, intended to garner additional input from Commissioners, and was not a required meeting for the proposed changes. Six Planning Commissioners attended the meeting (Commissioner Polhamus absent) as well as several members of the public.

Commissioners shared several concerns and suggestions about the proposed ordinance. This feedback included concerns about CAP goals, availability of rebates/incentives, grid reliance, and the cost burden for homeowners to implement these measures, as well as suggestions to increase the square footage threshold or lower the threshold for a cost burden exception and to exempt accessory dwelling units (ADUs) from the requirements. There were also more technical comments provided by Commissioner McKelvey. The attached Planning Commission Feedback document provides a more comprehensive overview of the Planning Commission comments, as well as detailed responses from staff. Public comments at the meeting included support for the proposed policy, comments about whether the policy can legally apply to ADUs, and other comments requesting minor clarifications.

In response to feedback from the Planning Commission and public, staff made several changes to the draft ordinance:

16.47  Creation of a new exemption for statewide exemption ADUs, including Junior ADUs and ADUs converted from existing space within the single-family home, and clarification that modifications to the main house are not required as a result of creating a new ADU/JADU;
 Clarification that projects will receive credit for previously installed measures that will count toward the point total for compliance with the energy reach code; and  Other minor clarifications
Next Steps
If the City Council approves the first reading of the ordinance on November 19, 2024, it will then come back for a second reading on December 10, 2024. After approval by City Council, the ordinance will be submitted to the California Energy Commission (CEC) for approval as local modifications to the California Energy Code. The ordinance is anticipated to become effective April 1, 2025, after the final approval by the City Council and the California Energy Commission.

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) DETERMINATION: The municipal code amendments are consistent with the Negative Declaration approved for the CAP 2030 adopted by City Council on September 13, 2022. Therefore, no further environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) is required. The ordinance is also exempt from CEQA under the general rule, 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that the provisions contained herein would not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Rather, the rules are expected to have a positive effect on the environment by resulting in cleaner energy use and a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions.

Further, this ordinance is exempt per CEQA Guidelines Section 15308, Class 8, Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of Natural Resources, since the proposed ordinance would institute regulatory requirements intended to protect the environment and natural resources.

HEALTH IN ALL POLICIES (HiAP): HiAP is a collaborative approach to improving the community well-being of the City’s residents by prioritizing public health, sustainability and equity into decision-making across sectors and policy areas. The goal of HiAP is to ensure that all decision-makers are informed about the health, equity, and sustainability impacts of various policy options during the policy development process so that they have holistic information upon which to make decisions. The municipal code amendments support the pillars of equity and public health by advancing efforts to ensure existing buildings are safe and healthy while remaining cost effective. The amendments support sustainability by reducing greenhouse gas emissions (projected to be a reduction of approximately 315 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent per year) and fossil fuel dependence citywide consistent with the CAP 2030.

Therefore, the proposed code amendments are considered consistent with the three pillars of HiAP.

FISCAL IMPACT: As the proposed ordinance provides more flexibility in building design than the currently-suspended natural gas prohibitions but less flexibility than the standard California Energy Code regulations, it could be argued that the policy could lead to an increase in development applications compared to those received during the natural gas prohibition and a decrease in applications compared to those received prior to implementation of any additional regulations beyond the standard state energy code. An increase in development applications will

16.48 result in increased revenue for the City in the short term and increased tax basis over the longer term as redeveloped properties are reassessed. A decrease in development applications will result in decreased revenue for the City in the short term and decreased tax basis over the longer term as redeveloped properties are reassessed. Overall, however, the implementation of this ordinance is unlikely to create cost shifts of a magnitude that would influence whether an applicant decides to move forward with a project or not, so the overall fiscal impact of the proposed ordinance is likely neutral.

Prepared By:

Tiffany Wise-West
Sustainability and Resiliency
Officer
Clara Stanger
Senior Planner
Matt VanHua, AICP
Principal Planner
Submitted By:

Lee Butler, AICP, LEED AP
Director of Planning &
Community Development
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. EXISTING BUILDING PROPOSED ORDINANCE - CLEAN.DOCX

2. EXISTING BUILDING PROPOSED ORDINANCE – TRACK CHANGES.DOCX

3. AGENDA REPORT FOR OCTOBER 17, 2024 PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING.DOCX

4. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS.DOCX

5. 2022 COST-EFFECTIVENESS STUDY - EXISTING SINGLE FAMILY BUILDING UPGRADES.PDF

6. PLANNING COMMISSION FEEDBACK.DOCX

16.49 Prepared by:

Ada Shen, Alea German, Rebecca Evans, & Marc Hoeschele, Frontier Energy, Inc Misti Bruceri, Misti Bruceri & Associates, LLC
Prepared for:

Kelly Cunningham, Codes and Standards Program, Pacific Gas and Electric Last modified: 2024/04/25
Revision: 1.0

16.50 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
2 Legal Notice
This report was prepared by Pacific Gas and Electric Company and funded by the California utility customers under the auspices of the California Public Utilities Commission.

Neither PG&E nor any of its employees makes any warranty, express or implied; or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of any data, information, method, product, policy or process disclosed in this document; or represents that its use will not infringe any privately-owned rights including, but not limited to, patents, trademarks or copyrights.

Acronym List
2023 PV$ – Present value costs in 2023
ACH50 – Air Changes per Hour at 50 pascals pressure differential ACM – Alternative Calculation Method
ADU – Accessory Dwelling Unit
AFUE – Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency
B/C – Lifecycle Benefit-to-Cost Ratio
BEopt – Building Energy Optimization Tool
BSC – Building Standards Commission
CA IOUs – California Investor-Owned Utilities
CASE – Codes and Standards Enhancement
CBECC-Res – Computer program developed by the California Energy Commission for use in demonstrating compliance with the California Residential Building Energy Efficiency Standards CEER – Combined Energy Efficiency Rating
CFI – California Flexible Installation
CFM – Cubic Feet per Minute
CO2 – Carbon Dioxide
CPAU – City of Palo Alto Utilities
CPUC – California Public Utilities Commission
CZ – California Climate Zone
DFHP – Dual Fuel Heat Pump
DHW – Domestic Hot Water
DOE – Department of Energy
DWHR – Drain Water Heat Recovery
EDR – Energy Design Rating
EER – Energy Efficiency Ratio
EF – Energy Factor

16.51 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
3 GHG – Greenhouse Gas
HERS Rater – Home Energy Rating System Rater
HPA – High Performance Attic
HPSH – Heat Pump Space Heater
HPWH – Heat Pump Water Heater
HSPF – Heating Seasonal Performance Factor
HVAC – Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
IECC – International Energy Conservation Code
IOU – Investor Owned Utility
kBtu –British thermal unit (x1000)
kWh – Kilowatt Hour
LBNL – Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
LCC – Life Cycle Cost
LLAHU – Low Leakage Air Handler Unit
VLLDCS – Verified Low Leakage Ducts in Conditioned Space LSC – Long-term Systemwide Cost
MF – Multifamily
MSHP – Mini-Split Heat Pump
NEEA – Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance
NEM – Net Energy Metering
NPV – Net Present Value
NREL – National Renewable Energy Laboratory
PG&E – Pacific Gas and Electric Company
POU – Publicly-Owned-Utilities
PV – Photovoltaic
SCE – Southern California Edison
SDG&E – San Diego Gas and Electric
SEER – Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio
SF – Single Family
SMUD – Sacramento Municipal Utility District
SoCalGas – Southern California Gas Company
TDV – Time Dependent Valuation
Therm – Unit for quantity of heat that equals 100,000 British thermal units Title 24 – Title 24, Part 6
TOU – Time-Of-Use
UEF – Uniform Energy Factor
VCHP – Variable Capacity Heat Pump, Title 24 compliance credit ZNE – Zero-net Energy

16.52 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
4 Summary of Revisions
Date Description Reference (page or section)
4/25/2024 Original Release N/A

16.53 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
5 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 1 1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................................ 6 2 Methodology and Assumptions............................................................................................................................... 7

2.1 Analysis for Reach Codes..................................................................................................................................................... 7

2.1.1 Modeling ....................................................................................................................................................................... 7

2.1.2 Prototype Characteristics.............................................................................................................................................. 7

2.1.3 Cost-Effectiveness Approach...................................................................................................................................... 10

2.1.4 Utility Rates................................................................................................................................................................. 11

2.1.5 Measure Cost Data Collection Approach .................................................................................................................... 12

2.2 Measure Details and Cost................................................................................................................................................... 12

2.2.1 Building Envelope & Duct Measures........................................................................................................................... 13

2.2.2 PV Measures .............................................................................................................................................................. 14

2.2.3 Equipment Fuel Substitution Measures – Heat Pump Equipment............................................................................... 15 3 Results......................................................................................................................................................................21

3.1 Cost-Effectiveness Results ................................................................................................................................................. 22

3.1.1 HPSH Measures ......................................................................................................................................................... 22

3.1.2 HPWH Measures ........................................................................................................................................................ 24

3.2 Climate Zone Case Studies ................................................................................................................................................ 26

3.2.1 HPSH Cost-Effectiveness ........................................................................................................................................... 26

3.2.2 HPWH Cost-Effectiveness .......................................................................................................................................... 27

3.2.3 Envelope & Duct Improvement Cost-Effectiveness..................................................................................................... 28

3.2.4 Sensitivities................................................................................................................................................................. 29

3.3 Gas Pathways for Heat Pump Replacements..................................................................................................................... 30 4 Recommendations and Discussion.......................................................................................................................32 5 References ...............................................................................................................................................................36 6 Appendices ..............................................................................................................................................................37

6.1 Map of California Climate Zones......................................................................................................................................... 37

6.2 Utility Rate Schedules......................................................................................................................................................... 38

6.2.1 Pacific Gas & Electric.................................................................................................................................................. 39

6.2.2 Southern California Edison ......................................................................................................................................... 47

6.2.3 Southern California Gas.............................................................................................................................................. 51

6.2.4 San Diego Gas & Electric............................................................................................................................................ 53

6.2.5 City of Palo Alto Utilities.............................................................................................................................................. 63

6.2.6 Sacramento Municipal Utilities District (Electric Only)................................................................................................. 65

6.2.7 Fuel Escalation Assumptions...................................................................................................................................... 67

16.54 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
6 LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Prototype Characteristics........................................................................................................................................................ 8 Table 2. Efficiency Characteristics for Three Vintage Cases ................................................................................................................ 9 Table 3. Measure Cost Assumptions – Efficiency & Duct Measures .................................................................................................. 14 Table 4. Measure Descriptions & Cost Assumptions – PV ................................................................................................................. 15 Table 5. Lifetime Analysis Replacement Assumptions for DFHP (Existing Furnace) Scenario .......................................................... 16 Table 6. System Sizing by Climate Zone ............................................................................................................................................ 17 Table 7. Ducted HVAC Measure Cost Assumptions – 4-Ton Electric Replacements ......................................................................... 18 Table 8. Non-Ducted HVAC Measure Cost Assumptions – 4-Ton Electric Replacements ................................................................. 18 Table 9. Water Heating Measure Cost Assumptions – Existing Gas .................................................................................................. 19 Table 10. Water Heating Measure Cost Assumptions – Existing Electric Resistance ........................................................................ 20 Table 11. HPSH CZ 12 [1992-2010]................................................................................................................................................... 26 Table 12. HPSH CZ 16 [1992-2010]................................................................................................................................................... 26 Table 13. HPWH CZ 12 [1992-2010].................................................................................................................................................. 27 Table 14. HPWH CZ 16 [1992-2010].................................................................................................................................................. 27 Table 15. Envelope and Duct Measures CZ 3 [Pre-1978] .................................................................................................................. 28 Table 16. Envelope and Duct Measures CZ 10 [Pre-1978]................................................................................................................. 28 Table 17. Envelope and Duct Measures CZ 12 [Pre-1978]................................................................................................................. 28 Table 18. Sensitivity Analysis Results for On-Bill NPV Cost-Effectiveness in Climate Zone 12, PG&E.............................................. 29 Table 19. Electric Panel Upgrade Sensitivity for CZ 12 [1992-2010] .................................................................................................. 29 Table 20. PG&E Baseline Territory by Climate Zone.......................................................................................................................... 39 Table 21. PG&E Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm)..................................................................................................................................... 39 Table 22: SCE Baseline Territory by Climate Zone ............................................................................................................................ 47 Table 23. SoCalGas Baseline Territory by Climate Zone ................................................................................................................... 51 Table 24. SoCalGas Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm) .............................................................................................................................. 51 Table 25. SDG&E Baseline Territory by Climate Zone ....................................................................................................................... 53 Table 26. SDG&E Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm).................................................................................................................................. 53 Table 27. CPAU Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm)..................................................................................................................................... 63 Table 28: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, CPUC En Banc and 2022 TDV Basis ...................................................... 67 Table 29: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, 2025 LSC Basis ....................................................................................... 68

16.55 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
7 LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: DFHP with Existing Furnace............................................................................................................................................ 22 Figure 2: Standard Efficiency HPSH............................................................................................................................................... 22 Figure 3: High Efficiency HPSH...................................................................................................................................................... 23 Figure 4: Ducted MSHP.................................................................................................................................................................. 23 Figure 5: HPSH + PV...................................................................................................................................................................... 23 Figure 6: 240V Federal Minimum HPWH........................................................................................................................................ 24 Figure 7: 240V Market Standard NEEA HPWH .............................................................................................................................. 24 Figure 8: 120V Market Standard NEEA HPWH .............................................................................................................................. 24 Figure 9: 240V Federal Minimum HPWH + PV............................................................................................................................... 24 Figure 10: R-6 Ducts....................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Figure 11: 10% Duct Leakage ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 Figure 12: R-13 Wall Insulation....................................................................................................................................................... 25 Figure 13: R-49 Attic Insulation....................................................................................................................................................... 25 Figure 14. Heat pump space heater path compared to the air conditioner path. ............................................................................ 31 Figure 15. Heat pump water path compared to gas with solar thermal........................................................................................... 31 Figure 16. Map of California climate zones..................................................................................................................................... 37

16.56 16.57
Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
1 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Executive Summary
The California Codes and Standards (C&S) Reach Codes program provides technical support to local governments considering adopting a local ordinance (reach code) intended to support meeting local and/or statewide energy efficiency and greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction goals. The program facilitates adoption and implementation of the code when requested by local jurisdictions by providing resources such as cost-effectiveness studies, model language, sample findings, and other supporting documentation.

This report documents cost-effective measure upgrades in existing single family buildings that exceed the minimum state requirements. It evaluates efficiency measures such as adding insulation, replacing windows, and duct upgrades, fuel substitution measures that upgrade space heating and water heating to heat pumps, and solar photovoltaics (PV) across all 16 California climate zones. A 1,665 square foot single family home prototype with an attached garage was evaluated in this study.

This analysis used two different metrics to assess the cost-effectiveness of the proposed upgrades. Both methodologies require estimating and quantifying the incremental costs and energy savings associated with each energy efficiency measure over a 30-year analysis period. On-Bill cost-effectiveness is a customer-based lifecycle cost (LCC) approach that values energy based upon estimated site energy usage and customer utility bill savings using today’s electricity and natural gas utility tariffs. Long-term Systemwide Cost (LSC) is the California Energy Commission’s LCC methodology for the 2025 Title 24, Part 6 (Title 24) code cycle (previously referred to as Time Dependent Valuation (TDV)), which is intended to capture the long-term projected cost of energy including costs for providing energy during peak periods of demand, carbon emissions, grid transmission and distribution impacts. This is the methodology used by the Energy Commission in evaluating cost-effectiveness for efficiency measures in Title 24 code development.

The following summarizes key results from the study:

Conclusions and Discussion:

1. Envelope measures. Improving envelope performance is very cost-effective in many older homes. In addition to reducing utility costs, these measures provide many other benefits such as improving occupant comfort and satisfaction and increasing a home’s ability to maintain temperatures during extreme weather events and power outages. Below is a discussion of the results of specific measures. a. Adding attic insulation is cost-effective based on both LSC and On-Bill in many climate zones in homes with no more than R-19 existing attic insulation levels. Increasing attic insulation from R-30 to R-49 was still found to be cost-effective based on at least one metric in the colder and hotter climates of Climate Zone 10 (SDG&E territory only) through 16.
b. Insulating existing uninsulated walls is very cost-effective based on both metrics everywhere except Climate Zones 6 and 7 (in Climate Zone 8 it’s only cost-effective based on LSC). c. Adding R-19 or R-30 floor insulation is cost-effective based on LSC in the older two vintages (Pre-1978 and 1978-1991) in all CZ except CZ 6-10.
d. Replacing old single pane windows with new high-performance windows has a very high cost and is typically not done for energy savings alone. However, energy savings are substantial and justify costeffectiveness of this measure based on at least one metric in Climate Zones 4, 8 through 12 (PG&E territory only), and 13 through 16.
e. At time of roof replacement, a cool roof with an aged solar reflectance of 0.25 was found to be costeffective in Climate Zones 4, 6 through 12 (PG&E territory only), and 13 through 15. When the roof deck is replaced during a roof replacement, adding a radiant barrier is low cost and provides substantial cooling energy savings, and was found to be cost-effective in almost all climate zones and homes.

2. Duct measures: Many older homes have old, leaky duct systems that should be replaced when they reach the end of life, typically 20-30 years. In this case, installing new ducts was found to be cost-effective based on at least one metric (both in most cases) everywhere except mild Climate Zone 7 and Climate Zones 5 and 6 in

16.58 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
2 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 the 1978-1991 vintage. If duct systems still have remaining life they should be sealed and tested to meet 10% leakage or lower; however, duct upgrades alone were only found to be cost-effective for newer homes in Climate Zones 10 (SDG&E territory only), 11, and 13 through 16. Duct upgrades may be able to be coupled with other measures to reduce the cost.

3. Heat pump space heating: HPSHs were found to be LSC cost-effective in many cases. The Dual Fuel Heat Pump (existing furnace) was LSC cost-effective everywhere except Climate Zone 15. The HPSH was LSC cost-effective everywhere except Climate Zones 8 and 15. a. Challenges to On-Bill cost-effectiveness include higher first costs and higher first-year utility costs due to higher electricity tariffs relative to gas tariffs. SMUD and CPAU are two exceptions where first year utility costs are lower for heat pumps than for gas equipment. Table 11 shows the impact of utility rates on cost-effectiveness of HPSH where the standard and high efficiency HPSH and the HPSH + PV measures are cost-effective under SMUD but not PG&E. Even with higher first year utility bills, there were some cases that still proved On-Bill cost-effective including the DFHP with an existing furnace in the central valley and northern coastal PG&E territories, the ducted MSHP in the central valley as well as Climate Zone 14 in SDG&E territory, and the HPSH + PV measure in CZ 3-5 (PGE), 7-11, and 12 (SMUD) – 15.
b. The ductless MSHPs were only found to be cost-effective based on either metric in Climate Zones 1 and 16. Ductless MSHPs have a high incremental cost because it is a more sophisticated system than the base model of a wall furnace with a window AC unit. However, the ductless MSHP would provide greater comfort benefits if properly installed to directly condition all habitable spaces (as is required under the VCHP compliance credit as evaluated in this study) which may be an incentive for a homeowner to upgrade their system.
c. Higher efficiency equipment lowered utility costs in all cases and improved cost-effectiveness in many cases, particularly with a ducted MSHP.

4. Heat pump water heating: All the HPWH measures were LSC cost-effective in all climate zones. Most measures were not On-Bill cost-effective with the exception of the HPWH + PV which was cost-effective OnBill in CPAU, SMUD, and SDG&E territories in addition to Climate Zones 11, 13, 14, and 15. The HPWH measures share many of the same challenges as the HPSH measures to achieving cost-effectiveness including high first costs and utility rates and assumptions. Table 13 shows the impact of utility rates on costeffectiveness where some HPWH measures are cost-effective under SMUD utility rates but are not costeffective anywhere under PG&E rates in Climate Zone 12. a. Various HPWH locations were also explored, however there are some factors outside of costeffectiveness that should also be considered. i. HPWHs in the conditioned space can provide benefits such as free-cooling during the summer, reduced tank losses, and shorter pipe lengths, and in some cases show improved cost-effectiveness over garage located HPWHs. However, there are various design considerations such as noise, comfort concerns, an additional heating load in the winter, and condensate removal. Ducting the inlet and exhaust air resolves comfort concerns but adds costs and complexity. Split heat pump water heaters address these concerns, but currently there are limited products on the market and there is a cost premium relative to the packaged products.
ii. Since HPWHs extract heat from the air and transfer it to water in the storage tank, they must have adequate ventilation to operate properly. Otherwise, the space cools down over time, impacting the HPWH operating efficiency. This is not a problem with garage installations but needs to be considered for water heaters located in interior or exterior closets. For the 2025 Title 24 code the CEC is proposing that all HPWH installations meet mandatory ventilation requirements (California Energy Commission, 2023).

5. The contractor surveys revealed overall higher heat pump costs than what has been found in previous analyses. This could be due to incentive availability raising demand for heat pumps and thereby increasing the price. This price increase may be temporary and may come down once the market stabilizes. There are also

16.59 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
3 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 new initiatives to obtain current costs including the TECH Clean California program1 that publishes heat pump data and costs; however, at the time of this analysis, the TECH data did not contain incremental costs because it only had the heat pump costs but not the gas base case costs.

6. Table 18 shows how CARE rates and escalation rate assumptions will impact cost-effectiveness. a. Applying CARE rates in the IOU territories has the overall impact to increase utility cost savings for an all-electric building compared to a code compliant mixed fuel building, improving On-Bill costeffectiveness. This is due to the CARE discount on electricity being higher than that on gas. The reverse occurs with efficiency measures where lower utility rates reduce savings and subsequently reduce cost-effectiveness.
b. If gas tariffs are assumed to increase substantially over time, in-line with the escalation assumption from the 2025 LSC development, cost-effectiveness substantially improves for the heat pump measures over the 30-year analysis period and many cases become cost-effective that were not found to be cost-effective under the CPUC / 2022 TDV escalation scenario. There is much uncertainty surrounding future tariff structures as well as escalation values. While it’s clear that gas rates will increase, how much and how quickly is not known. Future electricity tariff structures are expected to evolve over time, and the CPUC has an active proceeding to adopt an income-graduated fixed charge that benefits low-income customers and supports electrification measures for all customers.2 The CPUC will make a decision in mid-2024 and the new rates are expected to be in place later that year or in 2025. While the anticipated impact of this rate change is lower volumetric electricity rates, the rate design is not finalized. While lower volumetric electricity rates provide many benefits, it also will make building efficiency measures harder to justify as cost-effective due to lower utility bill cost savings.

7. Under NBT, utility cost savings for PV are substantially less than what they were under prior net energy metering rules (NEM 2.0); however, savings are sufficient to be On-Bill cost-effective in all climate zones except Climate Zones 1 through 3, 5, and 6.
a. Combining a heat pump with PV allows the additional electricity required by the heat pump to be offset by the PV system while also increasing on-site utilization of PV generation rather than exporting the electricity back to the grid at a low rate.
b. While not evaluated in this study, coupling PV with battery systems can be very advantageous under NBT increasing utility cost savings because of improved on-site utilization of PV generation and fewer exports to the grid.

Recommendations:

1. There are various approaches for jurisdictions who are interested in reach codes for existing buildings. Some potential approaches are listed below along with key considerations. a. Prescriptive measures: Non-preempted measures that are found to be cost-effective may be prescriptively required in a reach code. One example of this type or ordinance is a cool roof requirement at time of roof replacement. Another example is requiring specific cost-effective measures for larger remodels, such as high-performance windows when new windows are installed or duct sealing and testing when ducts are in an unconditioned space. b. Replacement equipment: This flavor of reach code sets certain requirements at time of equipment replacement. This study evaluated space heating and water heating equipment. Where a heat pump measure was found to be cost-effective based on either LSC or On-Bill, this may serve as the basis of a reach code given the following considerations.
i. Where reach codes reduce energy usage and are not just fuel switching, cost-effectiveness calculations are required and must be based on equipment that does not exceed the federal minimum efficiency requirements.
ii. Where reach codes are established using cost-effectiveness based on LSC, utility bill impacts and the owner’s first cost should also be reviewed and considered. 1 TECH Public Reporting Home Page (techcleanca.com)
2 https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/industries-and-topics/electrical-energy/electric-costs/demand-response-dr/demand-flexibility-rulemaking

16.60 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
4 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 iii. A gas path should also be prescriptively allowed to safely satisfy federal preemption requirements considering the CRA v. Berkeley case.3 Additional requirements may apply to the gas path, as described in Section 3.3, as long as the paths are reasonably energy or cost equivalent.
c. “Flexible Path”, minimum energy savings target: This flexible approach establishes a target for required energy savings based on a measure or a set of measures that were found to be cost-effective based on either LSC or On-Bill. A points menu compares various potential upgrades ranging from efficiency, PV, and fuel substitution measures, based on site or source energy savings. The applicant must select upgrades that individually or in combination meet the minimum energy savings target. The maximum target value shown in the Cost-effectiveness Explorer is based on a combination of costeffective, non-preempted measures.

2. Equipment replacement ordinances should consider appropriate exceptions for scenarios where it will be challenging to meet the requirements, such as location of the HPWH, total project cost limitations, or the need for service panel upgrades that wouldn’t have been required as part of the proposed scope of work in absence of the reach code.

3. Consider extending relevant proposals made by the CEC for the 2025 Title 24 code (California Energy Commission, 2023) in ordinances that apply under the 2022 Title 24 code, such as the following:
a. Mandatory ventilation requirements for HPWH installations (Section 110.3(c)7). The cost-effectiveness analysis can be found in the Multifamily Domestic Hot Water CASE report (Statewide Team, 2023). b. Requirement for HERS verified refrigerant charge verification for heat pumps in all climate zones (Table 150.1-A4). The cost-effectiveness analysis can be found in the Residential HVAC Performance CASE report (Statewide Team, 2023).

4. When evaluating reach code strategies, the Reach Codes Team recommends that jurisdictions consider combined benefits of energy efficiency alongside electrification. Efficiency and electrification have symbiotic benefits and are both critical for decarbonization of buildings. As demand on the electric grid is increased through electrification, efficiency can reduce the negative impacts of additional electricity demand on the grid, reducing the need for increased generation and storage capacity, as well as the need to upgrade upstream transmission and distribution equipment.

5. Education and training can play a critical role in ensuring that heat pumps are installed, commissioned, and controlled properly to mitigate grid impacts and maximize occupant satisfaction. Below are select recommended strategies.
a. The Quality Residential HVAC Services Program5 is an incentive program to train California contractors in providing quality installation and maintenance while advancing energy-efficient technologies in the residential HVAC industry. Jurisdictions can market this to local contractors to increase the penetration of contractors skilled in heat pump design and installation. b. Educate residents and contractors of available incentives, tax credits, and financing opportunities. c. Educate contractors on code requirements. Energy Code Ace provides free tools, training, and resources to help Californians comply with the energy code. Contractors can access interactive compliance forms, fact sheets, and live and recorded trainings, among other things, on the website:
https://energycodeace.com/. Jurisdictions can reach out to Energy Code Ace directly to discuss offerings.

6. Health and safety
a. Combustion Appliance Safety and Indoor Air Quality: Implementation of some of the recommended measures will affect the pressure balance of the home which can subsequently impact the safe operation of existing combustion appliances as well as indoor air quality. Buildings with older gas appliances can present serious health and safety problems which may not be addressed in a remodel 3 https://www.publichealthlawcenter.org/sites/default/files/2024-01/CRA-v-Berkeley-Ninth-Circuit-Opinion-Jan2024.pdf 4 This requirement does not show up in the Express Terms for alterations in Section 150.2(b)1F, but the Statewide Reach Codes Team expects that it will be added to the next release of the proposed code language in the 45-day language as it aligns with the proposal made by the Codes and Standards Enhancement Team (Statewide CASE Team, 2023). 5 https://qualityhvac.frontierenergy.com/

16.61 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Executive Summary
5 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 if the appliances are not being replaced. It is recommended that the building department require inspection and testing of all combustion appliances located within the pressure boundary of the building after completion of retrofit work that involves air sealing or insulation measures. b. Jurisdictions may consider requiring mechanical ventilation in homes where air sealing has been conducted. In older buildings, outdoor air is typically introduced through leaks in the building envelope.

After air sealing a building, it may be necessary to forcefully bring in fresh outdoor air using supply and/or exhaust fans to minimize potential issues associated with indoor air quality.

Local jurisdictions may also adopt ordinances that amend different Parts of the California Building Standards Code or may elect to amend other state or municipal codes. The decision regarding which code to amend will determine the specific requirements that must be followed for an ordinance to be legally enforceable. For example, reach codes that amend Part 6 of the CA Building Code and require energy performance beyond state code minimums must demonstrate the proposed changes are cost-effective and obtain approval from the Energy Commission as well as the Building Standards Commission (BSC). Amendments to Part 11, such as requirements for increased water efficiency or electric vehicle infrastructure only require BSC approval. Although a cost-effectiveness study is only required to amend Part 6 of the CA Building Code, this study provides valuable context for jurisdictions pursuing other ordinance paths to understand the economic impacts of any policy decision. This study documents the estimated costs, benefits, energy impacts and greenhouse gas emission reductions that may result from implementing an ordinance based on the results to help residents, local leadership, and other stakeholders make informed policy decisions.

This report documents the key results and conclusions from the Reach Codes Team analysis. A full dataset of all results can be downloaded at https://localenergycodes.com/content/resources. Results alongside policy options can also be explored using the Cost-effectiveness Explorer at https://explorer.localenergycodes.com/. Model ordinance language and other resources are posted on the C&S Reach Codes Program website at LocalEnergyCodes.com.

Local jurisdictions that are considering adopting an ordinance may contact the program for further technical support at [email protected].

16.62 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Introduction
6 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 1 Introduction
This report documents cost-effective measure upgrades in existing single family buildings that exceed the minimum state requirements, the 2022 Building Energy Efficiency Standards, effective January 1, 2023. Local jurisdictions in California may consider adopting local energy ordinances to achieve energy savings beyond what will be accomplished by enforcing building efficiency requirements that apply statewide. This report was developed in coordination with the California Statewide Investor-Owned Utilities (IOUs) Codes and Standards Program, key consultants, and engaged cities—collectively known as the Statewide Reach Codes Team.

The focus of this study is on existing single family buildings and does not apply to low or high-rise multifamily buildings.

Each jurisdiction must establish the appropriate structure and threshold for triggering the proposed requirements.

Some common jurisdictional structures include triggering the requirements at major remodels, additions, or date-certain (upgrades must be completed by a specific date). Some of these measures could be triggered with a permit for another specific measure, such as a re-roofing project. The analysis includes scenarios of individual measures and identifies cost-effective options based on the existing conditions of the building in all 16 California Climate Zones (CZ) (see CostEffectiveness Results for a graphical depiction of climate zone locations).

The California Codes and Standards (C&S) Reach Codes program provides technical support to local governments considering adopting a local ordinance (reach code) intended to support meeting local and/or statewide energy efficiency and greenhouse gas reduction goals. The program facilitates adoption and implementation of the code when requested by local jurisdictions by providing resources such as cost-effectiveness studies, model language, sample findings, and other supporting documentation.

The California Building Energy Efficiency Standards Title 24, Part 6 (Title 24) (CEC, 2019) is maintained and updated every three years by two state agencies: the California Energy Commission (the Energy Commission) and the Building Standards Commission (BSC). In addition to enforcing the code, local jurisdictions have the authority to adopt local energy efficiency ordinances—or reach codes—that exceed the minimum standards defined by Title 24 (as established by Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)2 and Section 10-106 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards).

Local jurisdictions must demonstrate that the requirements of the proposed ordinance are cost-effective and do not result in buildings consuming more energy than is permitted by Title 24. In addition, the jurisdiction must obtain approval from the Energy Commission and file the ordinance with the BSC for the ordinance to be legally enforceable.

The Department of Energy (DOE) sets minimum efficiency standards for equipment and appliances that are federally regulated under the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act, including heating, cooling, and water heating equipment (E-CFR, 2020). Since state and local governments are prohibited from adopting higher minimum efficiencies than the federal standards require, the focus of this study is to identify and evaluate cost-effective packages that do not include high efficiency heating, cooling, and water heating equipment. High efficiency appliances are often the easiest and most affordable measure to increase energy performance. While federal preemption limits reach code mandatory requirements for covered appliances, in practice, builders may install any package of compliant measures to achieve the performance requirements.

16.63 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Methodology and Assumptions
7 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 2 Methodology and Assumptions

2.1 Analysis for Reach Codes
This section describes the approach to calculating cost-effectiveness including benefits, costs, metrics, and utility rate selection.

2.1.1 Modeling
The Reach Codes Team performed energy simulations using the 2025 research version of the Residential California Building Energy Code Compliance software (CBECC). The 2025 version of CBECC was used instead of the 2022 version to take advantage of updated weather files and metrics. Site energy results are similar between CBECC-Res 2022 and 2025; however, the 2025 compliance metrics applies assumptions reflective of an electrified future, such as high escalation for natural gas retail rates, which favors electric buildings. In addition, in 2025 the weather stations were changed in Climate Zones 4 and 6 from San Jose to Paso Robles and Torrance to Los Angeles International Airport, respectively.

Three unique building vintages are considered: pre-1978, 1978-1991, and 1992-2010. The vintages were defined based on review of historic Title 24 code requirements and defining periods with distinguishing features. Prospective energy efficiency measures were identified and modeled to determine the projected site energy (therm and kWh), source energy, GHG emissions, and LSC (long-term systemwide cost) impacts. Annual utility costs were calculated using hourly data output from CBECC, and current (as of 11/01/2023) electricity and natural gas tariffs for each of the investor-owned utilities (IOUs) appropriate for that climate zone.

Equivalent CO2 emission reductions were calculated based on outputs from the CBECC-Res simulation software.

Electricity emissions vary by region and by hour of the year. CBECC-Res applies two distinct hourly profiles, one for Climate Zones 1 through 5 and 11 through 13 and another for Climate Zones 6 through 10 and 14 through 16. Natural gas emissions do not vary hourly. To compare the mixed-fuel and all-electric cases side-by-side, GHG emissions are presented as lbs CO2-equivalent (CO2e) emissions.

The Statewide Reach Codes Team designed the analysis approach and selected measures for evaluation based on the 2019 existing building single family reach code analysis (Statewide Reach Codes Team, 2021) and work to support the 2025 Title 24 code development cycle as well as from outreach to architects, builders, and engineers.

2.1.2 Prototype Characteristics
The Energy Commission defines building prototypes which it uses to evaluate the cost-effectiveness of proposed changes to Title 24 requirements. Average home size has steadily increased over time,6 and the Energy Commission single family new construction prototypes are larger than many existing single family homes across California. For this analysis, a 1,665 square foot prototype was evaluated. Table 1 describes the basic characteristics of the single family prototype. Additions are not evaluated in this analysis as they are already addressed in Section 150.2 of Title 24, Part

6. The CEC has proposed changes to the 2025 Energy Code that would remove the allowance of gas space heating and water heating equipment for additions and instead require additions to follow the same space heating and water heating equipment requirements as new construction (California Energy Commission, 2023). The proposed prescriptive requirements for single family new construction homes are heat pump space heaters and water heaters, with gas equipment only allowed in the performance approach. 6 https://www.census.gov/const/C25Ann/sftotalmedavgsqft.pdf

16.64 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Methodology and Assumptions
8 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Table 1. Prototype Characteristics
Specification
Existing Conditioned Floor Area 1,665 ft2
Num. of Stories 1
Num. of Bedrooms 3
Window-to-Floor Area Ratio 13%
Attached Garage 2-car garage
Three building vintages were evaluated to determine sensitivity of existing building performance on cost-effectiveness of upgrades. For example, it is widely recognized that adding attic insulation in an older home with no insulation is costeffective, however, newer homes will likely have existing attic insulation reducing the cost-effectiveness of an incremental addition of insulation. The building characteristics for each vintage were determined based on either prescriptive requirements from Title 24 that were in effect or standard construction practice during that time period.

Homes built under 2001 Title 24 are subject to prescriptive envelope code requirements very similar to homes built under the 2005 code cycle, which was in effect until January 1, 2010.

Table 2 summarizes the assumptions for each of the three vintages. Additionally, the analysis assumed the following features when modeling the prototype buildings. Efficiencies were defined by year of the most recent equipment replacement based on standard equipment lifetimes.
• Individual space conditioning and water heating systems, one per single family building. • Split-system air conditioner with natural gas furnace. o Scenarios with an existing natural gas wall furnace without AC were also evaluated. • Small storage natural gas water heater.
o Scenarios with an existing electric resistance storage water heater were also evaluated. • Gas cooktop, oven, and clothes dryer.

The methodology applied in the analyses begins with a design that matches the specifications as described in Table 2 for each of the three vintages. Prospective energy efficiency measures were modeled to determine the projected energy performance and utility cost impacts relative to the baseline vintage. In some cases, where logical, measures were packaged together.

16.65 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades Methodology and Assumptions
9 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Table 2. Efficiency Characteristics for Three Vintage Cases Building Component Efficiency
Feature
Vintage Case
Pre-1978 1978-1991 1992-2010
Envelope
Exterior Walls 2x4, 16-inch on center wood frame,
R-0a
2x4 16 inch on center wood frame,
R-11
2x4 16 inch on center wood frame,
R-13
Foundation Type & Insulation Uninsulated slab (CZ 2-15) Raised floor, R-0 (CZ 1 & 16)
Uninsulated slab (CZ 2-15)
Raised floor, R-0 (CZ 1 & 16)
Uninsulated slab (CZ 2-15)
Raised floor, R-19 (CZ 1 & 16)
Ceiling Insulation & Attic Type
Vented attic, R-5 @ ceiling level for CZ
6 & 7,
Vented attic, R-11 @ ceiling level
(all other CZs)
Vented attic, R-19 @ ceiling level Vented attic, R-30 @ ceiling level Roofing Material & Color Asphalt shingles, dark
(0.10 reflectance, 0.85 emittance)
Asphalt shingles, dark
(0.10 reflectance, 0.85 emittance)
Asphalt shingles, dark
(0.10 reflectance, 0.85 emittance)
Radiant Barrier No No No
Window Type: U-factor/SHGCb Metal, single pane: 1.16/0.76 Metal, dual pane: 0.79/0.70 Vinyl, dual pane Low-E: 0.55/0.40 House Infiltration at 50 Pascals 15 ACH50 10 ACH50 7 ACH50 HVAC Equipment
Heating Efficiency 78 AFUE (assumes 2 replacements) 78 AFUE (assumes 1 replacement) 78 AFUE Cooling Efficiency 10 SEER (assumes 2 replacements) 10 SEER (assumes 1 replacement) 13 SEER, 11 EER Duct Location & Details Attic, R-2.1, 30% leakage at 25 Pa Attic, R-2.1, 25% leakage at 25 Pa Attic, R-4.2, 15% leakage at 25 Pa Whole Building Mechanical
Ventilation None None None
Water Heating Equipment
Water Heater Efficiency 0.575 Energy Factor (assumes 2
replacements)

0.575 Energy Factor (assumes 1
replacement) 0.575 Energy Factor
Water Heater Type 40-gallon gas storage 40-gallon gas storage 40-gallon gas storage Pipe Insulation None None None
Hot Water Fixtures Standard, non-low flow Standard, non-low flow Standard, non-low flow a Pre-1978 wall modeled with R-5 cavity insulation to better align wall system performance with monitored field data and not overestimate energy use. b Window type selections were made based on conversations with window industry expert, Ken Nittler. If a technology was entering the market during the time period (e.g., Low-E during 1992-2010 or dual-pane during 1978-1991) that technology was included in the analysis. This provides a conservative assumption for overall building performance and additional measures may be cost-effective for buildings with lower performing windows, for example buildings with metal single pane windows in the 1978- 1991 vintage.

16.66 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 10 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25

2.1.3 Cost-Effectiveness Approach

2.1.3.1 Benefits
This analysis used two different metrics to assess the cost-effectiveness of the proposed upgrades. Both methodologies require estimating and quantifying the incremental costs and energy savings associated with each energy efficiency measure. The main difference between the methodologies is the way they value energy impacts (the numerator in the benefit cost calculation):

Utility Bill Impacts (On-Bill): This customer-based lifecycle cost (LCC) approach values energy based upon estimated site energy usage and customer utility bill savings using the latest electricity and natural gas utility tariffs available at the time of writing this report. Total savings are estimated over a 30-year duration and include discounting of future utility costs, as well as assumed energy cost inflation over time.

Long-term Systemwide Cost (LSC): Formerly known as Time Dependent Valuation (TDV) energy cost savings, LSC reflects the Energy Commission’s current LCC methodology, which is intended to capture the total value or cost of energy use over 30 years. This method accounts for the hourly cost of marginal generation, transmission and distribution, fuel, capacity, losses, and cap-and-trade-based CO2 emissions (California Energy Commission, 2023).

This is the methodology used by the Energy Commission in evaluating cost-effectiveness for efficiency measures in the 2025 Energy Code.

2.1.3.2 Costs
The Reach Codes Team assessed the incremental costs of the measures and packages over a 30-year analysis period. Incremental costs represent the equipment, installation, replacement, and maintenance costs of the proposed measure relative to the 2022 Title 24 Standards minimum requirements or standard industry practices. Present value of replacement cost is included only for measures with lifetimes less than the 30-year evaluation period. In cases where at the end of the analysis period the measure has useful life remaining, the value of this remaining life is calculated and credited in the total lifetime cost.

2.1.3.3 Metrics
Cost-effectiveness is presented using net present value (NPV) and benefit-to-cost (B/C) ratio metrics.

NPV: Equation 1 demonstrates how lifetime NPV is calculated. If the NPV of a measure or package is positive, it is considered cost-effective. A negative value represents a net increase in costs over the 30-year lifetime.

B/C Ratio: This is the ratio of the present value of all benefits to the present value of all costs over 30 years (present value benefits divided by present value costs). A value of one indicates the NPV of the savings over the life of the measure is equivalent to the NPV of the lifetime incremental cost of that measure. A value greater than one represents a positive return on investment. The B/C ratio is calculated according to Equation 2.

Equation 1
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 = 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑐𝑐 Equation 2
𝐵𝐵 − − 𝐶𝐶 𝑅𝑅 = 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑏
𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑐𝑐
Improving the efficiency of a project often requires an initial incremental investment. In most cases the benefit is represented by annual On-Bill utility or LSC savings, and the cost is represented by incremental first cost and future replacement costs. Some packages result in initial construction cost savings relative to the assumed base case scenario, and either energy cost savings (positive benefits), or increased energy costs (negative benefits). In cases where both construction costs and energy-related savings are negative, the construction cost savings are treated as the ‘benefit’ while the increased energy costs are the ‘cost.’ In cases where a measure or package is costeffective immediately (i.e., upfront construction cost savings and lifetime energy cost savings), B/C ratio costeffectiveness is represented by “>1”.

16.67 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 11 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 The lifetime costs or benefits are calculated according to Equation 3.

Equation 3
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑐𝑐 𝑜𝑜 𝑏𝑏 = �(𝐴𝐴 𝑐𝑐 𝑜𝑜 𝑏𝑏 )𝑡𝑡
(1 + )𝑡𝑡
𝑛𝑛
𝑡𝑡=0
Where:

1. n = analysis term in years

2. r = discount rate
The following summarizes the assumptions applied in this analysis to both methodologies.

3. Analysis term of 30 years

4. Real discount rate of three percent
Both base case measures and alternative energy efficiency measures may have different lifetime assumptions which impact life cycle economics. Future costing of many of the evaluated electrification measures are only based on current cost assumption, which may be overly conservative as the expected growth in heat pump-based technologies is growing rapidly and will likely lead to future cost reductions (at least relative to current fossil fueled equipment) as production volumes increase.

2.1.4 Utility Rates
In coordination with the CA IOU rate team (comprised of representatives from Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E), Southern California Edison (SCE) and San Diego Gas and Electric (SDG&E)) and two Publicly-Owned-Utilities (POUs) (Sacramento Municipal Utility District (SMUD) and City of Palo Alto Utilities (CPAU)), the Reach Codes Team determined appropriate utility rates for each climate zone to calculate utility costs and determine On-Bill costeffectiveness for the proposed measures and packages. The utility tariffs, summarized in Chapter 6.2, were determined based on the appropriate rate for each case in each territory. Utility rates were applied to each climate zone based on the predominant IOU serving the population of each zone, with a few climate zones evaluated multiple times under different utility scenarios. Climate Zones 10 and 14 were evaluated with both SCE for electricity and Southern California Gas Company (SoCalGas) for gas and SDG&E tariffs for both electricity and gas since each utility has customers within these climate zones. Climate Zone 5 is evaluated under both PG&E and SoCalGas natural gas rates.

Two POU or municipal utility rates were also evaluated: SMUD in Climate Zone 12 and CPAU in Climate Zone 4.

For cases with onsite generation (i.e. solar photovoltaics (PV)), the approved NBT tariffs were applied along with monthly service fees and hourly export compensation rates for 2024.7 In December 2022, the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) issued a decision adopting NBT as a successor to NEM 2.0 that went into effect April of 20238.

Utility rates are assumed to escalate over time according to the assumptions from the CPUC 2021 En Banc hearings on utility costs through 2030 (California Public Utilities Commission, 2021a). Escalation rates through the remainder of the 30-year evaluation period are based on the escalation rate assumptions within the 2022 TDV factors. The Statewide Natural Gas Residential Average Rate for 2023 through 2030 is projected to be 4.6%. The Electric Residential Average Rate for PG&E, SCE and SDG&E for 2023 through 2030 is projected to be 1.8%,1.6% and 2.8% respectively. A second set of escalation rates were also evaluated to demonstrate the impact that utility cost changes have on cost-effectiveness over time. This utility rate escalation sensitivity analysis, presented in Section 3.2.4, was based on those used within the 2025 LSC factors (LSC replaces TDV in the 2025 code cycle) which assumed steep 7 Hourly export compensation rates were based on the NBT spreadsheet model created by E3 for the CPUC. https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/-/media/cpuc-website/divisions/energy-division/documents/net-energy-meteringnem/nemrevisit/nbt-model--12142022.xlsb 8 https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/nemrevisit

16.68 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 12 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 increases in gas rates in the latter half of the analysis period. See Appendix 6.2.7 Fuel Escalation Assumptions for details.

Future electricity tariff structures are expected to evolve over time, and the CPUC has an active proceeding to adopt an income-graduated fixed charge that benefits low-income customers and supports electrification measures.10 These were not included in this analysis but may be evaluated later in 2024 once the rates are finalized.

2.1.5 Measure Cost Data Collection Approach
To support this effort, a detailed cost study was completed in the summer of 2023 to gather data from a range of contractors to inform actual installed costs in the areas they provide services. These areas include HVAC, plumbing, envelope and air-sealing, and PV installation. Home performance contractors were also approached to collect this data. Collecting this type of data is challenging, both due to contractor reticence to share cost information and due to the timing of the survey which unfortunately coincided with the summer busy season for most contractors, especially HVAC installers. With these known challenges, the outreach effort focused on leveraging existing relationships between the analysis team and contractors to both gain access and provide assurance that all cost data would remain confidential and aggregated. Contractors that provided feedback were nominally compensated for their time.

The collected cost data was intended to represent recent costs for a “typical” retrofit installation. Each home in which a contractor does work has different site-specific issues that will likely affect costs. In addition, different jurisdictions have different levels of building department installation oversight and permit fees. Finally, each contractor typically has a different manufacturer product line they prefer to install. All these factors will influence installed costs11.

The most detailed and broad cost request was for the HVAC contractors, as there are a wide range of equipment replacement scenarios available for an existing ducted gas furnace with central split-system air conditioning. Options range from a base case scenario (like for like swap out), split-system heat pump replacement, dual fuel heat pumps (DFHP), ducted mini-split heat pumps, non-ducted mini-splits, etc. For plumbing contractors, a range of scenarios existed for water heater replacements including like-for-like replacement, HPWHs (in different locations- garage, indoor), need for electrical upgrade for HPWH installation, need for HPWH ducting, etc. Envelope measures focused on attic and wall insulation, window replacement, re-roofing (with Cool Roof materials or not), and attic ceiling plane airsealing. PV costing included different system sizes, panel upgrades costs, and battery costs. Home performance contractors were asked to provide as much data as they could on the different measure options. All costing information requested was intended to represent most recent installations, in an effort to capture current pricing as best as possible.

The contractors that responded with their cost estimates work in different regions of the state, operate in different markets with (potentially) different local efficiency incentives, do varying amounts of work based on the size of their company, target different market demographic sectors, and install different brands of equipment. All these factors will contribute to price variability. The Team considered applying climate zone specific cost adjustments to reflect some of these differences, but ultimately decided not to since a climate zone is not a monolithic entity with uniform customer pricing throughout. The Team recognizes that “zip code” pricing is a reality, but for simplicity, as well as consistency with Title 24, Part 6 code development costing approaches, applied uniform statewide costs to all measures.

2.2 Measure Details and Cost
This section describes the details of the measures and documents incremental costs. All measure costs were obtained from the contractor survey unless otherwise noted. All contractor provided costs reflect the cost to the customer and 10 https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/industries-and-topics/electrical-energy/electric-costs/demand-response-dr/demandflexibility-rulemaking 11 One HVAC contractor mentioned that equipment brand alone may contribute to a +/-%5 variation in the total bid cost.

16.69 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 13 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 include equipment, labor, permit fees, and required HERS testing. Additional details of the measures can be found in Appendix Section Error! Reference source not found..

All measures are evaluated assuming they are not otherwise required by Title 24. For example, duct sealing is required by code whenever HVAC equipment is altered. For this analysis duct sealing was evaluated for those projects where it is not already triggered by code (i.e., no changes to the heating or cooling equipment). Where appropriate, measure requirements align with those defined in Title 24. In some cases, cost-effective measures were identified that exceed Title 24 requirements, such as attic insulation, cool roofs, and duct sealing.

2.2.1 Building Envelope & Duct Measures
The following are descriptions of each of the efficiency upgrade measures applied in this analysis.

Attic Insulation: Add attic insulation in buildings with vented attic spaces to meet either R-38 or R-49. The pre-1978 vintage assumes an existing condition of R-11, the 1978-1991 vintage assumes an existing condition of R-19, and the 1992-2010 vintage assumes R-30 as the existing insulation level. For pre-1978 vintage homes this measure was also evaluated to include air sealing of the attic. A 14% leakage reduction was modeled such that 15 ACH50 was reduced to 12.9 ACH50 in this measure. The costs for this measure include removing existing insulation.

Air Sealing and Weather-stripping: Apply air sealing practices throughout all accessible areas of the building. For this study, it was assumed that older vintage homes would be leakier than newer buildings and that approximately 30 percent improvement in air leakage is achievable through air sealing of all accessible areas. For modeling purposes, it was assumed that air sealing can reduce infiltration levels from 15 to ten air changes per hour at 50 Pascals pressure difference (ACH50) in the oldest vintages (pre-1978), to ten to seven ACH50 for the 1978-1991 vintage, and seven to five ACH50 in the 1992-2010 vintage.

Cool Roof: For steep slope roofs, install a roofing product rated by the Cool Roof Rating Council (CRRC) with an aged solar reflectance of 0.20 or 0.25 and thermal emittance of 0.75 or higher. This measure only applies to buildings that are installing a new roof as part of the scope of the remodel; the cost and energy savings associated with this upgrade reflects the incremental step between a standard roofing product with one that is CRRC rated with an aged solar reflectance of 0.20 or 0.25. This is similar to cool roof requirements in 2022 Title 24 Section 150.2(b)1Ii but assumes a higher solar reflectance.

Radiant Barrier: Add radiant barrier to any existing home vintage. This measure only applies to buildings that are installing a new roof as part of the scope of the remodel; the cost and energy savings associated with this upgrade reflects the incremental step between a standard roofing product with one that includes a laminated radiant barrier.

Raised Floor Insulation: In existing homes with raised floors and no insulation (pre-1978 and 1978-1991 vintages), add R-19 insulation. An upgraded R-30 floor insulation, assuming no current insulation, was evaluated in the pre-1978 and 1978-1991 vintages.

Wall Insulation: Blow-in R-13 wall insulation in existing homes without wall insulation (pre-1978 vintages).

Window Replacement: Replace existing windows with a non-metal dual-pane product, which has a U-factor equal to

0.28 Btu/hour-ft2-°F or lower and a Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) equal to 0.23 or lower, except in heating dominated climates (Climate Zones 1, 3, 5, and 16) where an SHGC of 0.35 was evaluated.

Duct Sealing, New Ducts, and Duct Insulation: Air seal all ductwork to meet the requirements of the 2022 Title 24, Part 6 Section 150.2(b)1E. For this analysis, final duct leakage values of ten percent (proposed revised leakage rate for 2022 Title 24) was evaluated. The pre-1978 and 1978-1992 vintages assume leaky existing ducts (25-30% leakage).

The 1992-2010 vintage assumes moderately leaky existing ducts (15-20% leakage).

Replacing existing ductwork with entirely new ductwork to meet Sections 150.2(b)1Di and 150.2(b)1Diia of the 2022 Title 24 was also evaluated. This assumed new ducts meet 5% duct leakage and the option of R-6 and R-8 duct insulation in all climate zones.

16.70 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 14 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Table 3 summarizes the cost assumptions for the building envelope and HVAC duct improvement measures evaluated.

All the measures in Table 3 assume a 30-year effective useful life.

Table 3. Measure Cost Assumptions – Efficiency & Duct Measures Measure Performance Level
Incremental Cost –
Single Family Building
Pre 1978 1978 – 1991 1992 - 2010
Wall Insulation R-13 $2,950 N/A N/A
Raised Floor
Insulation
R-19 $3,633 $3,633 N/A
R-30 $4,113 $4,113 $4,113
Attic Insulation
R-38 $6,762 $2,555 $1,781
R-49 $7,446 $3,612 $1,827
Air Sealing
10 ACH50 $4,684 N/A N/A
7 ACH50 N/A $4,684 N/A
5 ACH50 N/A N/A $4,684
Cool Roof

0.25 Aged Solar Reflectance
CZs 1-3,5-7,16 $2,407 $2,407 $2,407

0.25 Aged Solar Reflectance
CZs 4, 8-15 $1,203 $1,203 $1,203
Window
U-factor/SHGC

0.28 U-factor. 0.23 SHGC in
CZs 2,4,6-15. $11,463 $11,463 $11,463

0.28 U-factor. 0.35 SHGC in
CZs 1,3,5,26 $11,871 $11,871 $11,871
Radiant Barrier Add Radiant Barrier $893 $893 $893
Duct Sealing 10% nominal airflow $2,590 $2,590 $1,400
All New Duct
System
R-6 ducts;
5% duct leakage $4,808 $4,808 $4,808
R-8 ducts;
5% duct leakage $6,311 $6,311 $6,311

2.2.2 PV Measures
Installation of on-site PV is required in the 2022 Title 24 code for new construction homes, but there are no PV requirements for additions or alterations to existing buildings. PV was evaluated in CBECC-Res according to the California Flexible Installation (CFI) 1 assumptions and 98% solar access. To meet CFI eligibility, the requirements of 2022 Reference Appendices JA11.2.2 (California Energy Commission, 2021b) must be met. A 3 kW PV system was modeled both as a standalone measure as well as coupled with heat pump installations.

The costs for installing PV are summarized in Table 4. They include the first cost to purchase and install the system, future inverter replacement costs, and annual maintenance costs. Upfront solar PV system costs are estimated from the contractor surveys to be $4.58/WDC and are reduced by 30 percent to account for the federal income Residential Clean Energy Credit. The solar panels are estimated to have an effective useful life of 30 years and the inverter 25 years. The inverter replacement cost of $7,000 (future value) is also from the contractor surveys. System maintenance costs are taken from the 2019 PV CASE Report (California Energy Commission, 2017) and are assumed to be

16.71 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 15 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 $0.31/WDC present value. These costs do not include costs associated with electrical panel upgrades, which will be necessary in some instances.

Table 4. Measure Descriptions & Cost Assumptions – PV
Measure Performance
Level
Incremental Cost
Pre 1978 1978 – 1991 1992 - 2010
PV 3 kW $9,608

2.2.3 Equipment Fuel Substitution Measures – Heat Pump Equipment The fuel substitution measures are evaluated as replacements at the end of the life of the existing equipment. This means the baseline compared against is usually a like-for-like change-out of the natural gas equipment, and the upgrade is a heat pump.

For most of the space heating and water heating cases, costs for electrical service panel upgrades are not included as it is assumed many existing homes have the service capacity to support converting one appliance from gas to electric.

For homes with existing air conditioners, any incremental electric capacity necessary to support a heat pump space heater is marginal. The same applies for homes with existing electric resistance equipment. Section 3.2.4 presents the impacts for select cases where an upgrade to the electric panel is required.

Heat Pump Space Heating
All the heat pump space heater (HPSH) measures are described below. All were evaluated with HERS verified refrigerant charge aligned with the proposed code requirements for the 2025 Title 24 code. Dual fuel heat pumps (DFHPs) were controlled to lockout furnace operation above 35°F.

DFHP (Existing Furnace): Replace existing ducted air conditioner (AC) with an electric heat pump and install controls to operate the heat pump to use the existing gas furnace for backup heat. A minimum federal efficiency (14.3 SEER2,

11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2) heat pump was evaluated. Savings are compared to a new AC (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2) alongside the existing furnace (78 AFUE).

DFHP (New Furnace): Replace existing ducted AC and natural gas furnace with an electric heat pump and new gas furnace plus controls to operate the heat pump and use the new gas furnace for backup heat. A minimum federal efficiency (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2) heat pump and furnace (80 AFUE) were evaluated to replace existing equipment. Savings are compared to a new ducted AC and natural gas furnace (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 80 AFUE).

Heat Pump Space Heater: Replace existing ducted AC and natural gas furnace with an electric heat pump. Minimum federal efficiency (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2) and higher efficiency (17 SEER2, 12.48 EER2, 9.5 HSPF2) heat pumps were evaluated. Savings are compared to a new ducted natural gas furnace and AC (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 80 AFUE).

Ducted Mini-Split Heat Pump (MSHP): Replace existing ducted AC and natural gas furnace with a ducted high efficiency MSHP (16.5 SEER2, 12.48 EER2, 9.5 HSPF2). Savings are compared to a new ducted AC and natural gas furnace (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 80 AFUE).

Ductless MSHP: In a home without AC, replace existing wall furnace with a ductless MSHP. A standard efficiency unit meeting minimum federal efficiency standards (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2) was evaluated by modeling the variable capacity heat pump (VCHP) compliance credit in CBECC-Res. A premium, higher efficiency upgrade was also

16.72 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 16 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 evaluated using CBECC-Res’ detailed VCHP model12 by simulating the performance of a representative high efficiency product (14.3 SEER2, 11.7 EER2, 7.5 HSPF2). Savings are compared to a new natural gas wall furnace with fan distribution (75% AFUE) and window AC (9 CEER).

Over the 30-year analysis period, certain changes are assumed when the equipment is replaced that impact both lifetime costs and energy use. Table 5 presents the lifetime scenario for the DFHP (existing furnace) measure. The analysis assumed a 20-year effective useful lifetime (EUL) for a furnace, a 15-year EUL for an air conditioner and a 15- year EUL for a heat pump. Lifetimes are based on the Database for Energy Efficient Resources (DEER) (California Public Utilities Commission, 2021b). The existing furnace is assumed to be halfway through its EUL at the beginning of the analysis period. After 10 years when the furnace reaches the end of its life and needs to be replaced, it will be subject to new federal efficiency standards for residential gas furnaces that go into effect in 2028 requiring 95 AFUE13. 5 years later the air conditioner reaches the end of its life and is replaced with a new air conditioner.

For the DFHP upgrade case, after 10 years when the furnace fails it’s expected that the furnace will be abandoned in place since the heat pump serves primary heating and was sized to provide the full design heating load. In this case it is assumed that the fan motor would be replaced with a new aftermarket unit and would operate another 5 years until the heat pump fails and is replaced with a new heat pump and air handler.

The other ducted heat pump cases similarly apply a 95 AFUE furnace in the baseline when the furnace reaches its EUL after 20 years.

Table 5. Lifetime Analysis Replacement Assumptions for DFHP (Existing Furnace) Scenario Year Baseline Upgrade
0 AC fails, install new AC,
keep existing furnace
AC fails, install new HP,
keep existing furnace
10 Furnace fails, install new
95AFUE furnace
Furnace fails, replace fan
motor
15 AC fails, install new AC HP fails, install new HP
and air handler
Costs were applied based on the system capacity from heating and cooling load calculations in CBECC-Res as presented in Table 6. Air conditioner nominal capacity was calculated as the CBECC-Res cooling load, rounded up to the nearest half ton. Heat pump nominal capacity was calculated as the maximum of either the CBECC-Res heating or cooling load, rounded up to the nearest half ton. In both cases a minimum capacity of 1.5-ton was applied as this represents the typical smallest available split system heat pump equipment. Load calculations demonstrated that Climate Zones 2 - 15 were cooling-dominated while Climate Zones 1 and 16 were heating-dominated. In the heating dominated climate zones the heat pump needed to be upsized relative to an air conditioner that only provides cooling. 12 The detailed VCHP option allows for the user to input detailed specifications based on the published National Energy Efficiency Partnership (NEEP) manufacturer specific performance data. It is not currently available for compliance analysis.
13 https://www.energy.gov/articles/doe-finalizes-energy-efficiency-standards-residential-furnaces-save-americans-15- billion#:~:text=These%20furnace%20efficiency%20standards%20were,heat%20for%20the%20living%20space.

16.73 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 17 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Table 6. System Sizing by Climate Zone
Climate
Zone
Air Conditioner
Capacity (tons)
Heat Pump
Capacity (tons)
1 1.5 3.0
2 3.5 3.5
3 2.5 2.5
4 3.5 3.5
5 3.0 3.0
6 3.0 3.0
7 3.0 3.0
8 4.0 4.0
9 4.0 4.0
10 4.0 4.0
11 4.5 4.5
12 4.0 4.0
13 4.5 4.5
14 4.0 4.0
15 5.0 5.0
16 3.5 4.0
Table 7 presents estimated first and lifetime costs for the various ducted baseline and heat pump scenarios for 4-ton equipment. Costs include all material and installation labor including providing new 240 V electrical service to the air handler location for all new air handler installations and decommissioning of the furnace for the cases where the furnace is removed. DFHP costs incorporate controls installation and commissioning to ensure the heat pump and the furnace communicate properly and don’t operate at the same time. Future replacement costs do not include any initial costs associated with 240V electrical service or furnace decommissioning.

Table 8 presents estimated first and lifetime costs for the ductless baseline and 2 heat pump scenarios, also for 4-ton heat pump equipment. EULs are based on 20 years for the gas wall furnace, 10 years for the window AC, and 15 years for the heat pump.14
14 The gas wall furnace and heat pump EULs were based on DEER (California Public Utilities Commission, 2021b).

Gas wall furnace lifetime was assumed to be the same as for central gas furnace equipment. Room air conditioner EUL was based on the DOE’s latest rulemaking for room air conditioned (Department of Energy, 2023). DOE determined an average lifetime of 9.3 years, which was rounded up to 10 years for this analysis.

16.74 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 18 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Table 7. Ducted HVAC Measure Cost Assumptions – 4-Ton Electric Replacements Case AC + Coil
Gas
Furnace
/AC
DFHP
(Existing
Furnace)
DFHP (New
Furnace)
Min. Eff.

Heat Pump
High Eff.

Heat
Pump
Ducted
MSHP
Base Case - - AC + Coil
Gas
Furnace
/AC
Gas
Furnace
/AC
Gas
Furnace
/AC
Gas
Furnace
/AC
First Cost $10,402 $16,653 $12,362 $20,676 $17,825 $20,802 $18,075 Replacement Cost
(Future Value) $19,365 $19,365 $19,025 $19,025 $16,825 $19,802 $18,075 Replacement Cost
(Present Value) $13,346 $11,639 $12,334 $12,897 $10,800 $12,710 $11,601 Remaining Value
at Year 30 $0 ($1,846) $0 ($1,846) $0 $0 $0
Total Lifecycle
Cost $23,748 $26,446 $24,696 $31,727 $28,625 $33,512 $29,676 Incremental Cost - - $948 $5,281 $2,179 $7,066 $3,230
Table 8. Non-Ducted HVAC Measure Cost Assumptions – 4-Ton Electric Replacements Wall Furnace
+ Window AC
Min. Eff.

Ductless
MSHP
High Eff.

Ductless
MSHP
First Cost $4,075 $17,412 $21,342
Replacement Cost (Future Value) $4,075 $17,412 $21,342
Replacement Cost (Present Value) $3,365 $11,176 $13,698 Remaining Value at Year 30 ($532) $0 $0
Total Lifecycle Cost $6,908 $28,588 $35,040
Incremental Cost - $21,680 $28,132
Heat Pump Water Heating:

The heat pump water heater (HPWH) measures are described below, and costs are presented in Table 9 and Table

10. The most typical scenario in California is a home with existing natural gas storage tank water heaters. However, there are also many existing homes with existing electric resistance storage tank water heaters and this work considers both baselines. This analysis evaluates the following 65-gallon replacement HPWHs:

1. HPWH that meets the federal minimum efficiency requirements of UEF 2.0

2. HPWH that meets the Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance (NEEA)15 Tier 3 rating (3.45 UEF)

3. HPWH that meets the NEEA Tier 4 rating and that has demand response (DR) or load shifting control capability (4.02 UEF)

4. 120V HPWH that meets the NEEA Tier 3 rating (3.3 UEF). 15 Based on operational challenges experienced in the past, NEEA established rating test criteria to ensure newly installed HPWHs perform adequately, especially in colder climates. The NEEA rating requires an Energy Factor equal to the ENERGY STAR® performance level and includes requirements regarding noise and prioritizing heat pump use over supplemental electric resistance heating.

16.75 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 19 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 The four cases above were evaluated with the HPWH located within an attached garage. Additionally, three separate cases for the federal minimum efficiency HPWH were analyzed to consider the impacts of location on performance and cost-effectiveness. These locations included the following:

1. Exterior closet.

2. Interior closet, no ducting.

3. Interior closet, ducted to the outside.

Additional costs for providing electrical wiring to these locations and for providing ductwork were included. Savings are compared to a new 50-gallon natural gas storage water heater (UEF 0.63) or a new 50-gallon electric water heater (UEF 0.92).

For this analysis, a HPWH that just meets the federal minimum efficiency standards of close to 2.0 Uniform Energy Factor (UEF) was evaluated in order to satisfy preemption requirements. However, the Reach Codes Team is not aware of any 2.0 UEF products that are available on the market. The lowest UEF reported for certified products in the Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance (NEEA)16 database is 2.73. In fact, of the four certification tiers offered by NEEA for high efficiency HPWHs, those meeting Tier 3 or Tier 4 are the dominant products on the market today. According to NEEA all major HPWH manufacturers are represented in NEEA’s qualified product list17 and there are fewer than 10 integrated products certified as Tier 1 or Tier 2, all of which have UEFs greater than 3.0.18 Therefore, in this analysis, we refer to the NEEA rated HPWH as the “market standard” HPWH.

The HPWH costs for the 120V and NEEA certified units are based on a larger (60 or 65 gallon) HPWH, as most contractors are upsizing the HPWH tank size relative to an equal volume, but higher capacity gas storage water heater.

Costs include all material and installation labor including providing a new 240 V electrical service to the water heater location (not needed for the 120V product). Water heating equipment lifetimes are based on DOE’s recent water heater rulemaking (Department of Energy, 2022) and assume 15-year EULs for both the baseline water heaters and the HPWHs.19 Future replacement costs for 240V HPWHs do not include any initial costs associated with 240V electrical service, condensate disposal, etc.

Table 9. Water Heating Measure Cost Assumptions – Existing Gas Gas
Storage
Water
Heater
240V
Fed.

Min.

HPWH
240V
Market
Std. NEEA
HPWH
240V
Market
Std. NEEA
HPWH +
DR
120V
Market
Std. NEEA
HPWH
240V Fed.

Min.

HPWH,
Exterior
Closet
240V Fed.

Min. HPWH,
Interior
Closet, Not
Ducted
240V Fed.

Min. HPWH,
Interior
Closet,
Ducted
First Cost $2,951 $7,283 $8,144 $8,144 $5,844 $7,702 $7,363 $8,442 Replacement Cost
(Future Value) $2,951 $6,413 $7,274 $7,274 $5,101 $6,413 $6,413 $6,413 Replacement Cost
(Present Value) $1,894 $4,116 $4,669 $4,669 $3,274 $4,116 $4,116 $4,116 Total Lifecycle Cost $4,845 $11,399 $12,813 $12,813 $9,118 $11,818 $11,479 $12,558 Incremental Cost - $6,554 $7,968 $7,968 $4,273 $6,973 $6,634 $7,713 16 Based on operational challenges experienced in the past, NEEA established rating test criteria to ensure newly installed HPWHs perform adequately, especially in colder climates. The NEEA rating requires products comply with ENERGY STAR and includes requirements regarding noise and prioritizing heat pump use over supplemental electric resistance heating.
17 https://neea.org/success-stories/heat-pump-water-heaters 18 As of 12/21/23: https://neea.org/img/documents/residential-unitary-HPWH-qualified-products-list.pdf 19 The recent DOE rulemaking references a lifetime of 14 years for gas storage water heaters and 14.8 years for electric storage water heaters. 15 years for each was used in this analysis for both types for simplification.

16.76 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 20 Methodology and Assumptions
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Table 10 presents similar costs to Table 9, except that the costs assume replacement of an existing 50-gallon electric storage water heater and does not include the 240 V electrical service cost.

Table 10. Water Heating Measure Cost Assumptions – Existing Electric Resistance Electric
Storage
Water
Heater
240V
Fed. Min.

HPWH
240V
Market
Std. NEEA
HPWH
240V
Market
Std. NEEA
HPWH +
DR
120V
Market
Std. NEEA
HPWH
240V Fed.

Min.

HPWH,
Exterior
Closet
240V Fed.

Min. HPWH,
Interior
Closet, Not
Ducted
240V Fed.

Min. HPWH,
Interior
Closet,
Ducted
First Cost $2,583 $6,413 $7,274 $7,274 $5,101 $6,413 $6,413 $7,492 Replacement Cost
(Future Value)
$2,583 $6,413 $7,274 $7,274 $5,101 $6,413 $6,413 $6,413 Replacement Cost
(Present Value)
$1,658 $4,116 $4,669 $4,669 $3,274 $4,116 $4,116 $4,116 Total Lifecycle Cost $4,241 $10,529 $11,943 $11,943 $8,375 $10,529 $10,529 $11,608 Incremental Cost - $6,288 $7,702 $7,702 $4,134 $6,288 $6,288 $7,367

16.77 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 21 Results
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 3 Results
The primary objective of the evaluation is to identify cost-effective energy upgrade measures and packages for existing single family buildings, to support the design of local ordinances requiring upgrades, which may be triggered by different events, such as at the time of a significant remodel or at burnout of mechanical equipment. In this report, the 1992-2010 vintage is shown for the equipment measures because it is the most conservative case (lowest loads), while the pre-1978 vintage is shown for the envelope and duct measures because some of those measures only apply to the pre-1978 vintage. A full dataset of all results can be downloaded at https://localenergycodes.com/content/resources.

Results alongside policy options can also be explored using the Cost-effectiveness Explorer at https://explorer.localenergycodes.com/.

16.78 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 22 Results
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25

3.1 Cost-Effectiveness Results
The extensive analysis for this type of report leads to an overwhelming number of scenarios including different base cases, house vintages, replacement options, and climate zones. To simplify the reporting, the Statewide Reach Codes Team has relied on graphical representation of select key cases indicating high level measure cost effectiveness from either an On-Bill perspective, an LSC perspective, both metrics, or neither. Figure 1 through Figure 13 present this reduced set of results of the LSC and On-Bill cost-effectiveness conclusions across the 16 climate zones. In the cases where there are multiple utilities serving a single climate zone, an asterisk “*” label is added to separately show the alternate utility cases. These graphs provide a general sense of the findings. A full dataset of all results can be downloaded at https://localenergycodes.com/content/resources. Results alongside policy options can also be explored using the Cost-effectiveness Explorer at https://explorer.localenergycodes.com/.

3.1.1 HPSH Measures
Figure 1 through Figure 5 show the cost-effectiveness of space heating equipment replacement measures for the 1992-2010 vintage including the following cases. The 1992-2010 vintage results are presented here as this is the most conservative scenario for HPSH measures. In general, where a HPSH measure is cost-effective for a new home it was also found to be cost-effective for older homes.
• Dual fuel heat pump with existing furnace as backup.
• Standard efficiency ducted central heat pump replacement. • High efficiency ducted central heat pump replacement. • Ducted mini-split heat pump replacement.
• Standard efficiency ducted central heat pump replacement with 3kW PV system.

Figure 1: DFHP with Existing Furnace Figure 2: Standard Efficiency HPSH

16.79 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 23 Results
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25 Figure 3: High Efficiency HPSH Figure 4: Ducted MSHP
Figure 5: HPSH + PV

16.80 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Existing Single Family Building Upgrades 24 Results
California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-04-25

3.1.2 HPWH Measures
Figure 6 through Table 11 show the cost-effectiveness of water heater measures for the 1992-2010 vintage including the following cases. HPWH energy savings and LSC cost-effectiveness is not sensitive to home vintage but rather depends on the magnitude of hot water loads, which are typically driven by the number of occupants. On-Bill costeffectiveness does vary slightly by vintage due to the impact of the electrification tariff relative to the load profile of the existing home. The impact is largest for the HPWH + PV case where On-Bill cost-effectiveness improves for older homes or homes with overall higher energy use resulting in less exports to the grid for a fixed size PV system. • 240V federal minimum HPWH
• 240V market standard NEEA HPWH
• 120V market standard NEEA HPWH
• 240V federal minimum HPWH with 3kW PV
Figure 6: 240V Federal Minimum HPWH Figure 7: 240V Market Standard NEEA HPWH Figure 8: 120V Market Standard NEEA HPWH Figure 9: 240V Federal Minimum HPWH + PV

Santa Cruz City CouncilAugust 26, 2025

Santa Cruz City Council
August 26, 2025